Operation Manual. Embroidery and Sewing Machine. Product Code: 882-W20/W22

Transcription

1 Opertion Mnul Emroidery nd Sewing Mchine Product Code: 882-W20/W22 Be sure to red this document efore using the mchine. We recommend tht you keep this document nery for future reference.

2

3 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Thnk you for purchsing this emroidery nd sewing mchine. Before using this mchine, crefully red the IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS, nd then study this mnul for the correct opertion of the vrious functions. In ddition, fter you hve finished reding this mnul, store it where it cn quickly e ccessed for future reference. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Plese red these sfety instructions efore ttempting to use the mchine. DANGER - To reduce the risk of electric shock 1 Alwys unplug the mchine from the electricl outlet immeditely fter using, when clening, when mking ny user servicing djustments mentioned in this mnul, or if you re leving the mchine unttended. WARNING - To reduce the risk of urns, fire, electric shock, or injury to persons. 2 Alwys unplug the mchine from the electricl outlet when removing covers, or when mking ny djustments mentioned in the instruction mnul. To unplug the mchine, switch the mchine to the symol O position to turn it off, then grsp the plug nd pull it out of the electricl outlet. Do not pull on the cord. Plug the mchine directly into the electricl outlet. Do not use n extension cord. Alwys unplug your mchine if the power is cut. 3 Electricl Hzrds: This mchine should e connected to n AC power source within the rnge indicted on the rting lel. Do not connect it to DC power source or inverter. If you re not sure wht kind of power source you hve, contct qulified electricin. This mchine is pproved for use in the country of purchse only. 4 Never operte this mchine if it hs dmged cord or plug, if it is not working properly, if it hs een dropped or dmged, or wter is spilled on the unit. Return the mchine to the nerest uthorized Brother deler for exmintion, repir, electricl or mechnicl djustment. While the mchine is stored or in use if you notice nything unusul, such s n odor, het, discolortion or deformtion, stop using the mchine immeditely nd unplug the power cord. When trnsporting the sewing mchine, e sure to crry it y its hndle. Lifting the sewing mchine y ny other prt my dmge the mchine or result in the mchine flling, which could cuse injuries. When lifting the sewing mchine, e creful not to mke ny sudden or creless movements, otherwise you my injure your ck or knees. 1

4 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 5 Alwys keep your work re cler: Never operte the mchine with ny ir openings locked. Keep ventiltion openings of the sewing mchine nd foot control free from the uild up of lint, dust, nd loose cloth. Do not store ojects on the foot controller. Do not use extension cords. Plug the mchine directly into the electricl outlet. Never drop or insert ny oject into ny opening. Do not operte where erosol (spry) products re eing used or where oxygen is eing dministered. Do not use the mchine ner het source, such s stove or iron; otherwise, the mchine, power cord or grment eing sewn my ignite, resulting in fire or n electric shock. Do not plce this sewing mchine on n unstle surfce, such s n unstedy or slnted tle, otherwise the sewing mchine my fll, resulting in injuries. 6 Specil cre is required when sewing: Alwys py close ttention to the needle. Do not use ent or dmged needles. Keep fingers wy from ll moving prts. Specil cre is required round the mchine needle. Switch the sewing mchine to the symol O position to turn it off when mking ny djustments in the needle re. Do not use dmged or incorrect needle plte, s it could cuse the needle to rek. Do not push or pull the fric when sewing, nd follow creful instruction when free motion stitching so tht you do not deflect the needle nd cuse it to rek. 7 This mchine is not toy: Your close ttention is necessry when the mchine is used y or ner children. The plstic g tht this sewing mchine ws supplied in should e kept out of the rech of children or disposed of. Never llow children to ply with the g due to the dnger of suffoction. Do not use outdoors. 8 For longer service life: When storing this mchine, void direct sunlight nd high humidity loctions. Do not use or store the mchine ner spce heter, iron, hlogen lmp, or other hot ojects. Use only neutrl sops or detergents to clen the cse. Benzene, thinner, nd scouring powders cn dmge the cse nd mchine, nd should never e used. Alwys consult the opertion mnul when replcing or instlling ny ssemlies, the presser feet, needle, or other prts to ssure correct instlltion. 9 For repir or djustment: If the light unit is dmged, it must e replced y n uthorized Brother deler. In the event mlfunction occurs or djustment is required, first follow the trouleshooting tle in the ck of the opertion mnul to inspect nd djust the mchine yourself. If the prolem persists, plese consult your locl uthorized Brother deler. 2

5 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Use this mchine only for its intended use s descried in the mnul. Use ccessories recommended y the mnufcturer s contined in this mnul. Use only the interfce cle (USB cle) included with this mchine. Use only the mouse designed specificlly for this mchine. Use only the sensor pen included with this mchine. The contents of this mnul nd specifictions of this product re suject to chnge without notice. For dditionl product informtion nd updtes, visit our wesite t SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS This mchine is intended for household use. FOR USERS IN COUNTRIES EXCEPT EUROPEAN COUNTRIES This pplince is not intended for use y persons (including children) with reduced physicl, sensory or mentl cpilities, or lck of experience nd knowledge, unless they hve een given supervision or instruction concerning use of the pplince y person responsile for their sfety. Children should e supervised to ensure tht they do not ply with the pplince. FOR USERS IN EUROPEAN COUNTRIES This pplince cn e used y children ged from 8 yers nd ove nd persons with reduced physicl, sensory or mentl cpilities or lck of experience nd knowledge if they hve een given supervision or instruction concerning use of the pplince in sfe wy nd understnd the hzrds involved. Children shll not ply with the pplince. Clening nd user mintennce shll not e mde y children without supervision. IMPORTANT FOR USERS IN THE UK, EIRE, MALTA AND CYPRUS ONLY In the event of replcing the plug fuse, use fuse pproved y ASTA to BS 1362, i.e. crrying the mrk, rting s mrked on plug. Alwys replce the fuse cover. Never use plugs with the fuse cover omitted. If the ville electricl outlet is not suitle for the plug supplied with this equipment, you should contct your uthorized Brother deler to otin the correct led. 3

6 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Trdemrks IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE DOWNLOADING, COPYING, INSTALLING OR USING. By downloding, copying, instlling or using the softwre you gree to this license. If you do not gree to this license, do not downlod, instll, copy or use the softwre. Intel License Agreement For Open Source Computer Vision Lirry Copyright 2000, Intel Corportion, ll rights reserved. Third prty copyrights re property of their respective owners. Redistriution nd use in source nd inry forms, with or without modifiction, re permitted provided tht the following conditions re met: Redistriution s of source code must retin the ove copyright notice, this list of conditions nd the following disclimer. Redistriution s in inry form must reproduce the ove copyright notice, this list of conditions nd the following disclimer in the documenttion nd/or other mterils provided with the distriution. The nme of Intel Corportion my not e used to endorse or promote products derived from this softwre without specific prior written permission. This softwre is provided y the copyright holders nd contriutors s is nd ny express or implied wrrnties, including, ut not limited to, the implied wrrnties of merchntility nd fitness for prticulr purpose re disclimed. In no event shll Intel or contriutors e lile for ny direct, indirect, incidentl, specil, exemplry, or consequentil dmges (including, ut not limited to, procurement of sustitute goods or services; loss of use, dt, or profits; or usiness interruption) however cused nd on ny theory of liility, whether in contrct, strict liility, or tort (including negligence or otherwise) rising in ny wy out of the use of this softwre, even if dvised of the possiility of such dmge. All informtion provided relted to future Intel products nd plns is preliminry nd suject to chnge t ny time, without notice. Secure Digitl (SD) Crd is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of SD-3C, LLC. CompctFlsh is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Sndisk Corportion. ry Stick is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Sony Corportion. SmrtMedi is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Toshi Corportion. MultiMediCrd (MMC) is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Infineon Technologies AG. xd-picture Crd is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Fuji Photo Film Co. Ltd. IBM is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Interntionl Business Mchines Corportion. Microsoft, Windows nd Windows Vist re registered trdemrks or trdemrks of Microsoft Corportion. Adoe nd Adoe Reder re either registered trdemrks or trdemrks of Adoe Systems Incorported in the United Sttes nd/or other countries. This softwre is sed in prt on the work of the Independent JPEG Group. Ech compny whose softwre title is mentioned in this mnul hs Softwre License Agreement specific to its proprietry progrms. All other rnds nd product nmes mentioned in this mnul re registered trdemrks of their respective compnies. However, the explntions for mrkings such s nd re not clerly descried within the text. 4

7 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Federl Communictions Commission (FCC) Declrtion of Conformity (For U.S.A. Only) Responsile Prty: Brother Interntionl Corportion 200 Crossing Boulevrd P.O. Box 6911 Bridgewter, NJ USA TEL : (908) declres tht the product Product Nme: Model Numer: Brother Sewing Mchine XV8500D This device complies with Prt 15 of the FCC Rules. Opertion is suject to the following two conditions: (1) this device my not cuse hrmful interference, nd (2) this device must ccept ny interference received, including interference tht my cuse undesired opertion. This equipment hs een tested nd found to comply with the limits for Clss B digitl device, pursunt to Prt 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits re designed to provide resonle protection ginst hrmful interference in residentil instlltion. This equipment genertes, uses, nd cn rdite rdio frequency energy nd, if not instlled nd used in ccordnce with the instructions, my cuse hrmful interference to rdio communictions. However, there is no gurntee tht interference will not occur in prticulr instlltion. If this equipment does cuse hrmful interference to rdio or television reception, which cn e determined y turning the equipment off nd on, the user is encourged to try to correct the interference y one or more of the following mesures: Reorient or relocte the receiving ntenn. Increse the seprtion etween the equipment nd receiver. Connect the equipment into n outlet on circuit different from tht to which the receiver is connected. Consult the uthorized Brother deler or n experienced rdio/tv technicin for help. The included interfce cle should e used in order to ensure complince with the limits for Clss B digitl device. Chnges or modifictions not expressly pproved y Brother Industries, Ltd. could void the user s uthority to operte the equipment. 5

8 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Lser Notices (For U.S.A. only) Lser Sfety This sewing mchine is certified s Clss 1 lser product under the U.S. Deprtment of Helth nd Humn Services (DHHS) Rdition Performnce Stndrd ccording to the Rdition Control for Helth nd Sfety Act of This mens tht the sewing mchine does not produce hzrdous lser rdition. IEC Specifiction This sewing mchine is Clss 1 lser product s defined in IEC :2007 specifictions. The lser em emitted y the lser unit instlled in this mchine is restricted to n output t sfe level. However, the mchine contins 6-milliwt, nnometer wvelength, 6-12 degree t prllel divergence ngle, degree t perpendiculr divergence ngle, InGAlP lser diodes. Therefore, eye dmge my result from disssemling or ltering this mchine. Sfety precutions hve een designed to prevent ny possile lser em exposure to the opertor. FDA Regultions U.S. Food nd Drug Administrtion (FDA) hs implemented regultions for lser products mnufctured on nd fter August 2, Complince is mndtory for products mrketed in the United Sttes. The lel shown on the ck of the sewing mchine indictes complince with the FDA regultions nd must e ttched to lser products mrketed in the United Sttes. Brother Industries, Ltd. 15-1, Neshiro-cho, Mizuho-ku, Ngoy , JAPAN This product complies with FDA performnce stndrds for lser products except for devitions pursunt to Lser Notice No. 50, dted June 24, CAUTION Use of controls, djustments or the performnce of procedures other thn those specified in this mnul my result in hzrdous rdition exposure. 6

9 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Lser Notices (For countries except U.S.A.) IEC Specifiction This sewing mchine is Clss 1 lser product s defined in IEC :2007 specifictions. The lser em emitted y the lser unit instlled in this mchine is restricted to n output t sfe level. However, the mchine contins 6-milliwt, nnometer wvelength, 6-12 degree t prllel divergence ngle, degree t perpendiculr divergence ngle, InGAlP lser diodes. Therefore, eye dmge my result from disssemling or ltering this mchine. Sfety precutions hve een designed to prevent ny possile lser em exposure to the opertor. CAUTION This sewing mchine hs Clss 3B Lser Diode in the Lser Unit. The Lser Unit should not e opened under ny circumstnces. Use of controls, djustments or the performnce of procedures other thn those specified in this mnul my result in hzrdous rdition exposure. 7

10 OUTSTANDING FEATURES My Design Center Drw your own shpe or lines to design originl emroidery ptterns. You cn specify colors, line type nd fill stitch type. Try the stipple-like emroidery pttern. It s very esy nd fun! Spool Stnd LED Lighting Now, your sewing mchine shows you the thred color you re going to emroider next. Couching Dul Feed Foot with Dul Feed Couching gins more populrity everydy. The powerful dul feed foot helps you dd emellishment securely with n ttrctive result to your fvorite mterils. Enjoy creting mny types of couching emellishment projects with this dul feed foot. Line Scn / Fill Scn You don t need computer to crete line rt nymore. Scn your fvorite drwing or illustrtion or import JPEG formt dt to mke your originl emroidery pttern. Emroider your unforgettle memories! Improved Lser Guideline Mrker It s esy nd ccurte to specify the stitch position using the improved lser guideline mrker. You cn use this function esily without ny preprtion. 8

11 Improved Cmer Function Cn you imgine sewing mchine with uilt-in cmer? Not only viewing the close up view of the needle position, ut lso you cn lign the emroidery position, connect the emroidery ptterns nd plce the pttern position while checking the fric imge. The cmer functions ecome clerer nd more ccurte. Plying MPEG-4 (MP4) Videos Your MPEG-4 (MP4) videos cn e plyed nd sved from USB medi. It s going to e esier to crete your project wtching the tutoril video on the mchine. Originl tutoril videos re instlled in this mchine. When you find this icon on the title in this mnul, you cn find the tutoril video of the procedure in your mchine. 9

12 WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH THIS MACHINE Getting Redy To lern the opertion of the principl prts nd the screens Chpter 1 Pge 29 Sewing Bsics To lern how to prepre for sewing nd sic sewing opertions Chpter 2 Pge 81 Utility Stitches Pre-progrmmed with more thn 100 frequently used stitches Chpter 3 Pge 109 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches The vriety of stitches widen your cretivity Chpter 4 Pge 169 MY CUSTOM STITCH Crete originl decortive stitches Chpter 5 Pge 197 Bsic Emroidery Mximum 36 cm 24 cm (pprox /2 inches) for lrge emroidery designs Chpter 6 Pge 209 Advnced Emroidery To crete the vriety of emroidery designs Chpter 7 Pge 285 My Design Center Crete originl emroidery pttern Chpter 8 Pge 337 How to Crete Boin Work To lern how to crete oin work Chpter 9 Pge 371 Appendix Cring for your mchine nd deling with errors nd mlfunctions Chpter 10 Pge

13 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Chpter 1 nd Chpter 2 explin your sewing mchine s sic opertion procedures for someone who is using the sewing mchine for the first time. If you wnt to sew utility stitches or chrcter/ decortive stitches, red Chpter 1 nd Chpter 2, then go on to Chpter 3 (Utility Stitches) or Chpter 4 (Chrcter/ Decortive Stitches). When you re redy to egin using the emroidery function fter reding Chpter 1 nd Chpter 2, proceed to Chpter 6 (Bsic Emroidery) nd Chpter 7 (Advnced Emroidery). In the screens ppering in the step-y-step instructions, the prts referred to in the opertions re mrked with. Compre the screen in the directions with the ctul screen, nd crry out the opertion. If, while using the mchine, you experience something you do not understnd, or there is function you would like to know more out, refer to the index t the ck of the opertion mnul in conjunction with the tle of contents to find the section of the mnul you should refer to. To sew utility stitches To sew chrcter or decortive stitches Chpter 1 Chpter 2 Chpter 3 Chpter 4 To do mchine emroidery Chpter 1 Chpter 2 Chpter 6 Chpter 7 11

14 CONTENTS 12 CONTENTS INTRODUCTION... 1 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS... 1 Trdemrks... 4 OUTSTANDING FEATURES... 8 WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH THIS MACHINE HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Mchine Needle nd Presser Foot Section Emroidery Unit Opertion Buttons Using the Flt Bed Attchment Using the Accessory Cse Storing Boin Clips Included Accessories Accessories tht re Included in Some Countries or Regions Options Using the Multi-purpose Screwdriver Using the Spool Stnd Using the Multi-function Foot Controller (Only for supplied models) Assemling the Controller Chpter 1 Getting Redy 29 TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF Setting Your Mchine for the First Time LCD SCREEN Using the Mchine Setting Mode Key Using the Sewing Mchine Help Key Using the Opertion Guide Function Using the Sewing Guide Function Plying Tutoril Video Plying MPEG-4 (MP4) Videos Using the Pttern Explntion Function CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE Using USB Medi Connecting the Mchine to the Computer Using USB Mouse (Sold Seprtely) USING THE SENSOR PEN Convenient Sewing Fetures y Using the Sensor Pen Connecting the Sensor Pen Using the Sensor Pen Holder Using the Sensor Pen Importnt Informtion out Sensor Pen Clirting the Sensor Pen LOWER THREADING Winding the Boin Setting the Boin Pulling Up the Boin Thred UPPER THREADING Upper Threding Using the Twin Needle Mode Using the Spool Stnd Using Threds tht Unwind Quickly CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT Removing the Presser Foot Attching the Presser Foot Attching the Presser Foot with the Included Adpter Using the Dul Feed Foot CHANGING THE NEEDLE Aout the Needle Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions NEEDLE CALIBRATION USING THE BUILT IN CAMERA Chpter 2 Sewing Bsics 81 SEWING Sewing Stitch Specifying the Multi-Function Foot Controller (Only for supplied models) Sewing Reinforcement Stitches Automtic Reinforcement Stitching Sewing Curves Chnging Sewing Direction Sewing Hevyweight Frics Sewing Hook-nd-Loop Fstener Tpe Sewing Lightweight Frics Sewing Stretch Frics STITCH SETTINGS Setting the Stitch Width Setting the Stitch Length Setting the L/R Shift Setting the Thred Tension USEFUL FUNCTIONS Automtic Thred Cutting Adjusting the Needle Drop Position with the Guideline Mrker Pivoting Using the Knee Lifter Automtic Fric Sensor System (Automtic Presser Foot Pressure) Needle Position - Stitch Plcement Checking the Needle Loction in the Screen USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH Sensor Function Are Specifying the Guideline Mrker Position With the Sensor Pen Specifying the Needle Drop Position With the Sensor Pen Using the Sensor Pen to Specify the Stitching Width nd Stitch Position Using the Sensor Pen to Specify the Sewing End Point Chpter 3 Utility Stitches 109 SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Selecting Stitch Sving Your Stitch Settings SEWING THE STITCHES Stright Stitches Drt Sem Gthering Flt Fell Sem Pintuck Zigzg Stitches Elstic Zigzg Stitches Overcsting Quilting Blind Hem Stitches Appliqué Shelltuck Stitches Scllop Stitches Crzy Quilting Smocking Stitches Fgoting Tpe or Elstic Attching Heirloom Zigzg Couching One-step Buttonholes Four-step Buttonholes Br Tcks Button Sewing Eyelet Multi-directionl Sewing (Stright Stitch nd Zigzg Stitch) Zipper Insertion

15 CONTENTS Edge Sewing Chpter 4 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches 169 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS Selecting Decortive Stitch Ptterns/7mm Decortive Stitch Ptterns/Stin Stitch Ptterns/7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns/ Cross Stitch/Utility Decortive Stitch Ptterns Alphet Chrcters/Jpnese chrcters SEWING STITCH PATTERNS Sewing Attrctive Finishes Bsic Sewing Mking Adjustments EDITING STITCH PATTERNS Chnging the Size Chnging the Length (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) Creting Verticl Mirror Imge Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge Sewing Pttern Continuously Chnging Thred Density (for Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) Returning to the Beginning of the Pttern Checking the Imge COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS Before Comining Comining Vrious Stitch Ptterns Comining Lrge nd Smll Stitch Ptterns Comining Horizontl Mirror Imge Stitch Ptterns Comining Stitch Ptterns of Different Length Mking Step Stitch Ptterns (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Stitch Dt Precutions Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Mchine s ry Sving Stitch Ptterns to USB Medi Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Computer Retrieving Stitch Ptterns from the Mchine s ry Reclling from USB Medi Reclling from the Computer Chpter 5 MY CUSTOM STITCH 197 DESIGNING A STITCH ENTERING STITCH DATA Editing Stitch Stored in the Mchine USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES Storing Custom Stitches in Your List Retrieving Stored Stitches Chpter 6 Bsic Emroidery 209 BEFORE EMBROIDERING Emroidery Step y Step Attching Emroidery Foot W+ with LED pointer Attching the Emroidery Unit SELECTING PATTERNS Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/Decortive Alphet Ptterns/ Utility Emroidery Ptterns/Boin Work Ptterns Selecting Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Selecting Frme Ptterns Selecting Ptterns from Emroidery Crds Reclling from USB Medi Reclling from the Computer EDITING PATTERNS Previewing the Pttern Moving the Pttern Rotting the Pttern Chnging the Size of the Pttern Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge Chnging Font Type Editing Letters (Size/Font Type) Chnging the Density (Alphet Chrcter nd Frme Ptterns Only) Chnging the Colors of Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Chnging the Configurtion of Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Deleting the Pttern Displying Ptterns in the Screen Mgnified Chnging Alphet Chrcter Spcing Seprting Comined Chrcter Ptterns Chnging the Thred Color Creting Custom Thred Tle Choosing Color from the Custom Thred Tle Find New Color Schemes With the Color Shuffling Function Designing Repeted Ptterns Emroidering the Pttern Repetedly Duplicting Pttern After Editing VIEWING THE EMBROIDERY SCREEN COMBINING PATTERNS Editing Comined Ptterns Sewing Comined Ptterns PREPARING THE FABRIC Attching Iron-on Stilizers (Bcking) to the Fric Hooping the Fric in the Emroidery Frme Emroidering Smll Frics or Fric Edges ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION Checking the Needle Drop Point With the Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer Aligning the Emroidering Position Using the Built-In Cmer Using the Built-In Cmer to Align the Emroidering Position Specifying the Emroidering Position With the Sensor Pen Checking the Pttern Position EMBROIDERING AN PATTERN Emroidering Attrctive Finishes Emroidering Ptterns Spool Stnd LED Using Appliqués ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS If the Boin Runs Out of Thred If the Thred Breks During Sewing Restrting from the Beginning Resuming Emroidery After Turning Off the Power Chpter 7 Advnced Emroidery 285 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS Uninterrupted Emroidering (Using Single Color : Monochrome) Disply the Fric While Aligning the Emroidering Position Bsting Emroidery Creting n Appliqué Piece PRINT AND STITCH (COMBINING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS AND PRINTED DESIGNS) Selecting Pttern Outputting the Bckground Imge nd Positioning Imge Printing the Bckground nd Emroidery Position Sheet Sewing Emroidery Ptterns MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Adjusting Thred Tension Adjusting the Alternte Boin Cse (with No Color on the Screw) Using the Automtic Thred Cutting Function (End Color Trim) Using the Thred Trimming Function (Jump Stitch Trim) Adjusting the Emroidery Speed Chnging the Thred Color Disply Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply Aligning the Pttern nd the Needle Emroidering Linked Chrcters USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Emroidery Dt Precutions Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Mchine s ry

16 CONTENTS 14 Sving Emroidery Ptterns to USB Medi Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Computer Retrieving Ptterns from the Mchine s ry EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (1) Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (2) Sewing Split Emroidery Ptterns USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS Connecting Three Ptterns Chnging the Position of Sticker CONNECTING ROTATED PATTERNS Connecting Ptterns to e Joined Along n Edge RESUME FEATURE Chpter 8 My Design Center 337 ABOUT MY DESIGN CENTER Bsics: Creting Pttern PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN Before Creting Designs Drwing Lines Drwing Regions Using the stmp key Using the erse key Using the select key After Editing the Design STITCH SETTINGS SCREEN EMBROIDERY IMAGE PREVIEW SCREEN MY DESIGN CENTER WITH SCAN Using the Scnning Frme Scnning to Trce Bckground Imge LINE SCAN Using the Scnning Frme to Crete Pttern with Line Scn ILLUSTRATION SCAN Using the Scnning Frme to Crete Pttern with Illustrtion Scn STIPPLING Bsic Stippling with My Design Center Scnning Drwing to Crete Stippling Pttern Scnning Fric nd Stippling Chpter 9 How to Crete Boin Work 371 ABOUT BOBBIN WORK PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK Required Mterils Upper Threding Prepring the Boin Thred CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) Positioning the Fric nd Sewing Boin Work Free Motion Sewing CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) Selecting the Pttern Strt Emroidering ADJUSTING BOBBIN WORK THREAD TENSION TROUBLESHOOTING Chpter 10 Appendix 387 CARE AND MAINTENANCE Restrictions on oiling Precutions on storing the mchine Clening the LCD Screen Clening the Mchine Csing Clening the Rce Clening the Cutter in the Boin Cse Are Aout the Mintennce Messge ADJUSTING THE SCREEN Adjusting the Brightness of the Screen Disply Touch Pnel is Mlfunctioning TROUBLESHOOTING Frequent Trouleshooting Topics Upper Thred is Too Tight Tngled Thred on Wrong Side of Fric Incorrect Thred Tension Fric is Cught in the Mchine nd Cnnot e Removed List of Symptoms ERROR MESSAGES SPECIFICATIONS UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE S SOFTWARE Upgrde Procedure Using USB Medi Upgrde Procedure Using Computer STITCH SETTING CHART INDEX

17 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS The nmes of the vrious prts of the sewing mchine nd their functions re descried elow. Before using the sewing mchine, crefully red these descriptions to lern the nmes of the mchine prts. Mchine Front View Right-side/Rer View Top cover Open the top cover when threding the mchine or winding the oin. Pre-tension disk Pss the thred round the pre-tension disk when winding the oin thred. (pge 54) c Thred guide for oin winding Pss the thred through this thred guide when winding the oin thred. (pge 54) d Spool pin Plce spool of thred on the spool pin. (pge 62) e Spool cp Use the spool cp to hold the spool of thred in plce. (pge 62) f Supplementl spool pin Use this spool pin to wind the oin thred, or to sew with the twin needle. (pge 54, 65) g Boin winder Use the oin winder when winding the oin. (pge 54) h LCD (liquid crystl disply) Settings for the selected stitch nd error messges pper in the LCD. (pge 32) i Speker j Knee lifter Use the knee lifter to rise nd lower the presser foot. (pge 96) k Knee lifter slot Insert the knee lifter into the slot. (pge 96) l Opertion uttons (7 uttons) nd sewing speed controller Use these uttons nd the slide to operte the sewing mchine. (pge 17) m Flt ed ttchment with ccessory comprtment Store presser feet nd oins in the ccessory comprtment of the flt ed ttchment. When sewing cylindricl pieces, remove the flt ed ttchment. (pge 18) n Thred cutter Pss the threds through the thred cutter to cut them. (pge 64) o Thred guide plte Pss the thred round the thred guide plte when threding upper thred. (pge 62) Connector for the presser foot Connect the dul feed foot or emroidery foot with LED pointer. (pge 72, 211) Hndle Crry the sewing mchine y its hndle when trnsporting the mchine. c Presser foot lever Rise nd lower the presser foot lever to rise nd lower the presser foot. (pge 70) d Air vent The ir vent llows the ir surrounding the motor to circulte. Do not cover the ir vent while the sewing mchine is eing used. e Min power switch Use the min power switch to turn the sewing mchine ON nd OFF. (pge 30) f Multi-function foot controller Vrious sewing mchine opertions cn e progrmmed into the multi-function foot controller. For some countries nd res, norml foot controller is included with the mchine. g Power cord receptcle Insert the power cord into the mchine receptcle. (pge 30) h Sensor pen holder connector Connect the included sensor pen holder. (pge 51) i Sensor pen jck Connect the sensor pen. (pge 50) j Foot controller jck Insert the foot controller plug into its jck on the mchine. (pge 83) k Hedphones or externl speker jck Connect the hedphone. l USB port for computer In order to import/export ptterns etween computer nd the mchine, plug the USB cle into the USB port. (pge 48, 189, 191, 194, 222, 298, 314, 413) m USB port for mouse (pge 48) n USB port In order to send ptterns from/to USB medi, plug the USB medi directly into the USB port. (pge 36, 48,189,190, 193, 221, 239, 288, 298, 313, 412) o Hndwheel Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise nd lower the needle. The wheel should e turned towrd the front of the mchine. 15

18 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Needle nd Presser Foot Section Mesurements on the needle plte, oin cover (with mrk) nd needle plte cover The mesurements on the oin cover re references for ptterns with middle (center) needle position. The mesurements on the needle plte nd the needle plte cover re references for stitches with left needle position. Buttonhole lever The uttonhole lever is used with the one-step uttonhole foot to crete uttonholes. (pge 149) Presser foot holder screw Use the presser foot holder screw to hold the presser foot in plce. (pge 71) c Presser foot holder The presser foot is ttched to the presser foot holder. (pge 70) d Presser foot The presser foot consistently pplies pressure to the fric s sewing tkes plce. Attch the pproprite presser foot for the selected stitch. (pge 70) e Feed dogs The feed dogs feed the fric in the sewing direction. f Boin cover Open the oin cover to set the oin. (pge 59, 125) g Needle plte cover Remove the needle plte cover to clen the rce. (pge 119, 274) h Needle plte The needle plte is mrked with guides to help sew stright sems. (pge 118) i Needle r thred guide Pss the upper thred through the needle r thred guide. (pge 62) j Needle clmp screw Use the needle clmp screw to hold the needle in plce. (pge 71) For stitches with middle (center) needle position For stitches with left needle position c Left needle position on the needle plte <inch> d Left needle position on the needle plte <cm> e Middle (center) needle position on the oin cover (with mrk) <inch> f Left needle position on the needle plte cover <inch> 16

19 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Emroidery Unit Opertion Buttons Crrige The crrige moves the emroidery frme utomticlly when emroidering. (pge 211) Relese lever (locted under the emroidery unit) Press the relese lever to remove the emroidery unit. (pge 212) c Emroidery frme holder Insert the emroidery frme into the emroidery frme holder to hold the frme in plce. (pge 261) d Frme-securing lever Press the frme-securing lever down to secure the emroidery frme. (pge 261) e Emroidery unit connection Insert the emroidery unit connection into the connection port when ttching the emroidery unit. (pge 211) CAUTION Before inserting or removing the emroidery unit, turn the min power to off. After the emroidery frme is set in the frme holder, e sure the frme-securing lever is correctly lowered. Strt/Stop utton Press this utton nd the mchine will sew few stitches t slow speed nd then egin sewing t the speed set y the sewing speed controller. Press the utton gin to stop the mchine. Hold the utton in to sew t the mchine s slowest speed. The utton chnges color ccording to the mchine s opertion mode. Green: Red: Reverse Stitch utton For stright, zigzg, nd elstic zigzg stitch ptterns tht tke reverse stitches, the mchine will sew reverse stitches t low speed only while holding down the Reverse Stitch utton. The stitches re sewn in the opposite position. For other stitches, use this utton to sew reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd end of sewing. Press nd hold this utton, nd the mchine sews 3 stitches in the sme spot nd stops utomticlly. (pge 85) c Reinforcement Stitch utton Use this utton to sew single stitch repetedly nd tie-off. For chrcter/decortive stitches, press this utton to end with full stitch insted of t mid-point. The LED light eside this utton lights up while the mchine is sewing full motif, nd utomticlly turns off when the sewing is stopped. (pge 85) d Needle Position utton The mchine is redy to sew or is sewing. The mchine cnnot sew. Use this utton when chnging sewing direction or for detiled sewing in smll res. Press this utton to rise or lower the needle position. With this utton, you cn lower nd rise the needle to sew single stitch. e Thred Cutter utton Press this utton fter sewing to utomticlly trim the excess thred. f Presser Foot Lifter utton Press this utton to lower the presser foot nd pply pressure to the fric. Press this utton gin to rise the presser foot. g Sewing Speed controller Use this controller to djust the sewing speed. Move the slide to the left to sew t slower speeds. Move the slide to the right to sew t higher speeds. Beginners should sew t slow speed. h Automtic Threding utton Use this utton to utomticlly thred the needle. CAUTION Do not press the thred cutter utton fter the threds hve een cut. The needle my rek nd threds my ecome tngled, or dmge to the mchine my occur. 17

20 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Using the Flt Bed Attchment Pull the top of the flt ed ttchment to open the ccessory comprtment. Closing the Accessory Cse Fully slide the r on ech side of the ccessory cse lid to the unlocked position. Using the Accessory Cse Opening the Accessory Cse Fully slide the r on ech side of the ccessory cse to the unlocked position, nd then lift off the lid to open the cse. The cse cn only e opened or locked correctly if oth rs re slid in the sme direction. Plce the lid on top of the cse so tht the notches in the lid lign with the ts on the cse, nd then slide the r on ech side ck to the locked position. Brs Brs 18

21 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Using the Accessory Trys Two presser foot storge trys re stored in the included ccessory cse. One is for presser feet for utility sewing, nd the other is for presser feet for emroidery nd mchine quilting. Storing Boin Clips Boin clips cn e stored inside of the ccessory cse cover. For presser feet for utility sewing For presser feet for emroidery nd mchine quilting For your convenience, presser foot storge try cn e stored in the ccessory comprtment of the flt ed ttchment. Plcing oin clips on oins helps prevent the thred from unwinding from the oin. In ddition, snpping oin clips together llows the oins to e conveniently stored nd prevents them from rolling round if they re dropped. Additionl storge spce of the flt ed ttchment Presser foot storge spce of the flt ed ttchment c Presser foot storge trys 19

22 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Included Accessories J N G I A R M C C E E O O W+ V /11 2 needles 90/14 2 needles 90/14 2 needles: Bll point needle (gold colored) 2.0/11 needle 75/11 2 needles

23 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS No. Prt Nme Prt Code Americs Others 1 Zigzg foot J (on mchine) XC Monogrmming foot N X Overcsting foot G XC Zipper foot I X Buttonhole foot A X Blind stitch foot R X Button fitting foot M Dul feed foot SA196 (U.S.A.) SA196C (Cnd) DF1: XF (EU re) DF1AP: XF (Asi/Oceni) XF (other re) 9 Stright stitch foot SA167 F042N: XC Free motion quilting foot C XF Free motion echo quilting foot E XE Free motion open toe quilting foot O 13 Emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer SA187 F061: XE SA197 (U.S.A.) SA197C (Cnd) FLED1: XF (EU re) FLED1AP: XF (Asi/Oceni) XF (other re) 14 Verticl stitch lignment foot V SA189 F063: XE /4 quilting foot with guide SA185 F057:XC Couching dul feed foot XF Top-left yrn guide XG Yrn threder XF Adpter SA131 F010N:XF Screw (smll) XA Needle set *1 XE Twin needle *2 XE Bll point needle set *3 XD Boin 10 SA156 SFB: XA (One is on mchine.) 25 Sem ripper XF Scissors XC Clening rush X Eyelet punch XZ Screwdriver (smll) X Screwdriver (lrge) XC Multi-purpose screwdriver SAMDRIVER1 (U.S.A) SAMDRIVER1C (Cnd) MDRIVER1 (EU re) MDRIVER1AP (other re) 32 Spool cp (smll) Spool cp (medium) 2 X (One is on mchine.) 34 Spool cp (lrge) Thred spool insert (mini king thred spool) XA No. Prt Nme Prt Code Americs Others 36 Spool stnd SA562 (U.S.A.) SA562C (Cnd) TS6: XF See pge Boin clip 10 XE Spool felt (on mchine) X Spool net 2 XA Emroidery needle plte XE cover 41 Touch pen (stylus) XA Knee lifter SA599 KL1: XE USB cle XD Alternte oin cse XC (no color on the screw) 45 Boin cse XE (gry, for oin work) 46 Stright stitch needle plte XF Cord guide oin cover XE (with single hole) 48 Boin cover (with mrk) XF Boin cover (on mchine) XE Emroidery frme set SA438 EF74: XC (medium) H 10 cm W 10 cm (H 4 inches W 4 inches) 51 Emroidery frme set (lrge) SA439 EF75: XC H 18 cm W 13 cm (H 7 inches W 5 inches) 52 Emroidery frme set SA447 EF92: XE (extr lrge) H 30 cm W 20 cm (H 12 inches W 8 inches) 53 Emroidery frme set (super XF lrge) H 36 cm W 24 cm (H 14 inches W 9-1/2 inches) 54 Scnning frme XF Mgnet 6 XF Emroidery oin thred SA-EBT EBT-CEN: X Emroidery positioning sticker sheets 4 58 White clirtion stickers (solid) SAEPS2 EPS2: XF (U.S.A.) SAEPS2C (Cnd) XE Edge sewing sheet 6 SAESS1 (U.S.A.) ESS1: XE SAESS1C (Cnd) 60 Stilizer mteril SA519 BM3: XE Grid sheet set SA507 GS3: X Chlk pencil XE Sensor pen XF (EU re) XF (other re) 64 Pen holder XF LCD clening cloth XE

24 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS No. Prt Nme Prt Code Americs Others 66 Accessory cse XG (EU re) XF (other re) 67 Opertion mnul This mnul 68 Quick reference guide XF *1 75/11 2 needles 90/14 2 needles 90/14 2 needles: Bll point needle (gold colored) *2 2.0/11 needle *3 75/11 2 needles: Bll point needle for emroidery HAX130EBBR Accessories tht re Included in Some Countries or Regions Options The following re ville s optionl ccessories to e purchsed seprtely from your uthorized Brother deler If these ccessories re not included with your mchine, these re ville s optionl ccessories No. Prt Nme Prt Code Americs Others 1 Foot controller XD (EU re) XC (other re) 2 Multi-function foot controller SAMFFC (U.S.A.) SAMFFCC (Cnd) See pge 26 3 Dust Cover XG Boin center pin nd instruction sheet XF MFFC1: XF MFFC10C: XF (Austrli) (For U.S.A. only) Foot controller: Model U This foot controller cn e used on the mchine with product code 882-W20/W22. The product code is mentioned on the mchine rting plte. Alwys use ccessories recommended for this mchine. The screw for the presser foot holder is ville through your uthorized Brother deler (Prt code XA ) W

25 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS No. Prt Nme 1 Emroidery frme set (smll) H 2 cm W 6 cm (H 1 inch W 2-1/2 inches) 2 Squre emroidery frme H 15 cm W 15 cm (H 6 inches W 6 inches) 3 Emroidery frme set (quilt) H 20 cm W 20 cm (H 8 inches W 8 inches) 4 Emroidery frme set (extr lrge) H 26 cm W 16 cm (H 10-1/4 inches W 6-1/4 inches) 5 Border emroidery frme H 30 cm W 10 cm (H 12 inches W 4 inches) Prt Code Americs Others SA437 SA448 (U.S.A.) SA448C (Cnd) SA446 SA441 SABF6200D1 (U.S.A.) SABF6200D1 C (Cnd) 6 Border emroidery frme set H 18 cm W 10 cm (H 7 inches W 4 inches) SABF6000D 7 Emroidery oin thred SAEBT (white) Emroidery oin thred SAEBT999 (lck) 8 10 spool stnd SA561 (U.S.A.) SA561C (Cnd) 9 Wide tle SAWT6200D (U.S.A.) SAWT6200D C (Cnd) EF73: XC SEF150: XF EF91: XE EF81: XC BF3: XF BF2: XE EBT-CEN: X EBT-CEBN: XC TS5: XF WT10: XF Emroidery crd reder SAECRI 11 Stilizer mteril SA519 BM3: XE Wter solule stilizer SA520 BM5: XE Sem guide SA538 SG1: XC Wlking foot SA140 F033N: XC Side cutter foot SA177 F054: XC Quilting guide SA132 F016N: XC Emroidery foot W XF Free-motion quilting foot SA129 F005N: XC Couching foot SA199V (U.S.A) SA199VC (Cnd) F073: XF (EU re) F073AP: XF (other re) No. Prt Nme Prt Code Americs Others 19 Circulr ttchment SACIRC1 CIRC1: XE Stitch in the ditch foot SA191 F065: XF Verticl spool pin XC Emroidery positioning sticker sheets 8 SAEPS2 EPS2: XF Edge sewing sheet 5 SAESS1 ESS1: XE Free motion guide grip SAFMGRIP FMG2: XF (EU re) FMG2AP: XF (other re) 25 USB mouse XE All specifictions re correct t the time of printing. Plese e wre tht some specifictions my chnge without notice. Visit your nerest uthorized Brother deler for complete listing of optionl ccessories for your mchine. 23

26 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Using the Multi-purpose Screwdriver Since the screwdriver cn e chnged to three different positions, it cn e extremely useful for the vrious mchine preprtions. Position 1 Position 3 The multi-purpose screwdriver cn e positioned over the screw on the emroidery frme to tighten the screw fter hooping the fric or when removing the fric. You cn instll/remove the presser foot holder, needle clmp screw. When rotting the multi-purpose screwdriver, do not forcefully rotte it in the direction tht it does not rotte; otherwise, it my rek. Using the Spool Stnd The included spool stnd is useful when using thred spools with lrge dimeter (cross-wound thred). The spool stnd cn hold two spools of thred Position You cn instll/remove the needle plte. No. Prt Nme Prt Code 1 Telescopic thred guide XE Spool support XE Spool pin 2 XA Screw nd wsher XC Spool cp (XL) 2 XE Spool holder 2 XA Spool cp se 2 XE Spool felt 2 XC Ring

27 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS CAUTION Do not lift the hndle of the mchine while the spool stnd is instlled. Do not push or pull the telescopic thred guide or spool pins with extreme force, otherwise dmge my result. Do not plce ny oject other thn spools of thred on the spool support. Do not try to wind thred on the oin while sewing using the spool stnd. Mke sure tht the stoppers on the telescopic thred guide shft re firmly in plce nd tht the thred guide openings re directly ove the two holes for spool pins in the spool support. In ddition, check tht the shft is securely tightened in the spool support. How to ssemle the spool stnd Fully extend the telescopic thred guide shft, nd then rotte the shft until the two internl stoppers click into plce. c Firmly insert the two spool pins into the two holes in the spool support. Insert the telescopic thred guide into the round hole t the center of the spool support, nd then use screwdriver to securely tighten the screw () from the reverse side. d Open the upper cover of the mchine, nd then pull the upper cover up to remove it from the mchine. e Insert the spool stnd onto the notches of the mchine. Screw 25

28 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS How to remove Pull the spool stnd up to remove it from the mchine. Using the Multi-function Foot Controller (Only for supplied models) Refer to see Specifying the Multi-Function Foot Controller (Only for supplied models) on pge 84, efore using this foot controller. 1 2 Attch the upper cover to the mchine. 3 4 See pge 58 out the oin winding using the spool stnd. See pge 67 out the upper threding using the spool stnd. No. Prt Nme Prt Code 1 Min foot controller XF (U.S.A.) XF (other re) 2 Side pedl XF Mounting plte XF Mounting screw 2 XF Assemling the Controller Align the wide side of the mounting plte with the notch in the ottom of the min foot controller, nd then secure them together with screw. Feed the other side of the mounting plte into the notch on the ottom of the side pedl, nd then secure them together with screw. 26

29 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Insert the plug for the side pedl into the jck t the ck of the min foot controller. c Insert the plug for the min foot controller into the foot controller jck on the right side of the mchine. Multi-function foot controller Foot controller jck Adjusting the Pedl Positions The pedl spcing cn e djusted depending on the screw holes used in the mounting plte. The pedl spcing is the widest when the pedls re ttched using the outermost screw holes ; the pedl spcing is the nrrowest when they re ttched using the innermost screw holes. The side pedl my e ttched on the right or left side of the min foot controller. For greter distnce you lwys hve the option of not connecting the side pedl nd min foot controller using the mounting plte, mking sure tht oth pedls re connected using the jck from the side pedl to the min foot controller. 27

30 28 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS

31 Chpter 1 Getting Redy TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF Setting Your Mchine for the First Time...31 LCD SCREEN Home Pge Screen Using the Mchine Setting Mode Key...33 Sving Settings Screen Imge to USB Medi Selecting the Eco Mode or Shutoff Support Mode Chnging the Pointer Shpe When USB Mouse Is Used Chnging the Screen Sver Imge Selecting the Initil Screen Disply Choosing the Disply Lnguge Chnging the Bckground Colors of the Emroidery Ptterns Specifying the Size of Pttern Thumnils Using the Sewing Mchine Help Key...42 Using the Opertion Guide Function...43 Using the Sewing Guide Function...44 Plying Tutoril Video...45 Plying MPEG-4 (MP4) Videos...46 Using the Pttern Explntion Function...47 CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE Attching/Detching toe...73 Using the Dul Feed Position Lever...74 Adjusting the Amount of Fric Feeding of the Dul Feed Foot...74 CHANGING THE NEEDLE...75 Aout the Needle Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions NEEDLE CALIBRATION USING THE BUILT IN CAMERA...78 Using USB Medi...48 Connecting the Mchine to the Computer...48 Using USB Mouse (Sold Seprtely)...49 Clicking Key Chnging Pges USING THE SENSOR PEN Convenient Sewing Fetures y Using the Sensor Pen...50 Connecting the Sensor Pen...50 Using the Sensor Pen Holder...51 Using the Sensor Pen...51 Importnt Informtion out Sensor Pen...52 Clirting the Sensor Pen...52 LOWER THREADING Winding the Boin...54 Using the Supplementl Spool Pin Using the Spool Pin Using the Spool Stnd Untngling Thred from Beneth the Boin Winder Set Setting the Boin...59 Pulling Up the Boin Thred...61 UPPER THREADING Upper Threding...62 Using the Twin Needle Mode...65 Using the Spool Stnd...67 Using the Spool Stnd Using Threds tht Unwind Quickly...69 Using the Spool Net CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT Removing the Presser Foot...70 Attching the Presser Foot...70 Attching the Presser Foot with the Included Adpter...71 Attching the Wlking Foot Using the Dul Feed Foot...72 Attching the Dul Feed Foot... 72

32 TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF WARNING Use only regulr household electricity for the power source. Using other power sources my result in fire, electric shock, or dmge to the mchine. Mke sure tht the plugs on the power cord re firmly inserted into the electricl outlet nd the power cord receptcle on the mchine. Otherwise, fire or electric shock my result. Do not insert the plug on the power cord into n electricl outlet tht is in poor condition. Turn the min power to OFF nd remove the plug in the following circumstnces: When you re wy from the mchine After using the mchine When the power fils during use When the mchine does not operte correctly due to d connection or disconnection During electricl storms CAUTION Use only the power cord included with this mchine. Do not use extension cords or multi-plug dpters with mny other pplinces plugged in to them. Fire or electric shock my result. Do not touch the plug with wet hnds. Electric shock my result. When unplugging the mchine, lwys turn the min power to OFF first. Alwys grsp the plug to remove it from the outlet. Pulling on the cord my dmge the cord, or led to fire or electric shock. Do not llow the power cord to e cut, dmged, modified, forcefully ent, pulled, twisted, or undled. Do not plce hevy ojects on the cord. Do not suject the cord to het. These things my dmge the cord, or cuse fire or electric shock. If the cord or plug is dmged, tke the mchine to your uthorized Brother deler for repirs efore continuing use. Unplug the power cord if the mchine is not to e used for long period of time. Otherwise, fire my result. When leving the mchine unttended, either the min switch of the mchine should e turned to OFF or the plug must e removed from the socket-outlet. When servicing the mchine or when removing covers, the mchine must e unplugged. For U.S.A only This pplince hs polrized plug (one lde wider thn the other). To reduce the risk of electricl shock, this plug is intended to fit in polrized outlet only one wy. If the plug does not fit fully in the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contct qulified electricin to instll the proper outlet. Do not modify the plug in ny wy. 30

33 TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF Insert the power supply cord into the power cord receptcle, then insert the plug into wll outlet. Min power switch Power supply cord Press. The messge screen, confirming if you wnt c to set time/dte, ppers. To set the time/ dte, press ; to cncel the setting, press. The screen to set time/dte ppers. Press or to set time dte. d 1 Getting Redy Turn the min power switch to I to turn on the mchine. c d OFF ON c When the mchine is turned on, the needle nd the feed dogs will mke sound when they move; this is not mlfunction. Turn the min power switch to O to turn off the mchine. If the mchine is turned off in the middle of sewing in the Sewing function, the opertion will not e continued fter turning the power on gin. Setting Your Mchine for the First Time When you first turn on the mchine, set the lnguge nd time/dte to your lnguge nd locl time/dte. Follow the procedure elow when the settings screen ppers utomticlly. Press to disply the time on the screen. Set the yer (YYYY), month (MM) nd dte (DD). c Select whether 24h or 12h setting to disply. d Set the current time. e Press to strt using your mchine. The clock strts from 0 second of the time you set. The time/dte you set my e clered, if you don't turn on the mchine for n extended period of time. Time setting is lso ville y pressing clock utton/time on the ottom of the LCD screen. Press nd to set your locl lnguge. 31

34 LCD SCREEN LCD SCREEN When the mchine is turned on, the opening movie is plyed. Touch nywhere on the screen for the home pge screen to e displyed. Touch the LCD screen or key with your finger or the included touch pen to select mchine function. When the stright stitch needle plte is on the mchine, the needle will utomticlly move to the middle position. Only touch the screen with your finger or the included touch pen. Do not use shrp pencil, screwdriver, or other hrd or shrp oject. It is not necessry to press hrd on the screen. Pressing too hrd or using shrp oject my dmge the screen. Home Pge Screen d e f g h i No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge e f g h i j Mchine setting screen key Sewing mchine help key Presser foot/ Needle exchnge key Screen lock key Home pge screen key Time/Dte key Press this key to chnge the needle stop position, djust the pttern or screen, nd chnge other mchine settings. Press this key to see explntions on how to use the mchine. You cn see the tutoril videos nd lso the MP4 movie files tht you hve. Press this key efore chnging the needle, the presser foot, etc. This key locks ll key nd utton functions to prevent opertion of the mchine. Press this key to lock the screen. When the screen is locked, cn still sew, ut cnnot chnge ny of the screen functions. Press this key gin to unlock the settings. Press this key nytime it is displyed to return to the home pge screen nd select different ctegory - Sewing, Emroidery or My Design Center. Press this key to set the clock to your locl time , c j No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge c d Sewing key Press this key to sew utility stitches or chrcter/ decortive stitch ptterns. Emroidery key My Design Center Cmer view key Attch the emroidery unit nd press this key to emroider ptterns. Press this key to strt creting your custom design emroidery ptterns. Press this key to check the needle loction s it is shown on the screen through the uilt-in cmer. 110, ,

35 LCD SCREEN Using the Mchine Setting Mode Key Press to chnge the defult mchine settings (needle stop position, emroidery speed, opening disply, etc.). To disply the different settings screens, press for Sewing settings, for Generl settings or for Emroidery settings. 1 Press or to disply different settings screen. Sewing settings n Getting Redy c d e f g h o i j k l m Select whether to use the sewing speed controller to determine the zigzg width (see pge 133). Mke djustments to chrcter or decortive stitch ptterns (see pge 176). c Adjust the presser foot height. Select the height of the presser foot when the presser foot is rised. d Adjust the presser foot pressure. The higher the numer, the greter the pressure will e. Set the pressure t 3 for norml sewing. e Adjust the mount of fric feeding of the dul feed foot (see pge 74). f Select whether 1-01 Stright stitch (Left) or 1-03 Stright stitch (Middle) is the utility stitch tht is utomticlly selected when the mchine is turned on. g Select whether Utility Stitch or Quilt Stitch displyed first on the stitch selection screen when the Sewing is selected. h You cn ctivte this setting fter connecting the multi-function foot controller. (These settings re not operle unless the multi-function foot controller is ttched to the mchine.) (see pge 84) i Chnge the height of the presser foot when sewing is stopped when the pivot setting is selected (see pge 95). Adjust the presser foot to one of the three heights (3.2 mm, 5.0 mm nd 7.5 mm). j Chnge the height of the presser foot when the mchine is set to free motion sewing mode (see pge 133). k When set to ON, the thickness of the fric is utomticlly detected y n internl sensor while sewing. This enles the fric to e fed smoothly (see pges 88 nd 97). l When set to ON, reinforcement stitches re sewn t the eginning nd/or end of sewing for reinforcement stitch pttern, even when the Reverse Stitch utton is pressed (see pge 85). m Adjust the guideline mrker position nd rightness (see pge 100). n Press to sve settings screen imge to USB medi (see pge 36). o Press to reset settings. Some settings do not reset. 33

36 LCD SCREEN Generl settings c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s CAUTION If Upper nd Boin Thred Sensor is set to OFF, remove the upper thred. If the mchine is used with the upper thred threded, the mchine will not e le to detect if the thred hs ecome tngled. Continuing to use the mchine with tngled thred my cuse dmge. Select the needle stop position (the needle position when the mchine is not operting) to e up or down. Select the down position when using the pivot key. Select the opertion of the Needle Position - Stitch Plcement utton from the following two sequences (see pge 98). Ech press of the Needle Position - Stitch Plcement utton: ON rises the needle, stops it t nerly lowered position, then lowers it OFF rises the needle, then lowers it c Chnge the shpe of the pointer when USB mouse is used (see pge 37). d Turn oth the upper nd oin thred sensor ON or OFF. If it is turned OFF, the mchine cn e used without thred. e Chnge the speker volume. Increse the numer for louder volume, decrese for softer volume. f Chnge the hedphone (externl spekers) volume. g Chnge the rightness of the needle re nd work re lights. h Chnge the screen disply rightness (see pge 391). i Select to sve the mchine power y setting the Eco Mode or the Shutoff Support Mode (see pge 36). j Select the length of time until the screen sver ppers. A setting etween OFF (0) nd 60 minutes cn e set in 1-minute increments. k Chnge the imge of the screen sver (see pge 37). l Select the initil screen tht is displyed when the mchine is turned on (see pge 38). m Turn on or off the spool stnd LED indictor (see pge 276). n Chnge the disply lnguge (see pge 39). o Clirte the sensor function (see pge 52). p Disply the service count which is reminder to tke your mchine in for regulr servicing. (Contct your uthorized Brother deler for detils.) q Disply the totl numer of stitches sewn on this mchine. r The No. is the internl mchine numer for the emroidery nd sewing mchine. s Disply the progrm version. The ltest version of softwre is instlled in your mchine. Check with your locl uthorized Brother deler or t for ville updtes (see pge 412). 34

37 LCD SCREEN Emroidery settings c d e f g h i j k l n o 1 Getting Redy m Select from mong 23 emroidery frme displys (see pge 306). Chnge the thred color disply on the Emroidery screen; thred numer, color nme (see pge 305). c When the thred numer #123 is selected, select from six thred rnds (see pge 305). d Adjust the mximum emroidery speed setting (see pge 305). e Adjust the upper thred tension for emroidering (see pge 302). f Select the height of the emroidery foot during emroidering (see pge 256). g Chnge the disply units (mm/inch). h Chnge the color of the ckground for the emroidery disply re (see pge 39). i Chnge the color of the ckground for the thumnil re (see pge 39). j Press to specify the size of pttern thumnils (see pge 40). k Adjust the distnce etween the pttern nd the sting stitching (see pge 290). l Adjust the distnce etween the ppliqué pttern nd the outline (see pge 291). m Adjust the position nd rightness of the emroidery foot with LED pointer (see pge 263). n Specify to disply the fric imge on the screen. You cn select the scn qulity (see pge 286). o Set to ON when positioning the pttern on the thick fric using the uilt-in cmer (see pge 289). 35

38 LCD SCREEN Sving Settings Screen Imge to USB Medi An imge of the settings screen cn e sved s BMP file. A mximum of 100 imges cn e sved on single USB medi t one time. Insert the USB medi into the USB port on the right side of the mchine. Selecting the Eco Mode or Shutoff Support Mode You cn sve the mchine power y setting the eco mode or the shutoff support mode. If you leve the mchine without using for specified period of time, the mchine enters in one of these modes. Eco Mode ; Mchine will enter sleep mode. Touch the screen or press the Strt/Stop utton to continue sewing. Shutoff Support Mode ; Mchine will enter the lower power mode fter set period of time. Turn mchine off nd then ck on to restrt sewing. Condition Eco Mode Shutoff Support Mode USB port USB medi Press. The settings screen ppers. Select the settings screen pge tht you wnt to sve the screen imge of. c Press. d The imge file will e sved to the USB medi. Remove the USB medi, nd then check the sved imge using computer. The files for Settings screen imges re sved with the nme S**.BMP in folder leled Pocket. * ** in the nme S**.BMP will utomticlly e replced with numer etween 00 nd 99. If 100 imge files hve lredy een sved on the USB medi, the following messge ppers. In this cse, delete file from the USB medi or use different USB medi. Aville time OFF, (minute) OFF, 1-12 (hour) Strt/Stop utton Green flshing Green slow flshing Suspended function Mchine light, Screen disply, LED pointer, Guideline mrker, Spool Stnd LED All functions After recovering Press the Strt/Stop utton or touch the screen disply to recover from these modes. Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Generl settings screen ppers. Disply pge 5 of the Generl settings c screen. d The mchine strts from the previous opertion. You need to turn off the mchine. Use or to select the time until entering the mode. 36

39 If you turn off the mchine while the mchine is in the Eco Mode or the Shutoff Support Mode, wit for out 5 seconds efore turning on the mchine gin. LCD SCREEN Chnging the Screen Sver Imge Insted of the defult imge, you cn select your own personl imges for the screen sver of your mchine. Before chnging the screen sver imge, prepre the imge on your computer or USB medi. 1 Chnging the Pointer Shpe When USB Mouse Is Used In the settings screen, the shpe cn e selected for the pointer tht ppers when USB mouse is connected. Depending upon the ckground color, select the desired shpe from the three tht re ville. Comptile imge files Formt File size File dimension Numer llowed JPEG formt (.jpg) Mx. 2 MB for ech imge pixels or less, (If the width is more thn 800 pixels, the imge imported will e reduced to width of 800 pixels.) 5 or less Getting Redy Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Generl settings screen ppers. Disply pge 4 of the Generl settings c screen. d For detils on chnging the ckground color, refer to Chnging the Bckground Colors of the Emroidery Ptterns on pge 39. Use nd to choose the pointer shpe from the three ville setting (, nd ). When using USB medi, mke sure tht it contins only your own personl imges to e selected for the screen sver. Folders re recognized. Open the folder tht holds your personl imges. Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Generl settings screen ppers. Disply pge 5 of the Generl settings c screen. d Press. e Press. e Press to return to the originl screen. The setting remins selected even if the mchine is turned off. 37

40 LCD SCREEN f Connect the USB medi or the computer (using USB cle) tht contins your personl imge to the USB port of the mchine. * See pge 48 out USB connectivity. i Press file nme to select imge nd then press. g Press to select the first imge. * The imges will pper in list in this screen. Select the desired numer to specify the imge. Select the device tht is connected. h The selected imge is stored on your mchine. * Press to view the previous pge. j Repet the procedure from step g to select the remining imges. k Press screen. to return to the originl Selecting the Initil Screen Disply The Initil screen tht ppers on the mchine cn e chnged. Press. The settings screen ppers. * Press when connecting USB medi to the USB port. * Press when connecting USB medi to the center USB port. * Press when connecting computer using USB cle, nd then copy your personl imges into Removle Disk, which ppers on the desktop of the computer. A list of your personl imges pper on the screen. * Press to delete the selected imge. * Press to view the previous pge. Press. c The Generl settings screen ppers. Disply pge 5 of the Generl settings screen. Use nd to select the setting for the d initil screen disply. 38

41 LCD SCREEN * Opening Screen: When the mchine is turned on, the home pge screen ppers fter the opening movie screen is touched. * Home Pge: When the mchine is turned on, the home pge screen ppers. * Sewing/Emroidery Screen: When the mchine is turned on, the Emroidery screen ppers if the emroidery unit is ttched to the mchine, or the sewing screen ppers if the emroidery unit is not ttched to the mchine. e Press to return to the originl screen. Choosing the Disply Lnguge Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Generl settings screen ppers. Chnging the Bckground Colors of the Emroidery Ptterns In the settings screen, the ckground colors cn e chnged for the emroidery pttern nd pttern thumnils. Depending on the pttern color, select the desired ckground color from the 66 color thumnils shown. Different ckground colors cn e selected for the emroidery pttern nd pttern thumnils. Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Emroidery settings screen ppers. When using the Emroidery or My Design Center, touch to directly ccess the Emroidery settings screen. 1 Getting Redy c Disply pge 5 of the Generl settings screen. c Disply shown on pge 8 of the Emroidery settings screen. d Use nd to choose the disply lnguge. d Press. Emroidery pttern ckground Pttern thumnils ckground Disply lnguge e Press to return to the originl screen. 39

42 LCD SCREEN e Select the ckground color from the 66 color thumnils shown. Specifying the Size of Pttern Thumnils The thumnils for selecting n emroidery pttern cn e set to e displyed t the norml size or lrger size. The lrger size is 1.5 times the norml size. Emroidery pttern ckground Selected color Pttern thumnils ckground Selected color f Press to return to the originl screen. The setting remins selected even if the mchine is turned off. Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. c The Emroidery settings screen ppers. Disply pge 8 of the Emroidery settings screen. 40

43 LCD SCREEN d Press or to select the desired thumnil size. 1 Getting Redy When thumnil size setting hs een chnged the pttern selection screen will not immeditely reflect the chosen size. To view the ptterns with the new thumnil size, return to the ctegory selection screen, nd then select the pttern ctegory gin. 41

44 LCD SCREEN Using the Sewing Mchine Help Key Press elow. to open the sewing mchine help screen. Four functions re ville from the screen shown c d Press this key to see explntion for upper threding, winding the oin, chnging the presser foot, prepring to emroider pttern, nd how to use the mchine (see pge 47). Press this key to select utility stitches when you re not sure which stitch to use or how to sew the stitch (see pge 43). c Press this key to see n explntion of the stitch selected (see pge 44). d Press this key to wtch tutoril videos or MPEG-4 (MP4) files from USB medi (see pge 45). 42

45 LCD SCREEN Using the Opertion Guide Function Press to open the screen shown elow. Six ctegories re displyed t the top of the screen. Press key to see more informtion out tht ctegory. 1 Getting Redy displys informtion out the min prts of the mchine nd their functions. This is the first screen displyed when you press. displys informtion out the opertion uttons. displys informtion out threding the mchine, chnging presser feet, etc. Some of the functions re descried in the movies. Wtch these movies for etter understnding of the functions. displys informtion out ttching the emroidery unit, prepring fric for emroidering, etc. Some of the functions re descried in the movies. Wtch these movies for etter understnding of the functions. informtion. displys trouleshooting displys informtion out clening the mchine, etc. Some of the functions re descried in the movies. Wtch these movies for etter understnding of the functions. 43

46 LCD SCREEN Exmple: Displying informtion out upper threding Using the Sewing Guide Function Press. Press. c Press. The lower hlf of the screen will chnge. d Press (upper threding). The sewing guide function cn e used to select ptterns from the Utility Stitch screen. Use this function when you re not sure which stitch to use for your ppliction, or to get dvice out sewing prticulr stitches. For exmple, if you wnt to sew overcsting, ut you do not know which stitch to use or how to sew the stitch, you cn use this screen to get dvice. We recommend tht eginners use this method to select stitches. Enter Utility Stitch ctegory from the home pge. Press. c Press. The dvice screen is displyed. d Press the key of the ctegory whose sewing instructions you wish to view. * Press to return to the originl screen. e The screen shows instructions for threding the mchine. Red the instructions. * Press to view the next pge. * Press to view the previous pge. f Press screen. to return to the originl e Red the explntions nd select the pproprite stitch. The screen displys directions for sewing the selected stitch. Follow the directions to sew the stitch. 44

47 LCD SCREEN Plying Tutoril Video This mchine provides tutoril videos on how to use the mchine. Together with the help guides, which offer descriptions through text nd illustrtions, the tutoril videos ssist with mchine opertion. Opertion keys Ply Stop Puse Skip ck 10 seconds 1 Press. Press. Press the title of the desired tutoril video. c Skip forwrd 10 seconds Return to eginning Repet Delete video (when plying from the mchine s memory) Sve to mchine (when plying from USB medi) Getting Redy A frequently viewed tutoril video cn e sved to (fvorites) of the mchine, from where it cn e plyed. e After you re finished plying the video, press. The selected tutoril video egins plying. d Ply the tutoril video. Numer of seconds elpsed/totl numer of seconds 45

48 LCD SCREEN Plying MPEG-4 (MP4) Videos d Select the video tht you wnt to ply. Your MP4 videos cn e plyed from USB medi. In ddition, the MP4 video cn e sved to the mchine so tht tutoril video on creting project, for exmple, cn e viewed t ny time. Videos tht cn e plyed MP4 file formt: Video - H.264/MPEG-4 AVC, Audio AAC Size: 450 (H) 800 (W) MP4 file size will e chnged to fit the screen. If you view the lrge MP4 file, the file will e reduced to fit the screen. If you view the smller MP4 file, the file will e expnded to fit the screen. Some type of MP4 file cnnot viewed with the mchine. Press. * To return to the previous screen, press. Video file nmes more thn 20 chrcters long my e omitted nd not displyed. Press. e Ply the video. c Select the device where the video is sved. * Use the opertion keys s descried in Plying Tutoril Video. Up to out 1 GB of MP4 videos cn e sved on the mchine. When the mximum cpcity hs een reched, delete unnecessry videos. f After you re finished plying the video, press. : ply tutoril video : Ply video sved on the mchine (fvorites) : Ply video from USB medi plugged into the USB port : Ply video from USB medi plugged into the USB port for mouse * To return to the previous screen, press. 46

49 LCD SCREEN Using the Pttern Explntion Function If you wnt to know more out the uses of stitch pttern, select the pttern nd press nd then to see n explntion of the stitch selection. c Press. 1 With the pttern explntion function, descriptions cn e displyed for the ptterns ville on the Utility Stitch nd Chrcter/Decortive Stitch screens. Descriptions re displyed for ech pttern in the Utility Stitch screen. Description for the Chrcter/Decortive Stitch ctegory is lso displyed. If the key ppers in gry, the pttern explntion function cnnot e used. The screen shows informtion. d Press to return to the originl screen. Getting Redy Exmple: Press. Displying informtion out The settings remin displyed to llow you to fine tune the stitch. Press. 47

50 CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE Using USB Medi When sending or reding ptterns using the USB medi, connect the device to the USB port. Refer to Connecting Your Mchine to the PC on pge 189 for the ville computer operting systems. USB port USB medi USB medi is widely used, however some USB medi my not e usle with this mchine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. Depending on the type of USB medi eing used, either directly plug the USB device into the mchine s USB port or plug the USB medi Reder/Writer into the mchine s USB port. USB port for computer USB cle connector The connectors on the USB cle cn only e inserted into port in one direction. If it is difficult to insert the connector, do not insert it with force. Check the orienttion of the connector. For detils on the position of the USB port on the computer (or USB hu), refer to the instruction mnul for the corresponding equipment. Connecting the Mchine to the Computer Using the included USB cle, the sewing mchine cn e connected to your computer. 48

51 Using USB Mouse (Sold Seprtely) The USB mouse, connected to the sewing mchine, cn e used to perform vriety of opertions in the screens. Connect USB mouse to the USB port mrked CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE Clicking Key When the mouse is connected, the pointer ppers on the screen. Move the mouse to position the pointer over the desired key, nd then click the left mouse utton. Doule-clicking hs no effect. 1 with. You cn lso connect USB mouse to the other USB port. If mouse other thn the optionl USB mouse is used, it my not perform s descried in this Opertion Mnul. Getting Redy Pointer USB port mrked with USB mouse Chnging Pges Rotte the mouse wheel to switch through the ts of the pttern selection screens. If pge numers nd verticl scroll r for dditionl pges re displyed, rotte the mouse wheel or click the left mouse utton with the pointer on / or / to disply the previous or next pge. Do not perform opertions with the mouse t the sme time tht you re touching the screen with your finger or the included touch pen. A USB mouse cn e connected or disconnected t ny time. Only the left mouse utton nd its wheel cn e used to perform opertions. No other uttons cn e used. The mouse pointer does not pper in the cmer view window, the screen sver, opening screen or the home pge screen. 49

52 USING THE SENSOR PEN USING THE SENSOR PEN Convenient Sewing Fetures y Using the Sensor Pen By using the sensor pen, you hve the option of four seprte functions Setting the guideline s reference for your sewing position. Set the needle position of stright stitch. Adjust the width nd L/R Shift position of zigzg stitch. Set the ending point of stitch pttern sequence. CAUTION The guideline mrker is lser; therefore, do not stre t the lser light directly. Otherwise it my cuse lindness. When specifying the end point of your sewing, this function djusts your pttern or stitch so tht you end up with complete design. It is esy to set the pttern width nd position. When the guideline or LED pointer does not pper clerly, set the rightness of the mchine light dimmer to see them clerly. Refer to Using the Mchine Setting Mode Key on pge 33. Connecting the Sensor Pen When connecting the sensor pen to the mchine, mke sure tht the rrow on the sensor pen connector fces up nd tht the connector is firmly inserted into the jck. Sensor pen jck Sensor pen connector CAUTION When connecting the sensor pen, mke sure tht the rrow on the sensor pen connector fces up, otherwise the connector pins will not lign correctly nd the connector will e dmged. When connecting or disconnecting the sensor pen, gr the connector, nd then slowly push it stright in or pull it stright out. When disconnecting the sensor pen from the mchine, do not pull on the cord, otherwise the sensor pen my e dmged. 50

53 Using the Sensor Pen Holder When connecting the sensor pen to the mchine, ttch the sensor pen holder to keep the sensor pen with the mchine. The right side of the holder cn e used to hold the touch pen. USING THE SENSOR PEN Set the sensor pen in the sensor pen holder c with the pen tip pointing downwrd, nd then connect the sensor pen to the mchine. 1 Sensor pen holder Getting Redy Using the point end of the clening rush or the sem ripper point, remove the protective cp covering the hole on the right side of the mchine. Insert the point of the sem ripper or clening rush into the hole in the protective cp, nd then lightly pull out the protective cp to remove it. Using the Sensor Pen Hold the sensor pen, nd then touch the point to e specified. When the tip of the sensor pen is pushed in, the position informtion is sent to the mchine. When using the sensor pen, touch slowly nd gently for the definite opertion. Firmly insert the sensor pen holder into the hole where the protective cp ws removed. 1) Touch: Touch point with the sensor pen, then immeditely lift up the pen. 2) Long touch: Touching point with the sensor pen nd holding it down for t lest one second llows you to ctivte the functions tht you just selected. Once point is touched with the sensor pen nd the entered informtion is pplied in the screen, perform the next opertion. Repetedly touching point with the sensor pen my prevent the informtion from eing correctly red. Do not drg the sensor pen tip on the mchine, otherwise the sensor pen tip my e chipped off. If there is ny prolem with the guideline mrker, the sensor function my not operte correctly. 51

54 USING THE SENSOR PEN The sensor pen cn e used to touch on the screen s touch pen. Importnt Informtion out Sensor Pen The sensor pen emits the signl to the mchine, nd then the sensor pen receiver receives the signl to specify the position. Clirting the Sensor Pen Before using the sensor pen for the first time, e sure to personlize it using Sensor Function Clirtion in the settings screen. Doing so llows the mchine to lern the position in which you usully hold the pen. Hold the sensor pen t comfortle ngle nd then clirte the mchine ccording to the procedure elow. Be sure to keep the sensor pen t the sme ngle while clirting the first nd second points. Sensor pen receiver Signl is wved out from the sensor pen CAUTION Do not insert ny oject into the sensor pen nd the receiver, otherwise the mchine my e dmged. IMPORTANT Do not put your hnd, the fric or ny oject etween the mchine nd the sensor pen, otherwise the sensor pen receiver my not receive the ultrsonic wve. Do not use the mchine close to ny other unit which produces ultrsonic wve or virtion sound, otherwise interference my occur. Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Generl settings screen ppers. Disply pge 5 of the Generl settings c screen. d Press fter connecting the sensor pen to the mchine. The Sensor Function Clirtion screen ppers. 52

55 USING THE SENSOR PEN e Touch the first point of green dot mrking using the sensor pen. 1 * Touch on the needle plte cover. Getting Redy Flt ed ttchment Emroidery unit Needle plte cover Touch the second point of center of crosshir using the sensor f pen. g Press to finish the clirtion. To repet the clirtion touch the first point gin using the sensor pen, nd continue with step f. * Touch on the point in the illustrtions. * Press to return to the originl screen without finishing the clirtion. * Press to reset the clirtion. 53

56 LOWER THREADING LOWER THREADING Winding the Boin CAUTION The included oin ws designed specificlly for this sewing mchine. If oins from other models re used, the mchine will not operte correctly. Use only the included oin or oins of the sme type (prt code: SA156, (SFB: XA )). SA156 is Clss 15 type oin. Turn the min power to ON nd open the top cover. Align the groove in the oin with the spring on the oin winder shft, nd set the oin on the shft. c Groove in the oin Spring on the shft Set the supplementl spool pin in the up position. * Actul size This model Other models c 11.5 mm (pprox. 7/16 inch) Using the Supplementl Spool Pin With this mchine, you cn wind the oin during sewing. While using the min spool pin to sew emroidery, you cn conveniently wind the oin using the supplementl spool pin. d Supplementl spool pin Plce the spool of thred on the supplementl spool pin, so tht thred unrolls from the front. Push the spool cp onto the spool pin s fr s possile to secure the thred spool. Supplementl spool pin Spool cp Spool pin c Thred spool 54

57 LOWER THREADING CAUTION If the thred spool nd/or spool cp re set incorrectly, the thred my tngle on the spool pin nd cuse the needle to rek. Use the spool cp (lrge, medium, or smll) tht is closest in size to the thred spool. If spool cp smller thn the thred spool is used, the thred my ecome cught in the slit on the end of the spool nd cuse the needle to rek. When sewing with fine, cross-wound thred, use the smll spool cp, nd leve smll spce etween the cp nd the thred spool. e f With your right hnd, hold the thred ner the thred spool. With your left hnd, hold the end of the thred, nd use oth hnds to pss the thred through the thred guide. Thred guide Pss the thred round the pre-tension disk mking sure tht the thred is under the pre-tension disk. 1 Getting Redy Spool cp (smll) Thred spool (cross-wound thred) c Spce If spool of thred whose core is 12 mm (1/2 inch) in dimeter nd 75 mm (3 inches) high is inserted onto the spool pin, use the mini spool cp. Pre-tension disk Mke sure tht the thred psses under the pretension disk. Spool cp (mini king thred spool) 12 mm (1/2 inch) c 75 mm (3 inches) g Pre-tension disk c Pull it in s fr s possile. Check to mke sure thred is securely set etween pre-tension disks. Wind the thred clockwise round the oin 5-6 times. 55

58 LOWER THREADING h Pss the end of the thred through the guide slit in the oin winder set, nd pull the thred to the right to cut the thred with the cutter. Guide slit (with uilt-in cutter) Boin winder set CAUTION Be sure to follow the process descried. If the thred is not cut with the cutter, nd the oin is wound, when the thred runs low it my tngle round the oin nd cuse the needle to rek. chnges to while the oin is winding. Sty ner the mchine while winding the oin to mke sure the oin thred is eing wound correctly. If the oin thred is wound incorrectly, press immeditely to stop the oin winding. The sound of winding the oin with stiff thred, such s nylon thred for quilting, my e different from the one produced when winding norml thred; however, this is not sign of mlfunction. You cn chnge the winding speed y pressing (to decrese) or (to increse) in the oin winding window. i Set the oin winding switch to the left, until it clicks into plce. Boin winding switch Press to minimize the oin winding window. Then, you cn perform other opertions, such s selecting stitch or djusting the thred tension, while the oin is eing wound. Press (in top right of the LCD screen) to disply the oin winding window gin. Sliding the oin winding switch to the left switches the mchine into oin winding mode. The oin winding window ppers. j Press. Boin winding strts. The oin stops rotting when oin winding is completed. The oin winding switch will utomticlly return to its originl position. k Cut the thred with cutter nd remove the oin. Cutter 56

59 When removing the oin, do not pull on the oin winder set. Doing so could loosen or remove the oin winder set, nd could result in dmge to the mchine. LOWER THREADING Align the groove in the oin with the spring on the oin winder shft, nd set the oin on the shft. 1 CAUTION Setting the oin improperly my cuse the thred tension to loosen, reking the needle nd possily resulting in injury. Groove in the oin Spring on the shft Getting Redy Using the Spool Pin You cn use the min spool pin to wind the oin efore sewing. You cnnot use this spool pin to wind the oin while sewing. c Pivot the spool pin so tht it ngles upwrd. Set the thred spool on the spool pin so tht the thred unwinds from the front of the spool. Turn the min power to ON nd open the top cover. d e Spool pin Spool cp c Thred spool d Spool felt Push the spool cp onto the spool pin s fr s possile, then return the spool pin to its originl position. While holding the thred with oth hnds, pull the thred up from under the thred guide plte. Thred guide plte 57

60 LOWER THREADING f Pss the thred through the thred guide. See pge 24 to ssemle the spool stnd. See pge 67 to thred the mchine using the spool stnd. g Thred guide Pss the thred round the pre-tension disk mking sure tht the thred is under the pre-tension disk. CAUTION When winding thred on the oin, do not cross the oin winding thred with the upper thred in the thred guides. Untngling Thred from Beneth the Boin Winder Set If the oin winding strts when the thred is not pssed through the pre-tension disk correctly, the thred my ecome tngled eneth the oin winder set. Wind off the thred ccording to the following procedure. h Thred guide Pre-tension disk Follow steps g through k on pge 55 through 56. Using the Spool Stnd To wind thred on the oin while the spool stnd is instlled, pss the thred from the spool through the thred guide on the telescopic thred guide, nd then wind the oin ccording to steps e through k of Using the Supplementl Spool Pin on pge 55 to pge 56. Thred Boin winder set CAUTION Do not remove the oin winder set even if the thred ecomes tngled under the oin winder set. It my result in injuries. If the thred ecomes tngled under the oin winder set, press stop the oin winding. once to 58

61 Cut the thred with scissors ner the pretension disk. Setting the Boin LOWER THREADING CAUTION Use oin thred tht hs een correctly wound. Otherwise, the needle my rek or the thred tension will e incorrect. 1 c Pre-tension disk Push the oin winder switch to the right, nd then rise the oin t lest 100 mm (4 inches) from the shft. The included oin ws designed specificlly for this sewing mchine. If oins from other models re used, the mchine will not operte correctly. Use only the included oin or oins of the sme type (prt code: SA156, (SFB: XA )). SA156 is Clss 15 type oin. Getting Redy d Cut the thred ner the oin nd hold the thred end of the spool with your left hnd. Unwind the thred clockwise ner the oin winder set with your right hnd s shown elow. * Actul size This model Other models c 11.5 mm (pprox. 7/16 inch) Before inserting or chnging the oin, e sure to press in the LCD to lock ll keys nd uttons, otherwise injuries my occur if the Strt/Stop utton or ny other utton is pressed nd the mchine strts sewing. e Wind the oin gin. Press to lock ll keys nd uttons nd rise the presser foot. * If the messge OK to utomticlly lower the presser foot? ppers on the LCD screen, press to continue. Mke sure tht the thred psses through the pre-tension disk correctly (pge 55). Slide the oin cover ltch to the right. Boin cover Ltch The oin cover opens. 59

62 LOWER THREADING Remove the oin cover. c d Hold the oin with your right hnd nd hold the end of the thred with your left hnd. If the thred is not correctly inserted through the tension spring of the oin cse, it my cuse incorrect thred tension. (see pge 92) e Set the oin in the oin cse so tht the thred unwinds to the left. Tension spring CAUTION Be sure to hold down the oin with your finger nd unwind the oin thred correctly. Otherwise, the thred my rek or the thred tension will e incorrect. f Hold the oin lightly with your right hnd, nd then guide the thred with your left hnd. h Insert the t in the lower-left corner of the oin cover (1), nd then lightly press down on the right side to close the cover (2). i Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. g Pss the thred through the guide, nd then pull the thred out towrd the front. 60 Cutter The cutter cuts the thred.

63 Pulling Up the Boin Thred There my e some sewing pplictions where you wnt to pull up the oin thred; for exmple, when mking gthers, drts, or doing free motion quilting or emroidery. e LOWER THREADING Gently pull the upper thred. A loop of the oin thred will come out of the hole in the needle plte. 1 You cn pull up the oin thred fter threding the upper thred ( UPPER THREADING on pge 62). Follow steps to d in Setting the Boin on pge 59 for instlling the oin into the oin cse. Guide the oin thred through the groove, following the rrow in the illustrtion. * Do not cut the thred with the cutter. * Do not replce the oin cover. f Pull up the oin thred, pss it under the presser foot nd pull it out 100 mm (pprox. 3-4 inches) towrd the ck of the mchine, mking it even with the upper thred. Getting Redy c While holding the upper thred, press the Needle Position utton to lower the needle. Upper thred Boin thred Replce the oin cover. g d Needle Position utton Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. 61

64 UPPER THREADING UPPER THREADING Upper Threding The upper thred shutter opens so the mchine cn e threded. CAUTION Be sure to thred the mchine properly. Improper threding cn cuse the thred to tngle nd rek the needle, leding to injury. When using the wlking foot, the side cutter or ccessories not included with this mchine, ttch the ccessory to the mchine fter threding the mchine. The utomtic threding function cn e used with sewing mchine needle sizes 75/ 11 through 100/16. When threds such s trnsprent nylon monofilment or specility threds re used it is not recommended to use the needle threder. The utomtic threding function cnnot e used with the wing needle or the twin needle. c Upper thred shutter This mchine is equipped with n upper thred shutter, llowing you to check tht the upper threding is performed correctly. Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. d If you try to thred the needle utomticlly without rising the needle, the thred my not thred correctly. Pivot the spool pin so tht it ngles upwrd. Set the thred spool on the spool pin so tht the thred unwinds from the front of the spool. Turn the min power to ON. Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to rise the presser foot. Spool pin Spool cp c Thred spool d Spool felt 62

65 UPPER THREADING e Push the spool cp onto the spool pin s fr s possile, then return the spool pin to its originl position. CAUTION If the thred spool nd/or spool cp re set incorrectly, the thred my tngle on the spool pin nd cuse the needle to rek. Use the spool cp (lrge or medium) or the thred spool insert (mini king thred spool) tht is closest in size to the thred spool. If spool cp smller thn the thred spool is used, the thred my ecome cught in the slit on the end of the spool nd cuse the needle to rek. When sewing with fine, cross-wound thred, use the smll spool cp, nd leve smll spce etween the cp nd the thred spool. f g While holding the thred with oth hnds, pull the thred up from under the thred guide plte. Thred guide plte While holding the thred in your right hnd, pss the thred through the thred guide in the direction indicted. 1 Getting Redy Spool cp (smll) Thred spool (cross-wound thred) c Spce If spool of thred whose core is 12 mm (1/2 inch) in dimeter nd 75 mm (3 inches) high is inserted onto the spool pin, use the thred spool insert (mini king thred spool). h Guide the thred down, up, then down through the groove, s shown in the illustrtion. Thred spool insert (mini king thred spool) 12 mm (1/2 inch) c 75 mm (3 inches) Look in the upper groove re to check if the thred ctches on the tke-up lever visile inside the upper groove re. Look in the upper groove re 63

66 UPPER THREADING i Pss the thred through the needle r thred guide (mrked 6 ) y holding the thred with oth hnds nd guiding it s shown in the illustrtion. When using thred tht quickly winds off the spool, such s metllic thred, it my e difficult to thred the needle if the thred is cut. Therefore, insted of using the thred cutter, pull out out 80 mm (pprox. 3 inches) of thred fter pssing it through the thred guide disks (mrked 7 ). j Needle r thred guide Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower presser foot. m 80 mm (pprox. 3 inches) or more Press the Automtic Threding utton to hve the mchine utomticlly thred the needle. k Pss the thred through the thred guide disks (mrked 7 ). Mke sure tht the thred psses through the groove in the thred guide. The thred psses through the eye of the needle. l Groove in thred guide Pull the thred up through the thred cutter to cut the thred, s shown in the illustrtion. n When the Automtic Threding utton is pressed, the presser foot will e utomticlly lowered. After threding is finished, the presser foot moves ck to the position efore the Automtic Threding utton ws pressed. Crefully pull the end of the thred tht ws pssed through the eye of the needle. * If loop ws formed in the thred pssed through the eye of the needle, crefully pull on the loop of thred through to the ck of the needle. Thred cutter Pulling the loop of thred gently will void needle rekge. 64

67 o Pull out out mm (pprox. 4-6 inches) of the thred, nd then pss it under the presser foot towrd the rer of the mchine. Rise the presser foot lever if the presser foot is lowered. UPPER THREADING Using the Twin Needle Mode The twin needle cn only e used for ptterns tht show fter eing selected. Before you select stitch pttern, mke sure the stitch cn e sewn in the twin needle mode (refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul). 1 Aout mm (pprox. 4-6 inches) If the needle could not e threded or the thred ws not pssed through the needle r thred guides, perform the procedure gin strting from step c. Then, pss the thred through the eye of the needle fter step i. Some needles cnnot e threded with the needle threder. In this cse, insted of using the needle threder fter pssing the thred through the needle r thred guide (mrked 6 ), mnully pss the thred through the eye of the needle from the front. CAUTION Twin needle (prt code XE ) is recommended for this mchine. Contct your uthorized Brother deler for replcement needles (size 2.0/11 is recommended). Be sure to set the twin needle mode when using the twin needle. Using the twin needle while the mchine is in single needle mode could cuse the needle to rek, resulting in dmge. Do not sew with ent needles. The needle could rek nd cuse injury. When using the twin needle, it is recommended to use presser foot J. When the twin needle is used, unched stitches my occur depending on the types of fric nd thred tht re used. Use monogrmming foot N for decortive stitches. Before chnging the needle or threding the mchine, e sure to press on the LCD Screen to lock ll keys nd uttons, otherwise injuries my occur if the Strt/Stop utton or ny other utton is pressed nd the mchine strts sewing. Getting Redy Press to lock ll keys nd uttons nd then instll the twin needle ( CHANGING THE NEEDLE on pge 75). * If the messge OK to utomticlly lower the presser foot? ppers on the LCD screen, press to continue. 65

68 UPPER THREADING Thred the mchine for the first needle ccording to the procedure for threding single needle ( Upper Threding on pge 62). e Plce the dditionl spool of thred on the supplementl spool pin, so tht the thred unwinds from the front. Push the spool cp onto the spool pin s fr s possile to secure the thred spool. c Pss the thred through the needle r thred guides on the needle r, then thred the needle on the left side mnully. f Spool cp Spool pin c Thred spool Hold the thred from the spool with oth hnds, nd plce the thred in the thred guide. * Do not plce the thred in the pre-tension disks. Needle r thred guide The Automtic Threding utton cnnot e used. Mnully thred the twin needle from front to ck. Using the Automtic Threding utton my result in dmge to the mchine. d Pull up the supplementl spool pin nd set it in the up position. g Thred guide While holding the thred from the spool, pull the thred through the lower notch in the thred guide plte, then through the upper notch. Hold the end of the thred with your left hnd, nd then guide the thred through the groove, following the rrows in the illustrtion. Supplementl spool pin 66

69 UPPER THREADING h Continue threding however do not pss the thred in the needle r thred guide 6 on the needle r. Thred the needle on the right side. CAUTION Be sure to set the twin needle mode when using the twin needle. Using the twin needle while the mchine is in single needle mode could cuse the needle to rek, resulting in dmge. 1 Needle r thred guide i Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. l Strt sewing. Smple of Twin Needle Sewing Getting Redy j Select stitch pttern. (Exmple: ) * Refer to Sewing Stitch on pge 82 for selecting the stitch. * Refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul for the proper stitch to use with presser foot J. The selected stitch is displyed. To chnge direction when sewing with the twin needle, rise the needle from the fric, rise the presser foot lever, nd then turn the fric. k Press If the key is light gry fter selecting the stitch, the selected stitch cnnot e sewn in the twin needle mode. to select the twin needle mode. Using the Spool Stnd The included spool stnd is useful when using thred on spools with lrge dimeter (crosswound thred). This spool stnd cn hold two spools of thred. See pge 24 to ssemle the spool stnd. See pge 58 to wind the oin when using the spool stnd. Using the Spool Stnd Be sure to use spool cp tht is slightly lrger thn the spool. If the spool cp tht is used is smller or much lrger thn the spool, the thred my ctch nd sewing performnce my suffer. Single needle/twin needle setting ppers. 67

70 UPPER THREADING When using thred on thin spool, plce the included spool felt on the spool pin, plce the thred spool on the spool pin so tht the center of the spool is ligned with the hole t the center of the spool felt, nd then insert the spool cp onto the spool pin. Attch the spool stnd to the mchine. (see pge 24.) Spool felt When using thred on cone spool, use the spool holder. When using cone shped thred spool with other thn cotton thred, it is not necessry to use spool cps. Plce the spool of thred on the spool pin so tht the thred feeds off the spool clockwise. Firmly insert the spool cp onto the spool pin. Spool holder Depending on the size of spool or the mount of thred remining, choose the pproprite sized spool cp (lrge or medium). Spool cp (smll) cnnot e used with the spool cp se. When using 2 spools of thred, mke sure tht oth spools re feeding in the sme direction. Mke sure tht the spools do not touch ech other, otherwise the thred will not feed off smoothly, the needle my rek, or the thred my rek or ecome tngled. In ddition, mke sure tht the spools do not touch the telescopic thred guide t the center. Mke sure tht the thred is not cught under the spool. Spool cp Spool cp se 68

71 UPPER THREADING c Pull the thred off the spool. Pss the thred from the ck to the front through the thred guides t the top. When using thred tht quickly feeds off the spool, such s metllic thred, use the enclosed ring to prevent the thred from ecoming entngled. Threding sequence; Pull the thred from the spool, plce the thred through the ring from the ottom up (1), into the thred guide (2) nd through the ring from the top down (3). When using the ring, do not use the spool cp se. 2 Using Threds tht Unwind Quickly Using the Spool Net If using trnsprent nylon monofilment thred, metllic thred, or other strong thred, plce the included spool net over the spool efore using it. When using specilty threds, threding must e done mnully. If the spool net is too long, fold it once to mtch it to the spool size efore plcing it over the spool. 1 Getting Redy d Guide the thred so tht it does not ecome entngled with the other thred. After feeding the thred s instructed, wind ny excess thred ck onto the spool, otherwise the excess thred will ecome tngled. 3 1 Pss the thred through the mchine s thred guide from the right to the left. Spool net Thred spool c Spool pin d Spool cp When threding the spool with the spool net on, mke sure tht mm (pprox /2 inches) of thred re pulled out. It my e necessry to djust the thred tension when using the spool net. e Thred guide Thred the mchine ccording to the steps f to o of Upper Threding on pge

72 CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT CAUTION Alwys press on the screen to lock ll keys nd uttons efore chnging the presser foot. If is not pressed nd the Strt/Stop utton or nother utton is pressed, the mchine will strt nd my cuse injury. Alwys use the correct presser foot for the selected stitch pttern. If the wrong presser foot is used, the needle my strike the presser foot nd end or rek, nd my cuse injury. Only use presser feet mde for this mchine. Using other presser feet my led to ccident or injury. Removing the Presser Foot Attching the Presser Foot Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. Press to lock ll keys nd uttons. * If the messge OK to utomticlly lower the presser foot? ppers on the LCD screen, press to continue. CAUTION Mke sure tht the presser foot is instlled in the correct direction, otherwise the needle my strike the presser foot, reking the needle nd cusing injuries. Plce the new presser foot under the holder, ligning the foot pin with the notch in the holder. Lower the presser foot lever so tht the presser foot pin snps into the notch in the holder. c Rise the presser foot lever. Notch Pin Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. d Press the lck utton on the presser foot holder nd remove the presser foot. c Rise the presser foot lever. Blck utton Presser foot holder 70

73 CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT Attching the Presser Foot with the Included Adpter You cn ttch the presser feet using the included dpter nd smll screw. For exmple, the wlking foot, the free motion echo quilting foot E, the free motion quilting foot C nd so on. Following procedure shows how to ttch the wlking foot s n exmple. Attching the Wlking Foot The wlking foot holds the fric etween the presser foot nd the feed dogs to feed the fric. This enles you to hve etter fric control when sewing difficult frics (such s quilted frics or velvet) or frics tht slip esily (such s vinyl, lether, or synthetic lether). c d Remove the screw of the presser foot completely from the presser foot shft. Set the dpter on the presser foot r, ligning the flt side of the dpter opening with the flt side of the presser r. Push it up s fr s possile, nd then tighten the screw securely with the screwdriver. 1 Getting Redy Thred the needle mnully when using the wlking foot, or only ttch the wlking foot fter threding the needle using the Automtic Threding utton. When sewing with the wlking foot, sew t medium to low speeds. e Turn supplied smll screw 2 or 3 times with your hnd. The wlking foot cn only e used with stright or zigzg stitch ptterns. Reverse stitches cnnot e sewn with the wlking foot. Only select stright or zigzg stitch ptterns with reinforcement stitches. (see pge 85.) Follow the steps in Removing the Presser Foot on the previous pge. Loosen the screw of the presser foot holder to remove the presser foot holder. Multi- purpose screwdriver Presser foot holder screw c Presser foot holder 71

74 CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT f Set the opertion lever of the wlking foot so tht the needle clmp screw is set in the fork. Position the shnk of the wlking foot on the presser foot r. Using the Dul Feed Foot Dul feed foot enles you to hve est fric control when sewing difficult frics tht slip esily, such s quilted frics or frics tht tend to stick to the ottom of presser foot, such s vinyl, lether or synthetic lether. When sewing with the dul feed foot, sew t medium to low speeds. g Opertion lever Needle clmp screw c Fork d Wlking foot shnk e Presser foot r Lower the presser foot lever. Insert the screw, nd tighten the screw securely with the screwdriver. Attching the Dul Feed Foot When selecting stitches to e used with the dul feed foot, only the stitches tht cn e used will e ctivted on the disply. When sewing fric tht esily sticks together, more ttrctive finish cn e chieved y sting the eginning of sewing. Follow the steps in Removing the Presser Foot on pge 70. Loosen the screw of the presser foot holder to remove the presser foot holder. CAUTION Use the included screwdriver to tighten the screw securely. If the screw is loose, the needle my strike the presser foot nd cuse injury. Be sure to rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to check tht the needle does not strike the presser foot. If the needle strikes the presser foot, injury my result. c Multi- purpose screwdriver Presser foot holder screw c Presser foot holder Position the dul feed foot to the presser foot r y ligning the notch of the dul feed foot to the lrge screw. Side view 72

75 Hold the dul feed foot in plce with your d right hnd, then using the included screwdriver securely tighten the lrge screw. CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT Attching/Detching toe Attch the toe y ligning the pins with the notches nd snp it into plce. 1 Getting Redy CAUTION Use the included screwdriver to firmly tighten the screw. If the screw is loose, the needle my strike the presser foot nd possily cuse injury. Pins Notches If you push down on the front nd ck prt of the dul feed foot, the toe of the dul feed foot will snp off. e Plug the connector of the dul feed foot into the jck on the ck of your mchine. f Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. All keys nd opertion uttons re unlocked, nd the previous screen is displyed. 73

76 CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT Using the Dul Feed Position Lever When the feed position lever is up, the lck roller elt on the dul feed is not engged. Use d or to increse or decrese the feeding of the top fric. * Select 00 for sewing in most cses. * If the feed mount for the top fric is too little, cusing the fric to e longer thn the ottom fric, press to increse the feed mount for the top fric. * If the feed mount for the top fric is too much, cusing the fric to e shorter thn the ottom fric, press to decrese the feed mount for the top fric. When the feed position lever is down, the lck roller elt on the dul feed is engged. e Press to return to the originl screen. Do not operte the lever while sewing. Adjusting the Amount of Fric Feeding of the Dul Feed Foot The dul feed mechnism pulls the top fric ccording to the set stitch length. With troulesome frics, fine tune the set length, y chnging the dul feed feed djustment in the settings screen. As defult, some keys mentioned in the following procedures pper in light gry nd re not ville. To enle the keys for specifying the settings, ttch the dul feed foot to the mchine. The keys re enled fter the dul feed foot is detected. Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Sewing settings screen ppers. c Disply pge 1 of the Sewing settings screen. 74

77 CHANGING THE NEEDLE CHANGING THE NEEDLE CAUTION Alwys press on the screen to lock ll keys nd uttons efore chnging the needle. If is not pressed nd the Strt/Stop utton or nother opertion utton is pressed ccidentlly, the mchine will strt nd injury my result. Use only sewing mchine needles mde for home use. Other needles my end or rek nd my cuse injury. Never sew with ent needle. A ent needle will esily rek nd my cuse injury. To check the needle correctly, plce the flt side of the needle on flt surfce. Check the needle from the top nd the sides. Throw wy ny ent needles. c Use the screwdriver to turn the needle clmp screw towrd the front of the mchine nd loosen the screw. Remove the needle. 1 Getting Redy Prllel spce Level surfce (oin cover, glss, etc.) Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. Do not pply pressure to the needle clmp screw. Doing so my dmge the needle or mchine. Press to lock ll keys nd uttons. * If the messge OK to utomticlly lower the presser foot? ppers on the LCD screen, press to continue. Before replcing the needle, cover the hole in the needle plte with fric or pper to prevent the needle from flling into the mchine. 75

78 CHANGING THE NEEDLE d With the flt side of the needle fcing the ck, insert the new needle ll the wy to the top of the needle stopper (viewing window) in the needle clmp. Use screwdriver to securely tighten the needle clmp screw. Needle stopper Hole for setting the needle c Flt side of needle CAUTION Be sure to push in the needle until it touches the stopper, nd securely tighten the needle clmp screw with screwdriver. If the needle is not completely inserted or the needle clmp screw is loose, the needle my rek or the mchine my e dmged. e Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. 76

79 CHANGING THE NEEDLE Aout the Needle The sewing mchine needle is proly the most importnt prt of the sewing mchine. Choosing the proper needle for your sewing project will result in eutiful finish nd fewer prolems. Below re some things to keep in mind out needles. The smller the needle numer, the finer the needle. As the numers increse, the needles get thicker. Use fine needles with lightweight frics, nd thicker needles with hevyweight frics. To void skipped stitches, use ll point needle (golden colored) 90/14 with stretch frics. To void skipped stitches, use ll point needle (golden colored) 90/14 when sewing chrcter or decortive stitches. Use needle 75/11 for emroidery. Use ll point needle 75/11 for emroidering ptterns with short jump stitches such s lphet chrcters when the thred trimming function is turned on. It is recommended tht 90/14 needle should e used when emroidering on hevyweight frics or stilizing products (for exmple, denim, puffy fom, etc.). A 75/11 needle my end or rek, which could result in injury. Size 75/11 mchine needle is instlled into your sewing mchine. 1 Getting Redy Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions The following tle provides informtion concerning the pproprite thred nd needle for vrious frics. Plese refer to this tle when selecting thred nd needle for the fric you wish to use. Fric type/appliction Type Thred Medium weight frics Brodcloth Cotton thred Tffet Synthetic thred Flnnel, Grdine Silk thred 50 Thin frics Lwn Cotton thred Georgette Synthetic thred Chllis, Stin Silk thred 50 Thick frics Denim Cotton thred 30 Corduroy Synthetic thred Tweed Silk thred Stretch frics Jersey Thred for knits Esily fryed frics For top-stitching Tricot Size Size of needle 75/11-90/14 65/9-75/11 90/14-100/16 Bll point needle (gold colored) 75/11-90/14 Cotton thred Synthetic thred 65/9-90/14 Silk thred 50 Synthetic thred Silk thred 50 90/14-100/16 For trnsprent monofilment nylon thred, lwys use needle sizes 90/14 or 100/16. The sme thred is usully used for the oin thred nd upper thred. CAUTION Be sure to follow the needle, thred, nd fric comintions listed in the tle. Using n improper comintion, especilly hevyweight fric (i.e., denim) with smll needle (i.e., 65/9-75/11), my cuse the needle to end or rek, nd led to injury. Also, the sem my e uneven, the fric my pucker, or the mchine my skip stitches. 77

80 NEEDLE CALIBRATION USING THE BUILT IN CAMERA NEEDLE CALIBRATION USING THE BUILT IN CAMERA Setting the cmer needle position is essentil when you use cmer function. It is not necessry to perform this opertion ech time, ut we recommend performing it when the needle is chnged. Use the white stickers (solid) included with the mchine. Press the Automtic Threding utton. Cmer needle position setting screen ppers. Hold your finger firmly on the LCD screen, nd then turn on the mchine. Be creful not to touch the LCD screen prior to Step elow. This function cn e performed with or without emroidery unit ttched to mchine. If ttched, messge screens will pper regrding movement of emroidery unit. The following screen ppers c Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the procedure. 1. Rise needle r to its highest position. The Needle Position utton cnnot e used while setting the cmer needle position. Turn the hndwheel counterclockwise to move the needle r Remove presser foot nd replce needle with new emroidery needle stndrd size 75/11 or 90/

81 NEEDLE CALIBRATION USING THE BUILT IN CAMERA 3. Affix white sticker on needle dropping point re. d The opertion is finished when OK ppers. If NG ppers, remove the sticker, nd then follow the on-screen instructions to repet steps 3 nd 4 of step c. If multiple ttempts to set the position re not successful, contct your nerest uthorized Brother deler. 1 White sticker Use new sticker. The cmer needle position cnnot e set correctly if there is hole in sticker or if it is dirty. If you hve no new stickers, contct your nerest uthorized Brother deler. Getting Redy 4. Press to initite the clirtion process. For sfety plese mke sure re round needle is cler prior to pressing. Setting the needle drop point egins. e Remove the sticker, nd then turn off the mchine. 79

82 80 NEEDLE CALIBRATION USING THE BUILT IN CAMERA

83 Chpter 2 Sewing Bsics SEWING Sewing Stitch...82 Using the Multi-Function Foot Controller (Only for supplied models) Specifying the Multi-Function Foot Controller (Only for supplied models)...84 Functions Tht Cn Be Specified Specifying the Functions Sewing Reinforcement Stitches...85 Automtic Reinforcement Stitching...85 Sewing Curves...87 Chnging Sewing Direction...87 Sewing Sem Allownce of 0.5 cm or Less Sewing Hevyweight Frics...87 If the Fric does not Fit under the Presser Foot If the Fric does not Feed Sewing Hook-nd-Loop Fstener Tpe...88 Sewing Lightweight Frics...89 Sewing Stretch Frics...89 STITCH SETTINGS Setting the Stitch Width...90 Setting the Stitch Length...91 Setting the L/R Shift...91 Setting the Thred Tension...92 Proper Thred Tension Upper Thred is Too Tight Upper Thred is Too Loose USEFUL FUNCTIONS Automtic Thred Cutting...93 Adjusting the Needle Drop Position with the Guideline Mrker...94 Adjusting the Guideline Mrker Position Adjusting the Brightness of the Guideline Mrker Pivoting...95 Using the Knee Lifter...96 Automtic Fric Sensor System (Automtic Presser Foot Pressure)...97 Needle Position - Stitch Plcement...98 Checking the Needle Loction in the Screen...98 Using the Cmer View Window USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH Sensor Function Are Specifying the Guideline Mrker Position With the Sensor Pen Specifying the Needle Drop Position With the Sensor Pen Using the Sensor Pen to Specify the Stitching Width nd Stitch Position Using the Sensor Pen to Specify the Sewing End Point Reusing the Previous Setting

84 SEWING SEWING CAUTION To void injury, py specil ttention to the needle while the mchine is in opertion. Keep your hnds wy from moving prts while the mchine is in opertion. Do not stretch or pull the fric during sewing. Doing so my led to injury. Do not use ent or roken needles. Doing so my led to injury. Do not ttempt to sew over sting pins or other ojects during sewing. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd cuse injury. If stitches ecome unched, lengthen the stitch length setting efore continuing sewing. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd cuse injury. Sewing Stitch Turn the min power to ON nd press to disply the utility stitches, nd push the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. d Set the fric under the presser foot. Hold the fric nd thred in your left hnd, nd rotte the hndwheel to set the needle in the sewing strt position. Press the key of the stitch you wnt to sew. The lck utton on the left side of presser foot J should e pressed only if the fric does not feed or when sewing thick sems (see pge 88). Normlly, you cn sew without pressing the lck utton. Lower the presser foot. e * You do not hve to pull up the oin thred. c The symol of the correct presser foot will e displyed in the upper left corner of the LCD screen. Instll the presser foot ( CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT on pge 70). CAUTION Alwys use the correct presser foot. If the wrong presser foot is used, the needle my strike the presser foot nd end or rek, possily resulting in injury. Refer to pge 414 for presser foot recommendtions. f Adjust the sewing speed with the speed control slide. * You cn use this slide to djust sewing speed during sewing. Slow Fst 82

85 SEWING g Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt sewing. * Guide the fric lightly y hnd. When cutting thred thicker thn #30, nylon monofilment thred, or other decortive threds, use the thred cutter on the side of the mchine. 2 h When the foot controller is eing used, you cnnot strt sewing y pressing the Strt/ Stop utton. Press the Strt/Stop utton gin to stop sewing. j When the needle hs stopped moving, rise the presser foot nd remove the fric. This mchine is equipped with oin thred sensor tht wrns you when the oin thred is lmost empty. When the oin thred is nerly empty, the mchine utomticlly stops. However, if the Strt/ Stop utton is pressed, few stitches cn e sewn. When the wrning displys, rethred the mchine immeditely. Sewing Bsics i Press the Thred Cutter utton to trim the upper nd lower threds. Using the Multi-Function Foot Controller (Only for supplied models) You cn lso use the foot controller to strt nd stop sewing. CAUTION Do not llow fric pieces nd dust to collect in the foot controller. Doing so could cuse fire or n electric shock. The needle will return to the up position utomticlly. CAUTION Do not press the Thred Cutter utton fter the threds hve een cut. Doing so could tngle the thred or rek the needle nd dmge the mchine. Do not press the Thred Cutter utton when there is no fric set in the mchine or during mchine opertion. The thred my tngle, possily resulting in dmge. When the multi-function foot controller is eing used, you cnnot strt sewing y pressing the Strt/Stop utton. The multi-function foot controller cnnot e used when emroidering. The multi-function foot controller cn e used for sewing utility nd decortive stitches when the emroidery unit is ttched. 83

86 SEWING Insert the multi-function foot controller plug into its jck on the mchine. * Before connecting the multi-function foot controller, e sure to ssemle the controller. Refer to Assemling the Controller on pge 26. Functions Tht Cn Be Specified Multi-function foot controller Foot controller jck Slowly depress the multi-function foot controller to strt sewing. Pressing down on the multi-function foot controller increses the sewing speed; relesing the pressure on the multi-function foot controller decreses the sewing speed. Controller Functions tht cn e specified Min foot controller Strt/Stop c Heel switch Side pedl Select ny of the following: Thred Cutting Needle Position UP/DOWN Single Stitch Reverse Stitch (Reinforcement Stitch) * * If you set the Reverse Stitch function on the heel switch, mchine opertes the sme s pressing the Reverse Button on the mchine. * Reinforcement stitching my e pplied depending on the selected stitch pttern. For the detils, refer to Automtic Reinforcement Stitching on pge 85. If you set Reverse Stitch on the side pedl, you cn crete drning stitch effect using zigzg stitches. With oth feet, keep pressing the min foot controller, nd repet pressing nd relesing the side pedl to sew forwrd nd reverse in turn. Mchine will reverse t the speed you press the min foot controller. c The speed tht is set using the sewing speed controller is the multi-function foot controller s mximum sewing speed. Relese the multi-function foot controller to stop the mchine. Specifying the Multi-Function Foot Controller (Only for supplied models) With the multi-function foot controller, vrious sewing mchine opertions in ddition to strting/ stopping sewing, such s thred cutting nd reverse stitching, cn e specified to e performed. Specifying the Functions The functions performed y the multi-function foot controller cn e specified in the settings screen. Before specifying the functions, connect the multi-function foot controller to the sewing mchine. The settings screen is ctivted the first time tht the sewing mchine detects the multi-function foot controller. After the multi-function foot controller is connected to the sewing mchine nd the functions re specified, the Strt/Stop utton cnnot e used. All uttons other thn the Strt/Stop utton cn continue to e used. 84

87 SEWING Press. the end of sewing (Refer to the next procedure Automtic Reinforcement Stitching.). Disply pge 2 of the Sewing Settings screen. c Select the functions to e performed y the multi-function foot controller. 2 d Press. Reverse stitch Reinforcement stitch The opertion performed when the utton is pressed differs depending on the selected pttern. (Refer to STITCH SETTING CHART on pge 414.) When you press the Reinforcement Stitch utton while sewing chrcter/decortive stitch pttern, you cn end sewing with full stitch insted of t mid-point. The green light on the right of the Reinforcement Stitch utton lights up while the mchine is sewing full motif, nd it utomticlly turns off when the sewing is stopped. Sewing Bsics Sewing Reinforcement Stitches Reverse/reinforcement stitches re generlly necessry t the eginning nd end of sewing. You cn use the Reverse Stitch utton to sew reverse/ reinforcement stitches. When you keep pressing Reinforcement Stitch utton, the mchine will sew reinforcement stitch t tht point 3 to 5 stitches, nd then stop. (see pge 17) Automtic Reinforcement Stitching After selecting stitch motif, turn on the utomtic reinforcement stitching function efore sewing, nd the mchine will utomticlly sew reinforcement stitches (or reverse stitches, depending on the stitch motif) t the eginning nd end of sewing. Select stitch pttern. Press to set the utomtic reinforcement stitching function. Reverse Stitch utton Reinforcement Stitch utton If the utomtic reinforcement stitch is selected on the screen, reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) will e sewn utomticlly t the eginning of sewing when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed. Press Reverse Stitch utton or Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) utomticlly t The key will disply s. 85

88 SEWING c Set the fric in the strt position nd egin sewing. Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) The mchine will utomticlly sew reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) nd then continue sewing. If you press the Strt/Stop utton to puse sewing, press it gin to continue. The mchine will not sew reverse/reinforcement stitches gin. d Some stitches, such s uttonholes nd r tcks, require reinforcement stitches t the eginning of sewing. If you select one of these stitches, the mchine will utomticlly turn on this function (the key ppers s when the stitch is selected). Press Reverse Stitch utton or Reinforcement Stitch utton) Reverse Stitch utton Mchine strts sewing the stitches nd only sews reverse stitches while holding the Reverse Stitch utton. Mchine strts sewing the stitches nd only sews reverse stitches while holding the Reverse Stitch utton.* Mchine sews reverse stitches t the eginning nd end of sewing. Mchine sews reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd reverse stitches t the end of sewing.* Mchine strts sewing nd then sews reinforcement stitches while holding the Reverse Stitch utton. Mchine sews reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd sews reinforcement stitches when the Reverse Stitch utton is pressed. Reinforcement Stitch utton Mchine strts sewing the stitches nd sews 3 5 reinforcement stitches while holding the Reinforcement Stitch utton. Mchine strts sewing the stitches nd sews 3 5 reinforcement stitches while holding the Reinforcement Stitch utton. Mchine sews reverse stitches t the eginning nd reinforcement stitches t the end of sewing. Mchine sews reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd end of sewing. Mchine strts sewing t the eginning, then completes the pttern nd sews reinforcement stitches t the end of sewing. Mchine sews reinforcement stitches t the eginning, then completes the pttern nd sews reinforcement stitches t the end of sewing. Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) The mchine will sew reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) nd stop. * If Reinforcement Priority of the settings screen is set to ON (see pge 33), reinforcement stitches re sewn insted of reverse stitches. To turn off the utomtic reinforcement stitching function, press gin, so it ppers s. The opertion performed when the utton is pressed differs depending on the selected pttern. Refer to the following tle for detils on the opertion tht is performed when the utton is pressed. 86

89 SEWING Sewing Curves Sew slowly while keeping the sem prllel with the fric edge s you guide the fric round the curve. Sewing Sem Allownce of 0.5 cm or Less Bste the corner efore sewing, nd then, fter chnging the sewing direction t the corner, pull the sting thred towrd the ck while sewing. 2 Chnging Sewing Direction Stop the mchine. Leve the needle in the fric, nd press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to rise the presser foot. Using the needle s pivot, turn the fric so tht you cn sew in the new direction. Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot nd strt sewing. 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) Sewing Hevyweight Frics The sewing mchine cn sew frics up to 6 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) thick. If the thickness of sem cuses sewing to occur t n ngle, help guide the fric y hnd nd sew on the downwrd slope. Sewing Bsics The pivot setting is useful when chnging the sewing direction. When the mchine is stopped t the corner of the fric, the mchine stops with the needle in the fric nd the presser foot is utomticlly rised so the fric cn esily e rotted ( Pivoting on pge 95). CAUTION Do not forcefully push frics more thn 6 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) thick through the sewing mchine. This my cuse the needle to rek nd cuse injury. Thicker frics require lrger needle (See pge 77). 87

90 SEWING If the Fric does not Fit under the Presser Foot If the presser foot is in the up position, nd you re sewing hevyweight or multiple lyers of fric which do not fit esily under the presser foot, use the presser foot lever to rise the presser foot to its highest position. The fric will now fit under the presser foot. If the Fric does not Feed You cnnot use the presser foot lever fter the presser foot hs een rised using the Presser Foot Lifter utton. If the fric does not feed when strting to sew or when sewing thick sems, press the lck utton on the left side of presser foot J. Rise the presser foot. While keeping the lck utton on the left side of presser foot J pressed in, press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot. Relese the lck utton. c The presser foot remins level, enling the fric to e fed. Once the troule spot hs een pssed, the foot will return to its norml position. When Automtic Fric Sensor System (Automtic Presser Foot Pressure) in the mchine settings screen is set to ON, the thickness of the fric is utomticlly detected y the internl sensor so the fric cn e fed smoothly for est sewing results. (see pge 97 for detils.) Sewing Hook-nd-Loop Fstener Tpe CAUTION Do not use dhesive cked hook-nd-loop fstener tpe designed for sewing. When glue dheres to the needle or the oin hook rce, it my cuse mlfunction. If the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe is sewn with fine needle (65/9-75/11), the needle my end or rek. Before strting to sew, ste the fric nd hook-nd-loop fstener tpe together. 88

91 SEWING Mke sure tht the needle psses through the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe y rotting the hndwheel nd lower the needle into the hooknd-loop fstener tpe efore sewing. Sew the edge of the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe t slow speed. If the needle does not pss through the hook-ndloop fstener tpe, replce the needle size with the needle for thick frics (pge 77). Sewing Stretch Frics First, ste together the pieces of fric, nd then sew without stretching the fric. In ddition, etter result cn e chieved y using thred for knits or stretch stitch. For est results when sewing stretch frics, decrese the pressure of the presser foot ( Using the Mchine Setting Mode Key on pge 33). 2 Edge of the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe Sewing Lightweight Frics Sewing Bsics Plce thin pper or ter wy emroidery stilizer under thin frics to mke sewing esier. Gently ter off the pper or the stilizer fter sewing. Bsting stitching Thin pper 89

92 STITCH SETTINGS STITCH SETTINGS When you select stitch, your mchine utomticlly selects the pproprite stitch width, stitch length, nd upper thred tension. However, if needed, you cn chnge ny of the individul settings. Settings for some stitches cnnot e chnged (refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul). If you turn off the mchine or select nother stitch without sving stitch setting chnges ( Sving Your Stitch Settings on pge 115), the stitch settings will return to their defult settings. Setting the Stitch Width Follow the steps elow when you wnt to chnge the zigzg stitch pttern width. Press to widen the zigzg stitch pttern width. Exmple: Press width. For n lternte method of chnging the stitch width using the speed controller, see pge 133. to nrrow the zigzg stitch pttern The vlue in the disply gets igger. Press to sve the stitch settings. Press to check chnges mde to the stitch. Press to return the stitch width to the originl setting. The vlue in the disply gets smller. After djusting the stitch width, slowly rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) nd check tht the needle does not touch the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. 90

93 STITCH SETTINGS Setting the Stitch Length Follow the steps elow when you wnt to chnge the stitch pttern length. Setting the L/R Shift Follow the steps elow when you wnt to chnge the plcement of the zigzg stitch pttern y moving it left nd right. Exmple: Press to shorten the stitch length. Exmple: Press to shift the pttern to the left. 2 Sewing Bsics Press The vlue in the disply gets smller. to lengthen the stitch length. The vlue in the disply ppers with minus sign. Press to shift the pttern to the right side of the left needle position. The vlue in the disply gets igger. Press Press stitch. to sve the stitch settings. to check chnges mde to the Press to return the stitch length to the originl setting. CAUTION If the stitches get unched together, lengthen the stitch length nd continue sewing. Do not continue sewing without lengthening the stitch length. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd cuse injury. The vlue in the disply ppers with plus sign. Press Press stitch. Press to sve the stitch settings. to check chnges mde to the to return to the originl setting. After djusting the L/R Shift, slowly rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) nd check tht the needle does not touch the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. 91

94 STITCH SETTINGS Setting the Thred Tension You my need to chnge the thred tension, depending on the fric nd thred eing used. Follow the steps elow to mke ny necessry chnges. When you finish sewing, remove the oin cover nd then mke sure tht the thred is shown s elow. If the thred is not shown s elow, the thred is not inserted through the tension-djusting spring of the oin cse correctly. Reinsert the thred correctly. For detils, refer to pge 59. Proper Thred Tension The upper thred nd the oin thred should cross ner the center of the fric. Only the upper thred should e visile from the right side of the fric, nd only the oin thred should e visile from the wrong side of the fric. Wrong side Surfce c Upper thred d Boin thred Upper Thred is Too Loose If the upper thred is visile from the wrong side of the fric, the upper thred is too loose. If the upper thred ws incorrectly threded, the upper thred my e too loose. In this cse, refer to Upper Threding (pge 62) nd rethred the upper thred. Upper Thred is Too Tight If the oin thred is visile from the right side of the fric, the upper thred is too tight. If the oin thred ws incorrectly threded, the upper thred my e too tight. In this cse, refer to Setting the Boin (pge 59) nd rethred the oin thred. Upper thred Boin thred c Wrong side d Locks pper on wrong side of fric Press, to tighten the upper thred. Press to return the thred tension to the originl setting. Boin thred Upper thred c Surfce d Locks pper on surfce of fric Press, to loosen the upper thred. 92

95 USEFUL FUNCTIONS USEFUL FUNCTIONS Automtic Thred Cutting c Set the fric in the strt position nd strt sewing. After selecting stitch pttern, turn on the utomtic thred cutting function efore sewing, nd the mchine will utomticlly sew reinforcement stitches (or reverse stitches, depending on the stitch pttern) t the eginning nd end of sewing, nd trim the threds t the end of sewing. This function is useful when sewing uttonholes nd r tcks. 2 Select stitch pttern. Press to set the utomtic thred cutting function. Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) The mchine will utomticlly sew reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) nd then continue sewing. If you press the Strt/Stop utton to puse sewing, press the sme utton gin to continue. The eginning reverse/ reinforcement stitches will not e sewn gin. Sewing Bsics d Once you hve reched the end of the stitching, press Reverse Stitch utton or Reinforcement Stitch utton once. If stitching, such s uttonholes nd r tcking, tht includes reinforcement stitching hs een selected, this opertion is unnecessry. 1 You get, nd the mchine is set for utomtic thred cutting function nd utomtic reverse/reinforcement stitching. To turn off the utomtic thred cutting function, press gin, so it ppers s. This function is set utomticlly when sewing emroidery. 2 The point where the Strt/Stop utton ws pressed. The point where the Reverse Stitch utton or the Reinforcement Stitch utton ws pressed. c The thred is cut here. The utomtic thred cutting function will not e performed if the Strt/Stop utton is pressed while sewing. Press the Reverse Stitch utton or the Reinforcement Stitch utton t the end of the stitching. 3 93

96 USEFUL FUNCTIONS Adjusting the Needle Drop Position with the Guideline Mrker The red guideline mrker indictes the sewing position on the fric. You cn djust the sewing position y moving the guideline mrker while checking the guideline mrker on the fric. CAUTION The guideline mrker is lser; therefore, do not stre t the lser light directly. Otherwise it my cuse lindness. Adjusting the Guideline Mrker Position If the guideline mrker indictes the position incorrectly in the center needle position, djust the initil position in the settings screen. Press to disply Guideline Mrker Adjustment in the settings screen. Disply settings screen. c Press. The Guideline Mrker Adjustment screen ppers. Press to disply the guideline mrker. The guideline mrker scle ppers. * Depending on the setting of Initil Position in the settings screen, the initil needle drop position is scled s either 0.0 mm or 3.5 mm. d Use or to djust the guideline mrker position. Use or to move the needle drop position. Adjust the position from 15.5 mm (5/8 inch) to the right of the left needle to -3.5 mm (-1/8 inch) to the left of the left needle. Press to move the guideline mrker to the left Press to move the guideline mrker to the right e Press screen. twice to return to the originl Press to flip the guideline mrker position on the center needle position. c Press mrker. gin to stop using the guideline 94

97 Adjusting the Brightness of the Guideline Mrker Follow steps from to c to disply the Guideline Mrker Adjustment screen. Use or to djust the rightness of the guideline mrker. Set the rightness of the guideline mrker from 1 for dim mrker, to 5 for the rightest mrker, on the fric. USEFUL FUNCTIONS When the pivot setting is selected, the height of the presser foot when sewing is stopped cn e chnged ccording to the type of fric eing sewn. Press to disply Pivoting Height of the settings screen. Press or to select one of the three heights (3.2 mm, 5.0 mm or 7.5 mm). To rise the presser foot further, increse the setting. (Normlly, 3.2 mm is set.) 2 c Press screen. twice to return to the originl Sewing Bsics Pivoting If the pivot function is selected, the mchine stops with the needle lowered (in the fric) nd the presser foot is utomticlly rised to n pproprite height when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed. When the Strt/Stop utton is pressed gin, the presser foot is utomticlly lowered nd sewing continues. This function is useful for stopping the mchine to rotte the fric. CAUTION When the pivot setting is selected, the mchine strts when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed or the foot controller is pressed down even if the presser foot hs een rised. Be sure to keep your hnds nd other items wy from the needle, otherwise injuries my occur. The Needle Position Up/Down of the settings screen, must e set in the down position for the pivot function to e used. When Needle Position Up/Down is set in the rised position, ppers s light gry nd cnnot e used. The pivot function cn only e used with stitches where presser foot J or N is indicted in the upper-left corner of the screen. If ny other stitch is selected, ppers s light gry nd is not ville. If the pivot function is selected, nd eside Presser Foot Height in the settings screen re not ville nd the setting cnnot e chnged. Select stitch. 95

98 USEFUL FUNCTIONS Press to select the pivot setting. e Rotte the fric, nd then press the Strt/ Stop utton. The presser foot is utomticlly lowered, nd sewing continues. Using the Knee Lifter c The key ppers s. Plce the fric under the presser foot with the needle t the strting point of the stitching, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton. The mchine will egin sewing. Using the knee lifter, you cn rise nd lower the presser foot with your knee, leving oth hnds free to hndle the fric. Chnge the operting position of the knee lifter hndle efore inserting into the mchine. Slide up the knee lifter hndle slightly nd rotte it while relesing pressure so hndle will click into position. * The knee lifter cn e djusted to three different ngles. d If you press the Strt/Stop utton to puse sewing, press it gin to continue, reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) will not e sewn. Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop the mchine t the point where the sewing direction chnges. Knee lifter hndle Rotte knee lifter hndle till it clicks into the selected position tht is most comfortle for you. The mchine stops with the needle in the fric, nd the presser foot is rised. 96

99 USEFUL FUNCTIONS Align the ts on the knee lifter with the notches in the knee lifter slot on the front of the mchine. Insert the knee lifter r s fr s possile. Automtic Fric Sensor System (Automtic Presser Foot Pressure) The thickness of the fric is utomticlly detected nd the presser foot pressure is utomticlly djusted with n internl sensor while sewing, to insure tht your fric is fed smoothly. The fric sensor system works continuously while sewing. This function is useful for sewing over thick sems (see pge 87), or quilting (see pge 131). 2 CAUTION Only chnge position of the knee lifter hndle when knee lifter is not on the mchine, otherwise the knee lifter my dmge the mounting slot on front of the mchine. Sewing Bsics If the knee lifter r is not pushed into the mounting slot s fr s possile, it my come out during use. c Use your knee to move the knee lifter r to the right in order to rise the presser foot. Relese the knee lifter to lower the presser foot. Press. The settings screen ppers. Set Automtic Fric Sensor System to ON. CAUTION Be sure to keep your knee wy from the knee lifter during sewing. If the knee lifter is pushed during mchine opertion, the needle my rek or the thred tension my loosen. When the presser foot is in the up position, move the knee lifter to the fr right nd then relese to return the presser foot to the down position. c Press to return to the originl screen. 97

100 USEFUL FUNCTIONS Needle Position - Stitch Plcement When the Needle Position - Stitch Plcement is ON, the needle will e prtilly lowered for precise stitch plcement nd then press the Needle Position utton to lower the needle completely. Ech press of the Needle Position utton chnges the needle to the next position. When the Needle Position - Stitch Plcement is OFF, ech press of the Needle Position utton simply rises nd then lowers the needle. Checking the Needle Loction in the Screen You cn check the stitch imge with ctul fric imge on the screen. Select stitch. Press. An imge of the selected stitch nd the ctul fric imge re displyed. Needle Position - Stitch Plcement is ON * When the needle is nerly lowered y pressing the Needle Position utton, the feed dogs re lowered. At this time, the fric cn e shifted to finely djust the needle drop position. Needle Position - Stitch Plcement is OFF * Press to chnge the thred color displyed on the screen. You cn select from four different colors. Press. Set Needle Position - Stitch Plcement to ON or OFF. Press on the fric imge or c screen. The cmer view window ppers. Press on the gin to turn off the cmer view. c Press to return to the originl screen. 98

101 Using the Cmer View Window e d c USEFUL FUNCTIONS NEEDLE DROP POSITION Press to show the needle drop position in the screen s. Lower the presser foot efore pressing. Once the needle drop position ppers on the screen, you cn rise the presser foot nd chnge the needle drop position y moving the fric. 2 The cmer view window ppers. CAMERA IMAGE GRID VIEW c OK d NEEDLE DROP POSITION e ZOOM CAMERA IMAGE Press this key to sve cmer imge to the USB medi. Insert the USB medi to the mchine to sve cmer imge (Refer to Sving Settings Screen Imge to USB Medi on pge 36). The files for cmer imges re sved with the nme C**.BMP. A mximum of 100 cmer imges cn e sved in one USB medi. * ** in the nme C**.BMP will utomticlly e replced with numer etween 00 nd 99. Needle drop position ZOOM Press to enlrge the imge in the screen. Press gin to return the imge to its originl disply size. The cmer view window disppers when you strt sewing. When sewing thick frics, the needle drop position indicted in the screen my differ from the ctul position. Sewing Bsics GRID VIEW Press this key to disply grid. OK Press this key to close the screen. 99

102 USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH Before using the sensor functions, crefully red Utility Stitches chpter to fmilirize yourself with the mchine opertions. The sensor functions re performed using the sensor pen. Sensor Function Are When using the sensor pen with utility stitches, the opertions my differ depending on the re to e touched. There re orderline res etween setting re nd djustment res, which llow you to set quickly to the most decresed/ incresed vlue. The orderline res re respectively 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) wide when positioning the guideline mrker, nd 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch) wide in other cses. Specifying the Guideline Mrker Position With the Sensor Pen The sewing position will e indicted y red guideline mrker. The position of the guideline mrker cn e djusted to your desired loction. Select stitch pttern. Press. Center needle position Sewing position for stitch ptterns sewn with the center needle position Setting re Are 3.5 mm to the left nd right of. Touch this re with the sensor pen to specify position. Are 7 mm to the left nd 12 mm to the right of, when positioning the guideline mrker. c d e Adjustment re (right) Adjustment re (left) Touch: With ech touch, the setting increses y 0.5 mm. This llows fine djustments to e mde fter touching within to specify position. Long touch: After touching to specify position or djusting the position y touching within c or d, long touch to pply the setting. Touch: With ech touch, the setting decreses y 0.5 mm. This llows fine djustments to e mde fter touching within to specify position. Long touch: Apply the setting in the sme wy s long touch within c. The sensor pen touch rnge extends pproximtely 200 mm (7-7/8 inches) towrd you from the needle drop point nd 130 mm (pprox. 5 inches) to either side of the middle (center) needle position. 100

103 USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH c Press. The guideline mrker position setting screen ppers nd the guideline mrker flshes. With the sensor pen, touch the loction to d e specified s the guideline mrker position. The mchine s guideline mrker moves to the touched position nd flshes. The distnce from the left reference line to the touched position ppers in the guideline mrker position setting screen. The stitch preview on the upper left side of the screen is updted ccording to the specified setting. The position cn e precisely djusted y touching the djustment res with the sensor pen. When using the sensor pen to specify the guideline mrker position, it my not e possile to exctly specify the desired loction. In this cse, use either of the following opertions to mke fine djustments. - Touch n djustment re with the sensor pen to djust the position in 0.5 mm increments. - Adjust the position with the guideline mrker scle shown in step e. e Press to pply the guideline mrker position setting. * The setting cn lso e pplied y long touch of the sensor pen within the djustment re. 2 Sewing Bsics Press sensor pen. to stop specifying setting with the The following error messge ppers if the re outside of the sensor pen touch rnge is touched. Press, nd then touch within the sensor pen touch rnge. The stitch selection screen ppers gin, nd the setting in the guideline mrker scle chnges to the setting specified with the sensor pen. The guideline mrker stops flshing. If you set the needle drop position, the stitch width or stitch position fter specifying the guideline mrker position, the guideline mrker my move while setting. The guideline mrker moves ck to the specified position fter the needle drop position, stitch width or stitch position is set nd the originl screen ppers. 101

104 USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH Specifying the Needle Drop Position With the Sensor Pen Select stitch pttern. Press. With the sensor pen, touch the loction to d e specified s the needle drop position. The guideline mrker moves to the touched position nd flshes. The distnce from the left reference line to the touched position ppers in the reference position setting screen. The stitch preview on the upper left side of the screen is updted ccording to the specified setting. Press to return the needle drop position to its defult setting. Press to stop specifying setting with the sensor pen. The sensor functions screen ppers. The following error messge ppers if the re outside of the sensor pen touch rnge is touched. Press, nd then touch within the sensor pen touch rnge. c Press. The reference position setting screen ppers, nd the red guideline mrker flshes t the mchine s sewing position. If is not ville, the sewing reference position cnnot e specified with the selected stitch pttern. Select different stitch pttern. The position cn e precisely djusted y touching the djustment res with the sensor pen. To chnge the setting, use the sensor pen to touch the desired loction for the reference position. 102

105 USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH e Press setting. to pply the reference position * The setting cn lso e pplied y extended touch in the djustment re with the sensor pen. The needle moves to the specified position to strt sewing. The stitch selection screen ppers gin, nd the stitch width chnges to the setting specified with the sensor pen. The guideline mrker stops flshing. Press. 2 The sensor functions screen ppers. Sewing Bsics c Press. Using the Sensor Pen to Specify the Stitching Width nd Stitch Position The zigzg width nd L/R Shift vlue cn e specified. Originl stitching width/position Adjusted stitching width/position The stitching width setting screen ppers, nd the guideline mrker flshes t the present left side of the stitch width. If is not ville, the stitching width cnnot e specified with the selected stitch pttern. Select different stitch pttern. With the sensor pen, touch the first point d for the stitching width. The distnce from the left reference line to the touched position ppers in the stitching width setting screen. Select stitch pttern. The guideline mrker moves to the touched position nd flshes. 103

106 USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH The following error messge ppers if the re outside of the sensor pen touch rnge is touched. Press, nd then touch within the sensor pen touch rnge. g Press to pply the second point of the stitching width. * The setting cn lso e pplied y long touching n djustment re with the sensor pen. The needle moves to the specified position to strt sewing. The stitch selection screen ppers gin, nd the stitch width nd L/R Shift chnge ccording to the settings specified with the sensor pen. The position cn e precisely djusted y touching the djustment res with the sensor pen. e Press to pply the first point of the stitching width. * The setting cn lso e pplied y pplying n extended touch in the djustment re with the sensor pen. With the sensor pen, touch the second f point for the stitching width. The distnce from the left reference line to the touched position ppers in the stitching width setting screen. The stitch preview on the upper left side of the screen is updted ccording to the specified setting. The guideline mrker moves to the touched position nd flshes. With multiple ptterns tht hve een comined, the specified stitching width is pplied to the pttern with the lrgest stitch width. With ptterns other thn comined ptterns, the stitch width is djusted to the stitching width specified for the pttern with the lrgest stitch width. With multiple ptterns tht hve een comined, the settings specified for the stitch width nd L/R Shift in the stitch selection screen re for the first pttern to e sewn. The vlue my differ from the stitch width setting. With twin needle sewing, the stitching width is specified with the left needle s the reference. If the distnce etween the specified first nd second points is wider thn the mximum stitch width for the selected stitch pttern, the second point cnnot e specified. Specify loction closer to the first point. If the distnce etween the specified first nd second points is nrrower thn the minimum stitch width for the selected stitch pttern, the second point cnnot e specified. Specify loction further wy from the first point. 104

107 USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH Using the Sensor Pen to Specify the Sewing End Point Press. In order to specify the end point of longer piece of fric more ccurtely, use the sensor pen to touch the end point twice. Be sure to touch the sme point. Before strting to sew, mrk the end point of this longer piece of fric. 2 Before strt sewing, test the pttern first from steps to c to see if the stitch cn e used with this function. Before strting to sew, mrk the end point. Strt sewing fter stitch hs een selected, nd then stop the mchine when the desired sewing end point enters the sensor pen touch rnge. If the needle drop point is eing specified with the sensor pen within 70 mm (pprox. 2-3/4 inches) from the sewing end point, the mchine will not require the second touch. After completing step d, continue with step h. However, the ctul sewing end point my e slightly different thn the specified loction. In order to specify the loction ccurtely, stop the mchine t loction more thn 70 mm (pprox. 2-3/4 inches) wy from the sewing end point efore specifying it for the first time. The sensor functions screen ppers. c Press. The sewing end point setting screen ppers. If is not ville, the sewing end point cnnot e specified with the selected stitch pttern. Select different stitch pttern. Sewing Bsics If the needle drop point is greter thn 100 mm (pprox. 4 inches) from the selected ending point using the sensor pen, more ccurte position cn e specified the second time tht the point is touched. 105

108 USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH With the sensor pen, touch the loction to d e specified s the sewing end point. The distnce from the current needle position to the touched loction ppers. e The displyed distnce is not the length of stright line connecting the current needle position nd the loction touched with the sensor pen. It is the length of perpendiculr intersection for the loction touched with the sensor pen nd the sewing line. d c It shows how mny times you need to touch the sewing end point, once or twice. f Touch once Touch twice Displyed distnce Press to erse the specified sewing end point. c Press to egin sewing t the eginning of the pttern. d Press to stop specifying setting with the sensor pen. e Press when sewing the sme distnce s the previous time to recll the previous setting. See Reusing the Previous Setting on pge 108. f Press to select whether or not sewing is ended with complete pttern. See Stitch End Mode Key on pge 106. The following error messge ppers if the re outside of the sensor pen touch rnge is touched. Press, nd then touch within the sensor pen touch rnge. When sewing with this setting, e sure to gently hold the fric nd feed it stright. When using the sensor pen to specify the sewing end point, e sure to hold the pen in the sme wy s when it ws clirted, otherwise the ctul end point my e different from the point tht you specified. For est results, sew test stitching using the sme mteril nd stitch pttern s those in the ctul project. Stitch End Mode Key The end of stitching is not djusted. When the end point is reched, sewing stops immeditely, even if the stitch pttern is not complete. The length of the stitch pttern is djusted so tht sewing will stop t the specified end point with complete pttern. 106

109 USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH e Press The stitch end mode key is not ville with the following situtions. - When only is shown. The djustment of the stitch end is not ville with the selected stitch, nd only one icon will e shown. - When the stitch end mode key is gryed out. - When specifying the sewing end point t the point tht needs djustment more thn 20% of the length of pttern, to finish pttern completely. In order to end sewing with complete pttern, we recommend reducing the size of the pttern. Sewing with long pttern my not end with complete pttern., nd then continue sewing. * The setting cn lso e pplied y extending the touching with the sensor pen in the djustment re with the sensor pen. When sewing end point setting is specified, ppers in the upper-left corner of the screen. With the sensor pen, touch gin the f loction to e specified s the sewing end point. The distnce from the current needle position to the touched loction ppers. By using the sensor pen to touch the sewing end point twice, the distnce will e ccurtely specified. Be sure to touch the sme point. The following error messge ppers if the loction touched the second time is different thn the loction touched the first time. Touch the correct loction. 2 Sewing Bsics The stitch end mode key cnnot e used when specifying the sewing end point for the second time. The mchine utomticlly stops with the needle in the fric, t out hlf the distnce to the specified sewing end point, nd the sewing end point setting screen ppers. g Press setting. to pply the sewing end point * The setting cn lso e pplied y extending the touching with the sensor pen in the djustment re with the sensor pen. Strt sewing gin. h * The mchine stops t the specified end point utomticlly. 107

110 USING SENSOR FUNCTIONS WITH SEWING STITCH Reusing the Previous Setting When using the sme fric nd pttern to sew the sme length, the previous setting cn e used gin, insted of using the sensor pen to specify the sewing end point ech time. To use the previous setting, repet steps through c then press sensor pen. in step d, insted of using the * If ws pressed, it is unnecessry to specify the sewing end point for the second time. Continue with step h to continue sewing until the mchine utomticlly stops t the sewing end point. * Be sure to press to egin sewing t the eginning of the stitch pttern. This resume function will only repet the sewing distnce tht hs een ssigned within the 200 mm (pprox. 8 inches) distnce from the needle point to the sewing end point. If you re lredy sewing nd you stop the mchine to specify the ending point, when pressing to duplicte the previous setting the mchine will only repet the distnce from where you stop the mchine to the ending point. You cn chnge the sewing end point fter pressing y touching the new end point with the sensor pen. For more ccurte result, however, it is recommended to specify the end point gin from the eginning. The sewing end point cnnot e reclled in the following situtions. (The key is not ville.) - When the mchine hs een turned off. - When pttern is chnged, dded or deleted. - When the stitch length is chnged. - When pttern is flipped verticlly. - When the dul feed foot is ttched/ detched. - When the feed position lever of the dul feed foot is rised/lowered. To cncel the previous setting, press. Continue the procedure from step d. The sewing end point cn e reclled; however, if the sewing conditions hve chnged, for exmple, different fric is used, the sewing end point must e specified gin from the eginning. 108

111 Chpter 3 Utility Stitches SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Utility Stitch LCD Screen Key Functions Stitch Selection Screens Selecting Stitch Using the Mirror Imge Key Returning to the Beginning of the Stitch Sewing Continuous/Single Stitch Sewing Using the Imge Key Sving Your Stitch Settings Sving Settings Retrieving Sved Settings SEWING THE STITCHES Stright Stitches Chnging the Needle Position (Left or Middle Needle Position Stitches Only) Aligning the Fric with Mrk on the Needle Plte or Boin Cover (with Mrk) Aligning the Fric with the Verticl Stitch Alignment V Foot Using the Stright Stitch Needle Plte nd the Stright Stitch Foot Bsting Drt Sem Gthering Flt Fell Sem Pintuck Zigzg Stitches Overcsting (Using Zigzg Stitch) Appliqué (Using Zigzg Stitch) Ptchwork (for Crzy Quilt) Sewing Curves (Using Zigzg Stitch) Cord Guide Boin Cover (Using Zigzg Stitch) Elstic Zigzg Stitches Tpe Attching Overcsting Overcsting Overcsting Using Presser Foot G Overcsting Using Presser Foot J Overcsting Using the Side Cutter (Sold Seprtely) When Sewing Stright Stitches While Using the Side Cutter (Sold Seprtely) Quilting Piecing Quilting Appliqué Quilting with Stin Stitches Free Motion Quilting Echo Quilting Using the Free Motion Echo Quilting Foot E Blind Hem Stitches If the Needle Ctches Too Much of the Hem Fold If the Needle does not Ctch the Hem Fold Appliqué Appliqué Shrp Curves Appliqué Corners Shelltuck Stitches Scllop Stitches Crzy Quilting Smocking Stitches Fgoting Tpe or Elstic Attching Heirloom Hemstitching (1) (Disy Stitch) Hemstitching (2) (Drwn Work (1)) Hemstitching (3) (Drwn Work (2)) Zigzg Couching Prepre for the Zigzg Couching Sewing Zigzg Couching One-step Buttonholes Sewing Stretch Frics Odd Shped Buttons/Buttons tht do Not Fit into the Button Holder Plte Four-step Buttonholes Drning Br Tcks Br Tcks on Thick Frics Button Sewing Attching 4 Hole Buttons Attching Shnk to the Button Eyelet Multi-directionl Sewing (Stright Stitch nd Zigzg Stitch) Zipper Insertion Centered Zipper Inserting Side Zipper Edge Sewing

112 SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Utility Stitch LCD Screen Press key with your finger to select the stitch pttern, to select mchine function, or to select n opertion indicted on the key. c f d e g No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Needle position setting disply Shows single or twin needle mode setting, nd the needle stop position. Single needle/down position 65, 95 Single needle/up position Twin needle/down position Twin needle/up position Presser foot disply Shows the presser foot code. Attch the presser foot indicted in this disply efore sewing. 70 c Selected stitch Shows the nme nd code numer of the selected stitch. 113 disply d Stitch preview Shows preview of the selected stitch. When shown t 100%, the stitch 98, 113 ppers in the screen t nerly its ctul size. Press to disply the stitch preview nd the cmer view together to check how the stitch will e sewn on the ctul fric. e Pttern disply size Shows the pproximte size of the pttern selected. : Nerly the sme size s the sewn pttern 113 : 1/2 the size of the sewn pttern : 1/4 the size of the sewn pttern * The ctul size of the sewn pttern my differ depending on the type of fric nd thred tht is used. f Stitch selection screen Press the key for the pttern you wnt to sew. Use 113 to chnge to different stitch groups. g Pge key Press or, to move the pges of stitch selection screen, one pge 112 t time. You cn scroll up nd down the pges fster y touching the screen. * All key functions of the LCD re explined in the Key Functions tle on the following pge. 110

113 SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Key Functions c d e f g h s q u t r i j k l m 3 p No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Utility stitch key Press this key to select stright stitch, zigzg stitch, uttonhole, lind hem 113 stitch, or other stitches commonly used in grment construction. Chrcter/Decortive Press this key to select chrcter or decortive stitch ptterns. 170 stitch key c Imge key Press this key to disply n enlrged imge of the selected stitch pttern. 114 o n Utility Stitches d Free motion mode key Press this key to enter free motion sewing mode. The presser foot is rised to n pproprite height nd the feed dog is lowered for free motion quilting. e Mirror imge key Press this key to crete mirror imge of the selected stitch pttern. If the key disply is light gry, mirror imge of the selected stitch pttern cnnot e sewn. f Needle mode selection key (single/ doule) Press this key to select twin needle sewing mode. The sewing mode chnges etween single needle mode nd twin needle mode ech time you press the key. If the key disply is light gry, the selected stitch pttern cnnot e sewn in the twin needle mode. g Bck to eginning key When sewing is stopped, press this key to return to the eginning of the stitch. 114 h Single/Repet sewing Press this key to choose single stitches or continuous stitches. 114 key i Sensor function key Press this key to use the sensor function. 100 j Edge sewing key Using the uilt-in cmer, press this key to mesure the width of the re from 162 the edge of the fric to the stitch nd set the cmer for edge sewing. k Retrieve key Press this key to retrieve sved pttern l Mnul memory key Chnge the stitch pttern settings (zigzg width nd stitch length, thred tension, utomtic thred cutting or utomtic reinforcement stitching, etc.), then sve them y pressing this key. Five sets of settings cn e sved for single stitch pttern. m Reset key Press this key to return the selected stitch pttern sved settings to the defult settings. n Thred tension key Shows the utomtic thred tension setting of the currently selected stitch pttern. You cn use the plus nd minus keys to chnge the thred tension settings o L/R Shift key Press to shift the stitch pttern to the right or press to shift the pttern to the left. This feture is not ville for ll ptterns. Only those pplicle will e shifted. The mchine defult setting is highlighted

114 SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge p Stitch width nd stitch length key Shows the zigzg width nd stitch length settings of the currently selected stitch pttern. You cn use the plus nd minus keys to djust the zigzg width nd stitch length settings. 90 q Guideline mrker key Press this key to disply the guideline mrker long the sewing line. The guideline mrker mkes it esier to lign stitches with the fric edge or other mrker on the fric. r Pivot key Press this key to select the pivot function. When the pivot function is selected, stopping the mchine lowers the needle nd slightly rises the presser foot utomticlly. In ddition, when sewing is restrted, the presser foot is utomticlly lowered s t u Automtic thred cutting key Automtic reinforcement stitch key Thred color chnge key If this key ppers s, the pivot function cnnot e used. Press this key to set the utomtic thred cutting function. Set the utomtic thred cutting function efore sewing to hve the mchine utomticlly sew reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd end of sewing (depending on the pttern, the mchine my sew reverse stitches) nd trim the threds fter sewing. Press this key to use the utomtic reinforcement stitching (reverse stitching) setting. If you select this setting efore sewing, the mchine will utomticlly sew reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd end of sewing (depending on the pttern, the mchine my sew reverse stitches). Press this key to chnge the thred color displyed on the screen Stitch Selection Screens There re 6 ctegories of Utility Stitches. Stright/Overcsting Decortive Stitches Heirloom Stitches Buttonholes/Br tcks Multi-directionl Sewing Quilting Stitches 112

115 Selecting Stitch Turn the min power to ON nd press to disply the utility stitches. Either 1-01 Stright stitch (Left) or 1-03 Stright stitch (Middle) is selected, depending on the setting selected in the settings screen. Use the ctegory you wnt. * Press to view the next pge. * Press to view previous pge. to select SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Using the Mirror Imge Key Depending on the type of utility stitch you select, you my e le to sew horizontl mirror imge of the stitch. If is lit when you select stitch, it will e possile to mke mirror imge of the stitch. If is light gry fter you select stitch, you cnnot crete horizontl mirror imge of the selected stitch due to the type of stitch or type of presser foot recommended (this is true of uttonholes, multi-directionl sewing, nd others). Press to crete horizontl mirror imge of the selected stitch. 3 The key will disply s. Utility Stitches c Preview of the selected stitch Stitch selection screen c Percentge size of view c Press the key of the stitch you wnt to sew. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. 113

116 SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Returning to the Beginning of the Stitch Even if you stopped stitching while sewing, you cn return to the eginning of the stitch pttern. This function is useful fter tril sewing or when the stitching is sewn incorrectly. Press efore strt sewing, to return to the eginning of the stitch. Stop stitching Re-strt stitching Using the Imge Key You cn disply n imge of the selected stitch. You cn check nd chnge the colors of the imge of the screen. Press. An imge of the selected stitch is displyed. Press to chnge the thred color of the stitch on the screen. You cn select from 4 colors: lue, red, lck or yellow. * Press to disply n enlrged imge of the stitch. Sewing Continuous/Single Stitch Sewing Press to select continuous sewing or single stitch sewing. Stitch screen The color chnges every time you press. If stitches re wider or lrger thn disply, press drkened rrows to move the stitch pttern for etter visiility. c Press screen. to go ck to the originl 114

117 SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Sving Your Stitch Settings The settings for the zigzg stitch width, stitch length, thred tension, utomtic thred cutting, utomtic reinforcement stitching, etc., re preset in the mchine for ech stitch. However, if you hve specific settings tht you wish to reuse lter for stitch, you cn chnge the settings so tht they cn e sved for tht stitch. Five sets of settings cn e sved for single stitch. Retrieving Sved Settings If you try to sve settings when there re lredy 5 sets of settings sved for stitch, the messge The pockets re full. Delete pttern will pper. Close the messge nd delete setting referring to pge 115. Select stitch. Sving Settings Select stitch. (Exmple: ) Specify your preferred settings. Press. c When stitch is selected, the lst settings retrieved re displyed. The lst settings retrieved re retined even if the mchine ws turned off or different stitch ws selected. Press the numered key of the settings to e retrieved. * Press to return to the originl screen without retrieving settings. 3 Utility Stitches c Press. The settings re sved nd the originl screen utomticlly ppers. Numered keys d Press. The selected settings re retrieved, nd the originl screen utomticlly ppers. To sve new settings when there re lredy 5 sets of settings sved for stitch, press. Press the numered key of the setting to e deleted. Press, press nd then. The new setting will e sved in plce of the recently deleted setting. You cn delete ll the sved settings y pressing. 115

118 SEWING THE STITCHES SEWING THE STITCHES Stright Stitches Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Stright stitch (Left) Stright stitch (Left) Stright stitch (Middle) Reverse stitch Reinforcement stitch Stright stitch (Middle) Triple stretch stitch Stem stitch Decortive stitch Bsting stitch If the selected stitch hs doule mrk t the top of the key disply, you cn sew reverse stitches holding the Reverse Stitch utton (see pge 85). If the selected stitch hs dot mrk t the top of the key disply, you cn sew reinforcement stitches holding the Reinforcement Stitch utton. Select stitch. Left needle position Middle needle position Attch presser foot J. * Attch presser foot N when you select. 116

119 SEWING THE STITCHES c Hold the thred til nd fric with your left hnd, nd rotte the hndwheel with your right hnd to insert the needle into the fric. f When sewing is completed, hold the Reverse Stitch utton or the Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew 3-4 reverse stitches or reinforcement stitches t the end of the sem. d e Sewing strt position Lower the presser foot, nd hold the Reverse Stitch utton or the Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew 3-4 stitches. The mchine sews reverse stitches or reinforcement stitches. Press the Strt/Stop utton to sew forwrd. g After sewing, press the Thred Cutter utton to trim the threds. 3 Utility Stitches Reverse stitches or reinforcement stitches The mchine will egin sewing slowly. CAUTION Be sure the needle does not strike sting pin, or ny other ojects, during sewing. The thred could tngle or the needle could rek, cusing injury. When the utomtic thred cutting nd utomtic reinforcement stitch keys on the screen re selected, reverse stitches or reinforcement stitches will e sewn utomticlly t the eginning of sewing when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed. Press the Reverse Stitch utton or the Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew reverse stitches or reinforcement stitches nd trim the thred utomticlly t the end of sewing. 117

120 SEWING THE STITCHES Chnging the Needle Position (Left or Middle Needle Position Stitches Only) When you select left or middle needle position stitches, you cn use nd in the stitch width disply to chnge the position of the needle. Mtch the distnce from the right edge of the presser foot to the needle with the stitch width, then lign the edge of the presser foot with the edge of the fric during sewing for n ttrctive finish. Aligning the Fric with Mrk on the Needle Plte or Boin Cover (with Mrk) While sewing, lign the edge of the fric with the 16 mm (pprox. 5/8 inch) mrk on the needle plte or oin cover (with mrk) depending on the needle position (left or middle (center) needle position stitches only). For stitches with left needle position (Stitch width: 0.0 mm) Stitch width Exmple: Left/Middle needle position stitches Sem Presser foot c Centimeters d Inches e Needle plte f 16 mm (5/8 inch) For stitches with middle (center) needle position (Stitch width: 3.5 mm) 12.0 mm (pprox. 1/2 inch) 8.5 mm (pprox. 11/32 inch) 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) 5.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) Sem Presser foot c Inches d Boin cover (with mrk) e 16 mm (5/8 inch) 118

121 SEWING THE STITCHES Aligning the Fric with the Verticl Stitch Alignment V Foot Sew while keeping the right edge of the fric ligned with desired position of mrkings on the verticl stitch lignment V foot. You cn lso use the verticl stitch lignment V foot for setting stitch width using the uilt-in cmer (see pge 162). c d Remove the needle nd the presser foot holder (see pge 71 through 75). Remove the flt ed ttchment or the emroidery unit if either re ttched. Grsp oth sides of the needle plte cover, nd then slide it towrd you. Sem Verticl stitch lignment V foot c Mrkings Using the Stright Stitch Needle Plte nd the Stright Stitch Foot The stright stitch needle plte nd the stright stitch foot cn only e used for stright stitches (middle needle position stitches). Use the stright stitch needle plte nd the stright stitch foot when sewing thin frics or when sewing smll pieces which tend to sink into the hole of the regulr needle plte during sewing. The stright stitch foot is perfect to reduce puckering on lightweight frics. The smll opening on the foot provides support for the fric s the needle trvels through the fric. e f Needle plte cover Grsp the oin cse, nd then pull it out. Boin cse Use the multi-purpose screwdriver included with the mchine to unscrew nd remove the regulr needle plte. * Use the multi-purpose screw driver setting the position to 2. (see pge 24) 3 Utility Stitches 2.25 mm (1/8 inch) 4.25 mm (3/16 inch) c 6.25 mm (1/4 inch) d 8.5 mm (5/16 inch) CAUTION Alwys use the stright stitch foot in comintion with the stright stitch needle plte. g Set the stright stitch needle plte in plce nd use the multi-purpose screwdriver to tighten the plte. Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle nd turn the min power to OFF or press to lock ll keys nd uttons. Round hole 119

122 SEWING THE STITCHES h i j Align the two screw holes on the needle plte with the two holes on the mchine. Use the multi-purpose screw driver included with the mchine to secure the screws in the needle plte. Insert the oin cse in its originl position, nd then ttch the needle plte cover. After reinstlling the needle plte cover, select ny of the stright stitches. Selecting other stitches will cuse n error messge to e displyed. When using the stright stitch needle plte, mny stright stitches ecome middle needle position stitches. If stright stitch is selected tht is not pplicle for use when the stright stitch needle plte is ttched, n error messge will e displyed to prevent the use of this stitch. You cnnot chnge the needle position using the width disply. Alwys secure the needle plte efore inserting the oin cse into its originl position. CAUTION Slowly rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) efore sewing nd mke sure tht the needle is not contcting the stright stitch foot nd stright stitch needle plte. Insert needle nd ttch the stright stitch foot. k Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons, nd then strt sewing. * After sewing, mke sure to remove the stright stitch needle plte nd the stright stitch foot, nd reinstll the regulr needle plte, the needle plte cover nd the presser foot J. Bsting Select To prevent puckering on fine frics, use fine needle, size 75/11, nd short stitch length. For hevier frics, use hevier needle, size 90/14, nd longer stitches. nd ttch presser foot J. Keep pressing the Reverse Stitch utton or the Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew 4 stitches of reinforcement stitches, then press Strt/Stop utton to continue sewing. When you use the sting stitch for gthering, do not use reinforcement stitch t the eginning; you should lift the presser foot, rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise), pull up the oin thred nd pull length of top nd oin thred out from the rer of the mchine. You cn set the stitch length etween 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd 30 mm (pprox. 1-3/16 inches) Between 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd 30 mm (pprox. 1-3/16 inches) Sew while keeping the fric stright. c Notch Pin d End the sting with reinforcement stitches. 120

123 SEWING THE STITCHES Drt Sem Select nd ttch presser foot J. Sew reverse stitch t the eginning of the drt nd then sew from the wide end to the other end without stretching the fric. Gthering Use on wists of skirts, sleeves of shirts, etc. Select stright stitch nd ttch presser foot J. 3 Bsting c Cut the thred t the end leving 50 mm (pprox. 1-15/16 inches), nd then tie oth ends together. * Do not sew reverse stitch t the end. Set the stitch length to 4.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd the thred tension to pproximtely 2.0 (weker tension). Utility Stitches d Insert the ends of the thred into the drt with hnd sewing needle. c * If you press fter pressing nd then, the stitch length will e set utomticlly to 4.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd the thred tension will e utomticlly set to 2.0. Pull the oin nd upper threds out y 50 mm (pprox. 1-15/16 inches) (see pge 61). e Iron the drt to one side so tht it is flt. Upper thred Boin thred c Aout 50 mm (pprox. 1-15/16 inches) 121

124 SEWING THE STITCHES d Sew two rows of stright stitches prllel to the sem line, then trim excess thred leving 50 mm (pprox. 1-15/16 inches). Sem line 10 to 15 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch to 9/16 inch) c Aout 50 mm (pprox. 1-15/16 inches) Aout 12 mm (pprox. 1/2 inch) Wrong side Spred the fric out long the finish line. c e Pull the oin threds to otin the desired mount of gther, then tie the threds. f Smooth the gthers y ironing them. d Finish line Wrong side Ly oth sem llownces on the side of the shorter sem (cut sem) nd iron them. g Sew on the sem line nd remove the sting stitch. Flt Fell Sem e Wrong side Fold the longer sem llownce round the shorter one, nd sew the edge of the fold. Use for reinforcing sems nd finishing edges netly. Select nd ttch presser foot J. Sew the finish line, then cut hlf of the sem llownce from the side on which the flt fell sem will lie. * When the utomtic thred cutting nd utomtic reinforcement stitching re preset, reverse stitches will e sewn utomticlly t the eginning of sewing. Press the Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew reinforcement stitch nd trim the thred utomticlly t the end of sewing. Wrong side 122

125 SEWING THE STITCHES Finished flt fell sem d Sew stright stitch long the fold. * When the utomtic thred cutting nd utomtic reinforcement stitching re preset, reverse stitches will e sewn utomticlly t the eginning of sewing. Press the Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew reinforcement stitch nd trim the thred utomticlly t the end of sewing. Surfce Pintuck Mrk long the folds on the wrong side of the fric. Width for pintuck Wrong side c Surfce 3 Wrong side Iron the folds in the sme direction. e Utility Stitches Turn the fric nd iron the folded prts only. Surfce c Select nd ttch presser foot I. 123

126 SEWING THE STITCHES Zigzg Stitches Zigzg stitches re useful for overcsting, ppliqué, ptchwork, nd mny other pplictions. Select stitch, nd ttch presser foot J. If the stitch which you select hs doule mrk t the top of the key disply, you cn sew reverse stitches y holding the Reverse Stitch utton. (see pge 85) If the stitch which you select hs dot mrk t the top of the key disply, you cn sew reinforcement stitches y holding the Reinforcement Stitch utton (see pge 85). Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Zigzg stitch Zigzg stitch Appliqué (Using Zigzg Stitch) Attch the ppliqué mteril using temporry spry dhesive or sting, nd then sew it. * Sew zigzg stitch while positioning the right-hnd side needle drop point just outside the edge of the fric. Ptchwork (for Crzy Quilt) Turn ck the desired width of fric nd position it over the lower fric, then sew so tht the stitch ridges oth pieces of fric. Zigzg stitch (Right) Zigzg stitch (Left) Select stitch. Attch presser foot J. Overcsting (Using Zigzg Stitch) Sew the overcsting long the edge of the fric while positioning the right-hnd side needle drop point just outside the edge of the fric. Sewing Curves (Using Zigzg Stitch) Shorten the stitch length setting to otin fine stitch. Sew slowly, keeping the sems prllel with the fric edge s you guide the fric round the curve. Needle drop position 124

127 SEWING THE STITCHES Cord Guide Boin Cover (Using Zigzg Stitch) g Lower the presser foot nd strt sewing to mke decortive finish. Remove the oin cover from the mchine (see pge 59). Thred the gimp thred through the hole in the cord guide oin cover from top to ottom. Position the thred in the notch t the ck of the cord guide oin cover. Elstic Zigzg Stitches Use elstic zigzg stitches for tpe ttching, overcsting, drning, or wide vriety of other uses. 3 c Notch Gimp thred Snp the cord guide oin cover into plce, mking sure tht the gimp thred cn e fed freely. * Mke sure there re no restrictions when feeding the thred. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot 2 steps elstic zigzg 2 steps elstic zigzg 3 steps elstic zigzg Utility Stitches Select stitch. Attch presser foot J. Tpe Attching While stretching the tpe flt, sew it to the fric. d Set the zigzg width from mm (pprox. 1/16-3/32 inch). Attch presser foot N. e Position the fric right side up on top of f the cord nd plce the cord to the rer of the mchine under the presser foot. Tpe Fric (right side) Gimp thred 125

128 SEWING THE STITCHES Overcsting Use this stitch to sew overcsting on the edge of stretch frics. Sew the overcsting long the edge of the fric while positioning the right-hnd side needle drop point just outside the edge of the fric. c Sew long the presser foot guide. Guide Overcsting Use for the edge of sems in skirts or trousers, nd the edge of ll cuttings. Use presser foot G, presser foot J, or the side cutter ttchment depending on the kind of overcsting stitch you select. Overcsting Using Presser Foot G Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Overcsting stitch Overcsting stitch Overcsting stitch Select stitch nd ttch presser foot G. Lower the presser foot so tht the presser foot guide is set flush ginst the edge of the fric. d CAUTION After the stitch width is djusted, rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise). Check tht the needle does not touch the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my rek nd cuse injury. The needle should not touch the center r If the presser foot is rised to its highest level, the needle my strike the presser foot. Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop sewing when you re finished, nd rise the presser foot nd needle to remove the fric y pulling it ck. CAUTION Pull the fric to the ck of the mchine fter finished sewing. By pulling the fric to the front or side, the center r of the presser foot G my rek. Center r 126

129 SEWING THE STITCHES Overcsting Using Presser Foot J Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Overcsting stitch Overcsting stitch Overcsting stitch Overcsting stitch Single dimond overcst Single dimond overcst Overcsting Using the Side Cutter (Sold Seprtely) By using the side cutter, you cn do overcsting while cutting the fric. CAUTION Recommended stitches re noted S in the lower right corner, therefore sure to only select one of these stitches listed elow. Using nother stitch my cuse the needle to hit the presser foot nd rek, possily cusing injury. Thred the needle mnully when using the side cutter, or only ttch the side cutter fter threding the needle using the Automtic Threding utton. 3 Select stitch nd ttch presser foot J. Sew with the needle dropping slightly off the edge of the fric. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot With side cutter With side cutter Utility Stitches With side cutter With side cutter With side cutter Needle drop position Select stitch. Fine djustment of the stitching on the fric cn e done with L/R Shift. Before sewing your project, e sure to sew tril stitches using the sme conditions s in the ctul project. Follow the steps on pge 70 to remove the presser foot. Thred the needle (see pge 62). c For est results when sewing stretch frics, decrese the pressure of the presser foot. 127

130 SEWING THE STITCHES d Position the fork on the side cutter s operting lever onto the needle clmp screw. g Mke cut of pproximtely 20 mm (pprox. 3/4 inch) in the fric. Needle clmp screw Operting lever Mke sure tht the fork of the operting lever is set onto the needle screw firmly. h 20 mm (pprox. 3/4 inch) Position the fric so tht the right side of the cut is on top of the guide plte nd the left side of the cut is underneth the presser foot. e Position the side cutter so tht the side cutter pin is ligned with the notch in the presser foot holder, nd then lower the presser foot. Guide plte (lower knife) Presser foot c Upper thred f Notch in presser foot holder Pin The side cutter is ttched. Rise the presser foot nd pull out long section of the upper thred. Pss it elow the presser foot nd pull it out in the fric feed direction. i If the fric is not positioned correctly, the fric will not e cut. Lower the presser foot nd strt. A sem llownce is cut while the stitching is sewn. Presser foot Upper thred 128

131 SEWING THE STITCHES When using the side cutter, sew etween low nd mid-speed nd do not touch the knives or opertion lever of the side cutter while sewing to void equipment dmge or injury. The fric will not e cut if the whole fric is simply spred out underneth the presser foot guide plte. Set the fric s explined in step h from the previous section, nd then strt sewing. Guide plte (lower knife) Upper knife c Opertion lever If the width hs een djusted, rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise). Check tht the needle does not touch the side cutter. If the needle touches the side cutter, it might cuse the needle to rek. When Sewing Stright Stitches While Using the Side Cutter (Sold Seprtely) The sem mrgin should e pproximtely 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch). One lyer of 13 oz. denim cn e cut. Clen the side cutter fter use to void hving dust nd scrps of thred uild up in the cutter re. Add smll mount of oil s required to the cutting edge of the cutter. Quilting You cn mke eutiful quilts quickly nd esily with this mchine. When mking quilt, you will find it convenient to use the knee lifter nd foot controller to free your hnds for other tsks ( Using the Multi-Function Foot Controller (Only for supplied models) on pge 83 nd /or Using the Knee Lifter on pge 96). The 30 quilting stitches Q-01 through Q-30 nd the utility stitches with P or Q indicted on their key re useful for quilting. The P or Q t the ottom of the key disply indictes tht these stitches re intended for ( Q ) quilting nd ( P ) piecing. 3 Utility Stitches Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Sem mrgin Piecing stitch (Middle) Piecing stitch (Right) Piecing stitch (Left) Hnd-look quilting (Middle) Bsting stitch 129

132 SEWING THE STITCHES Presser foot Presser foot Stitch Stitch nme Stitch Stitch nme Stem stitch Decortive stitch Quilting ppliqué zigzg stitch Decortive stitch Zigzg stitch (Right) Hemstitching Zigzg stitch (Left) Hemstitching 2 steps elstic zigzg Single dimond overcst 3 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting stitch Quilting ppliqué stitch Piecing stitch (Right) Shell tuck edge Piecing stitch (Middle) Blnket stitch Piecing stitch (Left) Quilting stippling Hnd-look quilting Overcsting stitch Quilting ppliqué zigzg stitch Tpe ttching Quilting ppliqué stitch Serpentine stitch Quilting stippling Fether stitch Fgoting cross stitch Couching stitch Ptchwork doule overlock stitch When stitch pttern in the Quilting Stitches ctegory (Q-02 through Q-30) is selected, finer stitch width cn e set thn is ville with stitch ptterns in other ctegories. For exmple: Stitch Q-03 hs 57 needle positions nd stitch Q-19 hs 29 width selections. Smocking stitch Rick-rck stitch The width rnge of stitch setting is only ville in the Quilting stitch Q quilting ctegory. 130

133 Piecing Sewing two pieces of fric together is clled piecing. When cutting pieces for quilt locks, mke sure the sem llownce is 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch). Select or nd ttch presser foot J. Align the edge of the fric with the edge of the presser foot, nd strt sewing. * To sew 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) sem llownce long the left edge of the presser foot with selected, the width should e set to 5.50 mm (pprox. 7/32 inch). Quilting SEWING THE STITCHES Sewing the quilt top, tting, nd cking together is clled quilting. You cn sew the quilt with the dul feed foot to keep the quilt top, tting, nd cking from sliding. The dul feed foot hs motorized elt tht moves together with the feed dogs in the needle plte during sewing. For stright line quilting, use the dul feed foot nd the stright stitch needle plte. Alwys select stright stitch (middle needle position) when using the stright stitch needle plte. Select, or. Attch the dul feed foot (see pge 72). 3 Utility Stitches 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) * To sew 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) sem llownce long the left edge of the presser foot with selected, the width should e set to 1.50 mm (pprox. 1/32 inch). c Plce one hnd on ech side of the presser foot to hold the fric secure while sewing. 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) * To chnge the needle position, use or in the width disply. Using stright stitch (middle needle position) mkes it esier to sew smoothly (see pge 116). In the cse Q-01(center, t width 3.5 mm) is selected, if the guideline mrker is set t 10.0 mm (3.5 mm plus 6.5 mm, close to 1/4 inch), you cn sew piecing y referring to the guideline mrker. Sew t slow to medium speed. Alwys check to e sure tht your quilting surfce is securely sted efore eginning to sew. Specilized mchine quilt needles nd threds re lso ville for mchine quilting. 131

134 SEWING THE STITCHES Appliqué Trce the pttern onto the ppliqué fric nd then cut round it, leving 3 to 5 mm (pprox. 1/8 to 3/16 inch) sem llownce. e Use the quilting ppliqué stitch to ttch the ppliqué. Sew round the edge while dropping the needle s close to the edge s possile. Sem llownce: 3 to 5 mm (pprox. 1/8 to 3/16 inch) Plce piece of stilizer cut to the finished size of the ppliqué design onto the fric, nd then fold over the sem mrgin using n iron. Clip curves when necessry. c Turn the ppliqué over, nd ttch the stilizer with sting pins or sting stitch. Appliqué Needle drop position CAUTION Be creful tht the needle does not strike sting pin during sewing. Striking pin cn cuse the needle to rek, resulting in injury. You cn use the ppliqué technique to ttch ppliqué designs like the three pictured elow. d Select nd ttch presser foot J. Dresden plte Stined glss c Sunonnet sue 132

135 SEWING THE STITCHES Quilting with Stin Stitches For etter fric control, use the foot controller to sew with stin stitches. Set the speed control slide to control the stitch width to mke sutle chnges in the stitch width during sewing. Attch the foot controller (see pge 83). Select nd ttch presser foot J. c Press in the length disply to shorten the stitch length. You cn use the speed control slide to djust the stitch width. Use the foot controller to djust the sewing speed. f Press. The disply will return to the originl screen. Strt sewing. g * You cn djust the stitch width during sewing y moving the sewing speed controller. Slide the lever to the left, nd the stitch width ecomes nrrower. Slide it to the right, the stitch width ecomes wider. The size of the width chnges eqully on oth sides of the middle needle position. 3 nrrower wider Exmple: Chnging the width Utility Stitches d Press to use the speed control slide to control the stitch width. e The setting will vry ccording to the kind of fric nd the thickness of the thred, ut length of 0.3 to 0.5 mm (pprox. 1/64 to 1/ 32 inch) is est for stin stitches. Set the Width Control to ON. h When you re finished sewing, set the Width Control ck to OFF. Free Motion Quilting With free motion quilting, the feed dogs cn e lowered y pressing, so tht the fric cn e moved freely in ny direction. For free motion quilting, use free motion quilting foot C or free motion open toe quilting foot O depending on the stitch tht is selected, nd set the mchine to free motion sewing mode. In this mode, the presser foot is rised to the necessry height for free motion sewing. We recommend ttching the foot controller nd sewing t consistent speed. You cn djust the sewing speed with the speed control slide on the mchine. 133

136 SEWING THE STITCHES Using Free motion Quilting Foot C Use the free motion quilting foot C with stright stitch needle plte for free motion sewing. Attch the stright stitch needle plte (see pge 119). C C Free motion quilting foot C CAUTION With free motion quilting, control the feeding speed of the fric to mtch the sewing speed. If the fric is moved fster thn the sewing speed, the needle my rek or other dmge my result. When using free motion quilting foot C, e sure to use the stright stitch needle plte nd sew with the needle in middle (center) needle position. If the needle is moved to ny position other thn the middle (center) needle position, the needle my rek, which my result in injuries. Round hole Notice this needle plte hs round hole for the needle. Select or. c Press to set the mchine to free motion sewing mode. When strting to sew, the internl sensor detects the thickness of the fric, nd the quilting foot is rised to the height specified in the mchine settings screen. Press to disply Free Motion Foot Height of the settings screen. Press or to select the height tht the quilting foot is rised ove the fric. Increse the setting y pressing, for exmple, when sewing very stretchy fric, so tht it is esier to sew. The key ppers s, the quilting foot is rised to the necessry height, nd then the feed dogs re lowered for free motion sewing. In order to sew with lnced tension, it my e necessry to djust the upper thred tension. Test with smple piece of fric tht is similr to your chosen fric. 134

137 SEWING THE STITCHES CAUTION Be sure to securely tighten the screws with the included multi-purpose screwdriver. Otherwise, the needle my touch the quilting foot, cusing it to end or rek. g Use oth hnds to stretch the fric tut, nd then move the fric t consistent pce in order to sew uniform stitches roughly mm (pprox. 1/16-3/32 inch) in length. 3 d e Free motion quilting foot C When stitch Q-01 or 1-31 is selected, free motion quilting foot C is indicted in the upper-left corner of the screen. Remove the presser foot holder (see pge 71). Attch free motion quilting foot C t the front with the presser foot holder screw ligned with the notch in the quilting foot. Stitch h Press mode. to cncel the free motion sewing Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise the feed dogs. Utility Stitches f Presser foot holder screw Notch Mke sure tht the quilting foot is ttched properly nd not slnted. Hold the quilting foot in plce with your right hnd, nd tighten the presser foot holder screw using the multi-purpose screwdriver with your left hnd. i After sewing, mke sure to remove the stright stitch needle plte nd presser foot C, nd reinstll the regulr needle plte nd the needle plte cover. Free motion open toe quilting foot O cn lso e used with the stright stitch needle plte. We recommend using free motion open toe quilting foot O with free motion sewing of frics of uneven thicknesses. When using the stright stitch needle plte, ll stright stitches ecome middle needle position stitches. You cnnot chnge the needle position using the width disply. Normlly, the feed dogs re rised for regulr sewing. Do not e discourged with your initil results. The technique requires prctice. Presser foot holder screw 135

138 SEWING THE STITCHES Using free motion Open Toe Quilting Foot O The free motion open toe quilting foot O is used for free motion quilting with zigzg or decortive stitches or for free motion quilting of stright lines on fric with n uneven thickness. Vrious stitches cn e sewn using free motion open toe quilting foot O. For detils on the stitches tht cn e used, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. d Attch free motion open toe quilting foot O y positioning the pin of the quilting foot ove the needle clmp screw nd ligning the lower-left of the quilting foot nd the presser r. Free motion open toe quilting foot O O In order to sew with lnced tension, it my e necessry to djust the upper thred tension (see pge 92). Test with smple piece of quilting fric. Press to set the mchine to free motion sewing mode. The key ppers s, the quilting foot is rised to the necessry height, nd then the feed dogs re lowered for free motion sewing. O e Pin Needle clmp screw c Presser r Mke sure tht the quilting foot is not slnted. Hold the quilting foot in plce with your right hnd, nd tighten the presser foot holder screw using the multi-purpose screwdriver with your left hnd. * Use the multi-purpose screw driver setting the position to 1. (see pge 24) Select stitch. c When stitch Q-01 or 1-31 is selected, free motion quilting foot C is indicted in the upper-left corner of the screen. When the other stitches re selected, free motion open toe quilting foot O is indicted in the screen. Remove the presser foot holder (see pge 71). Presser foot holder screw CAUTION Be sure to securely tighten the screws with the included multi-purpose screwdriver. Otherwise, the needle my touch the quilting foot, cusing it to end or rek. f Use oth hnds to stretch the fric tut, nd then move the fric t consistent pce in order to sew uniform stitches roughly mm (pprox. 1/16-3/32 inch) in length. Stitch 136

139 SEWING THE STITCHES g Press mode. to cncel the free motion sewing Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise the feed dogs. Do not e discourged with your initil results. The technique requires prctice. Echo Quilting Using the Free Motion Echo Quilting Foot E Sewing quilting lines t equl distnces round motif is clled echo quilting. The quilting lines, which pper s ripples echoing wy from the motif, re the distinguishing chrcteristic of this quilting style. Use the free motion echo quilting foot E for echo quilting. Using the mesurement on the presser foot s guide, sew round the motif t fixed intervl. We recommend ttching the foot controller nd sewing t consistent speed. E E When strting to sew, the internl sensor detects the thickness of the fric, nd the quilting foot is rised to the height specified in the mchine settings screen. Press to disply Free Motion Foot Height of the settings screen (see pge 33). Press or to select the height tht the quilting foot is rised ove the fric. Increse the setting y pressing, for exmple, when sewing very soft fric, so tht it is esier to sew. In order to sew with lnced tension, it my e necessry to djust the upper thred tension (see pge 92). Test with smple piece of quilting fric. 3 Utility Stitches Free motion echo quilting foot E mesurement Select. Press to set the mchine to free motion sewing mode. 6.4 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) 9.5 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch) CAUTION With free motion quilting, control the feeding speed of the fric to mtch the sewing speed. If the fric is moved fster thn the sewing speed, the needle my rek or other dmge my result. c d e The key ppers s, the quilting foot is rised to the necessry height, then the feed dogs re lowered for free motion sewing. Follow the steps on pge 70 Removing the Presser Foot to remove the presser foot. Remove the presser foot holder (see pge 71) nd the screw. Position the free motion echo quilting foot E on the left side of the presser r with the holes in the quilting foot nd presser r ligned. 137

140 SEWING THE STITCHES f Tighten the screw with the included multipurpose screwdriver. * Use the multi-purpose screw driver setting the position to 1. (see pge 24) Finished project h Press mode. to cncel the free motion sewing Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise the feed dogs. Blind Hem Stitches g CAUTION Be sure to securely tighten the screws with the included multi-purpose screwdriver. Otherwise, the needle my touch the quilting foot, cusing it to end or rek. Using the mesurement on the quilting foot s guide, sew round the motif. Secure the ottoms of skirts nd pnts with lind hem. Two stitches re ville for lind hem stitching. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Blind hem stitch Blind hem stitch stretch When the size of cylindricl pieces is too smll to slide onto the rm or the length is too short, the fric will not feed nd desired results my not e chieved. Turn the skirt or pnts wrong side out. 2 1 Wrong side of fric Right side of fric c Edge of fric d Bottom side mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) 138

141 SEWING THE STITCHES c Fold the fric long the desired edge of the hem, nd press. 1 <Seen from the side> Wrong side of fric Right side of Fric c Edge of fric d Desired edge of hem <Thick fric> <Norml fric> Use chlk to mrk on the fric out 5 mm (3/16 inch) from the edge of the fric, nd then ste it. e f Unfold the edge of fric, nd position the fric with the wrong side fcing up <Seen from the side> Attch lind hem foot R. Wrong side of fric Right side of fric c Edge of fric d Desired edge of hem e Bsting point f Bsting <Thick fric> <Norml fric> 3 d <Seen from the side> 4 Wrong side of fric Right side of fric c Edge of fric d Desired edge of hem e 5 mm (3/16 inch) f Bsting <Thick fric> <Norml fric> Fold ck the fric inside long the sting. Select or. g h i Remove the flt ed ttchment to use the free-rm. Slide the item tht you wish to sew onto the free rm, mke sure tht the fric feeds correctly, nd then strt sewing. Utility Stitches Wrong side of fric Right side of fric c Edge of fric d Desired edge of hem e 5 mm (3/16 inch) f Bsting g Bsting point <Seen from the side> <Thick fric> <Norml fric> j Free rm Position the fric with the edge of the folded hem ginst the guide of the presser foot, nd then lower the presser foot lever. Wrong side of fric Fold of hem c Guide 139

142 SEWING THE STITCHES k Adjust the stitch width until the needle slightly ctches the fold of the hem. <Norml fric> 1 2 Needle drop point When you chnge the needle drop point, rise the needle, nd then chnge the stitch width. <Stitch Width> Wrong side of fric Right side of fric If the Needle does not Ctch the Hem Fold The needle is too fr to the right. Press to increse the stitch width so tht the needle slightly ctches the fold of the hem. Thick fric Norml fric Blind hem stitches cnnot e sewn if the left needle drop point does not ctch the fold. If the needle ctches too much of the fold, the fric cnnot e unfolded nd the sem ppering on the right side of the fric will e very lrge, leving n unttrctive finish. If you experience either of these cses, follow the instructions elow to solve the prolem. <Thick fric> <Norml fric> If the Needle Ctches Too Much of the Hem Fold The needle is too fr to the left. Press to decrese the stitch width so tht the needle slightly ctches the fold of the hem. <Thick fric> l m Wrong side of fric Right side of fric Sew with the fold of the hem ginst the presser foot guide. Remove the sting stitching nd reverse the fric. 1 2 Wrong side of fric Right side of fric 140

143 SEWING THE STITCHES Appliqué Use temporry spry dhesive, fric glue or sting stitch to ttch the ppliqué to the fric. * This will keep the fric from moving during sewing. Appliqué Shrp Curves Stop the mchine with the needle in the fric outside the ppliqué. Rise the presser foot nd turn the fric little it t time while sewing for n ttrctive finish to the sem. Appliqué Fric glue Select or. * Adjust the stitch length nd width to correspond to the ppliqué shpe, size, nd qulity of mteril (see pge 90). Appliqué Corners Stop the mchine with the needle in the right position of the outside (or inside) corner of the ppliqué. Rise the presser foot nd pivot the fric to lign the fric edge. Lower the presser foot nd continue stitching. 3 Utility Stitches c For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. Attch presser foot J. Check tht the needle drops slightly off the edge of the ppliqué, then strt sewing. Appliqué mteril Outside corner Inside corner Plcing lightweight ter wy stilizer eneth the stitching re will improve the stitch plcement long the edge of the ppliqué fric. Needle drop position 141

144 SEWING THE STITCHES Shelltuck Stitches Shelltuck stitches give n ttrctive ppernce of shells long the curve of collr. This stitch pttern cn e used for edging the neckline or sleeves of dresses nd louses. Select. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. e Needle drop position Unfold the fric, nd iron the tucks to one side. Increse the upper thred tension for n ttrctive scllop finish to the shelltuck stitches (see pge 92). If the upper thred tension is too wek, the shelltuck stitches will not scllop. c To mke rows of shell tuck stitches, fold the fric in hlf long the is. To mke shell tucks t the edge of collr or neckline, follow the pttern s instructions nd then use this stitch to mke decortive finish on the collr or neckline. Scllop Stitches d Use thin fric. Attch presser foot J. Set the needle drop point slightly off the edge of the fric, nd strt sewing. This wve-shped stin stitch is clled the scllop stitch. Use this stitch to decorte the edges of louse collrs nd hndkerchiefs or use it s hem ccent. A temporry spry dhesive my e necessry for lightweight frics. Test sew the fric efore sewing project. Select. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. 142

145 SEWING THE STITCHES Attch presser foot N. Sew scllop stitches long the edge of the fric. * Do not sew directly on the edge of the fric. c Select stitch for top stitching. d Plce the fric right side up in the mchine, nd center the presser foot over the sem when sewing. c Trim long the sem, mking sure not to cut the stitches. 3 Right side of fric Use sem selnt to secure the edges of the scllop stitches. Crzy Quilting Smocking Stitches Use smocking stitches for decortive sewing on clothes, etc. Select stright stitch nd ttch presser foot J. Set the stitch length to 4.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd loosen the upper thred tension to pproximtely 2.0 (see Setting the Stitch Length on pge 91 nd Setting the Thred Tension on pge 92). Utility Stitches For decortive look clled Crzy Quilting, the following stitches cn e sewn on top of pressed sem llownce. Select stright stitch nd ttch presser foot J. With the right sides fcing ech other, sew two pieces of fric together, nd then press open the sem llownce. c d Pull the oin nd upper threds out y 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches). Sew the sems, leving pproximtely 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch) etween the sems, then trim excess thred, leving 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches). Approximtely 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch) Stright stitch Sem mrgins c 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) d Wrong side 143

146 SEWING THE STITCHES e Pull the oin threds to otin the desired mount of gther, nd then smooth the gthers y ironing them. Fgoting When there is spce etween two frics with thred sewn over the spce to join the frics together, it is clled fgoting. Use this stitch when sewing louses or children s clothes. Bste two pieces of fric onto thin pper, leving spce of 4 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) etween the frics. * If you drw line down the middle of the thin pper or wter-solule stilizer, sewing is esier. f Select or. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. Sew the spces etween the stright sems. g 4.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) Pper c Bsting stitches Select or. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. Pull out the stright stitch threds. h Attch presser foot J. Align the center of c the presser foot with the middle of the spce etween the frics nd egin sewing. Bsting stitches Use thick thred. d When sewing is finished, gently ter the pper wy. 144

147 SEWING THE STITCHES Tpe or Elstic Attching e Select or. Select stright stitch nd ttch presser foot J. Set the stitch length to 4.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch), nd loosen the upper thred tension to 2.0 (see Setting the Stitch Length on pge 91 nd Setting the Thred Tension on pge 92). f For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. Sew over the tpe (or elstic). Be sure tht neither utomtic reinforcement nor utomtic thred cutting is selected. 3 c Sew two rows of stright stitches on the right side of the fric, then pull the oin thred to crete the necessry gther. Utility Stitches Before sewing the stright stitch, rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) nd pull up the oin thred. Holding the top nd oin thred, pull length of thred out from the rer of the mchine. (Be sure tht the presser foot is rised.) CAUTION Be sure the needle does not strike sting pin, or ny other ojects, during sewing. The thred could tngle or the needle could rek, cusing injury. Pull out the stright stitch threds. g d Plce the tpe over the gther, nd hold it in plce with sting pins. Tpe 145

148 SEWING THE STITCHES Heirloom Hemstitching (1) (Disy Stitch) Use for sewing tlecloths, decortive hems, nd decortive stitching on shirt fronts. Hemstitching (2) (Drwn Work (1)) Pull out severl threds from one re on piece of fric to open the re. * Pull out 5 or 6 threds to leve 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) re open. Use light to medium weight homespun fric with little stiffness. Insert type 130/705H, size 100/16 Wing needle. * This specilty sewing needle is not furnished with your mchine. Must e purchsed seprtely. CAUTION The Automtic Threding utton cnnot e used. Thred the wing needle y hnd, from front to ck. Using the Automtic Threding utton my result in dmge to the mchine. A more ttrctive finish cn e otined if you use 130/705H Wing needle when sewing these ptterns. If using wing needle nd the stitch width hs een set mnully, check tht the needle will not touch the presser foot y crefully rotting the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) efore strting to sew. Select stitch nd ttch presser foot N. * Select ny stitch etween 3-01 nd Select. c Loosely woven frics work est for this. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. Attch presser foot N. With the right side of the fric fcing up, sew one edge of the open re. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. c Strt sewing. Exmple: Illustrtion of finished product d Press stitch. to crete mirror imge of the 146

149 SEWING THE STITCHES e Mtch eginning needle drop points on the opposite edge of the open re to keep the stitching symmetricl. A wing needle cn e used for Hemstitching (3). Zigzg Couching You cn esily sew decortive stitching using yrn, etc. Hemstitching (3) (Drwn Work (2)) Pull out severl threds from oth sides of the 4 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) re which re not yet open. * Pull out four threds, leve five threds, nd then pull out four threds. The width of five threds is pproximtely 4 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) or less. CAUTION When using yrn, we recommend selecting yrn of weight 4 (MEDIUM ). If the yrn is extremely thin or thick, hs n unusul shpe (flt or furry), or more thn 2 yrns, the est finishing results my not e chieved, or injuries or dmge my result. Sew test stitches on the fric efore sewing on your project. We recommend using stilizer mteril when sewing stretch frics, lightweight frics, frics with corse weve, or frics which cuse fric shrinkge. 3 Utility Stitches Prepre for the Zigzg Couching Attch the spool stnd to the mchine. Approx. 4 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) or less Four threds (pull out) c Five threds (leve) Select. c For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. Sew the decortive stitch in the center of the five threds creted ove. * Refer to Using the Spool Stnd on pge

150 SEWING THE STITCHES Insert the top left yrn guide into the slot on the top left of the mchine. Attch the toe of the couching dul feed g foot shown elow to the dul feed foot. Slot c Press to lock ll keys nd uttons. Pull out the yrn for out 100 mm h (4 inches) to the ck of the mchine. d e Attch the dul feed foot to the mchine without ttching the toe of the couching dul feed foot. * Refer to Attching the Dul Feed Foot on pge 72. Pss the yrn, etc. through the telescopic thred guide nd the yrn guide (1) to (2). i Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. Sewing Zigzg Couching Select. Mesure the width of the yrn, etc. nd set the stitch width ccording to the width of the yrn, etc. f Mke sure tht the yrn, etc. does not ecome entngled s you work. Thred the yrn, etc. to the couching toe. Pss the yrn through the loop in the yrn threder wire needle nd then pss the threder from top to ottom through the hole on the couching toe. Mke sure tht there re enough width to wrp over the yrn, etc. You cn djust the stitch width while checking the cmer view. Refer to Checking the Needle Loction in the Screen on pge 98. Zigzg stitch Yrn 148

151 SEWING THE STITCHES c d Rotte the hndwheel to set the needle in the sewing strt position. Strt sewing on the right side of the yrn. Mke sure tht the yrn, etc. psses stright through the slit in the ck of the toe of the couching dul feed foot, nd then lower the presser foot. One-step Buttonholes With one-step uttonholes, you cn mke uttonholes pproprite to the size of your utton. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Nrrow rounded uttonhole Wide round ended uttonhole Slit Tpered round ended uttonhole Round ended uttonhole 3 e Set the sewing speed to the medium speed. Round ended uttonhole Round doule ended uttonhole Nrrow squred uttonhole Utility Stitches f Press Strt/Stop utton to strt sewing. Wide squred uttonhole Squred uttonhole * While lightly holding down the fric with oth hnds, djust the sewing direction. The multi-function foot controller cn lso e very useful for shrp ngle sewing when set to single stitch sewing. For detils on the multi-function foot controller, refer to pge 84. Pivoting is lso useful when rotting fric with oth hnds. When guideline mrker is set to on, it is esy to sew zigzg couching stright. Stretch uttonhole Heirloom uttonhole Bound uttonhole Keyhole uttonhole Tpered keyhole uttonhole Keyhole uttonhole 149

152 SEWING THE STITCHES One-step uttonholes re sewn from the front of the presser foot to the ck, s shown elow. c Pull out the utton holder plte on the presser foot, nd insert the utton tht will e put through the uttonhole. Then tighten the utton holder plte round the utton. d Button holder plte The size of the uttonhole is determined y the size of the utton in the utton holder plte. Align the presser foot with the mrk on the fric, nd lower the presser foot. Reinforcement stitching Select uttonhole stitch, nd ttch uttonhole foot A. Mrk the position nd length of the uttonhole on the fric. Mrks on fric Buttonhole sewing 1 2 A Mrk on the fric Mrks on the presser foot Pss the thred underneth the presser foot. Slide the outside frme of the uttonhole foot ckwrd s fr s possile s shown in the illustrtion, mking sure tht there is no gp ehind the prt of the foot mrked A. If the uttonhole foot is not slid ck s fr s possile, the uttonhole will not e sewn t the correct size. The mximum uttonhole length is out 28 mm (pprox. 1-1/16 inches) (dimeter + thickness of the utton). 150

153 SEWING THE STITCHES e Lower the uttonhole lever so tht it is positioned ehind the metl rcket on the uttonhole foot. g Insert pin long the inside of one of the r tcks, nd then insert the sem ripper into the center of the uttonhole nd cut towrds the pin. Buttonhole lever Bsting pin Sem ripper 3 f Metl rcket Gently hold the end of the upper thred, nd then strt sewing. * Feed the fric crefully y hnd while the uttonhole is sewn. CAUTION When using the sem ripper to open the uttonhole, do not put your hnd or finger in the pth of the ripper. The ripper my slip nd cuse injury. Do not use the sem ripper in ny other wy thn how it is intended. For keyhole uttonholes, use the eyelet punch to mke hole in the rounded end of the uttonhole. Then insert pin long the inside of one of the r tcks, insert sem ripper into the hole mde with the eyelet punch, nd cut towrds the pin. Utility Stitches Once sewing is completed, the mchine utomticlly sews reinforcement stitches, nd then stops. If utomtic thred cutting is turned on efore you strt sewing, oth threds re utomticlly cut fter the reinforcement stitches re sewn. If the fric does not feed (for exmple, ecuse it is too thick), increse the stitch length setting. Eyelet punch Bsting pin 151

154 SEWING THE STITCHES Sewing Stretch Frics When sewing on stretch fric with or, sew the uttonhole stitches over gimp thred. Hook the gimp thred onto the ck of presser foot A. Insert the ends into the grooves t the front of the presser foot, nd then temporrily tie them there. Odd Shped Buttons/Buttons tht do Not Fit into the Button Holder Plte Use the mrkings on the presser foot scle to set the size of the uttonhole. One mrk on the presser foot scle equls 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch). Add the utton dimeter nd thickness together, nd then set the plte t the clculted vlue. Upper thred Lower the presser foot nd strt sewing. Presser foot scle Button holder plte c Completed mesurement of dimeter + thickness d 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) For exmple, for utton with dimeter of 15 mm (pprox. 9/16 inch) nd thickness of 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch), the scle should e set t 25 mm (pprox. 1 inch). Set the width of the stin stitches to the width of the gimp thred, nd set the uttonhole width to e 2-3 times the width of the gimp thred. 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch) 15 mm (pprox. 9/16 inch) c Once sewing is completed, gently pull the gimp thred to remove ny slck, nd trim off ny excess. After using the sem ripper to cut open the threds over the uttonhole, trim off the threds. 152

155 Four-step Buttonholes You cn sew 4-step uttonholes using the following 4 stitches together. You cn sew ny desired length for the uttonhole when using 4- step uttonholes. 4-step uttonholes re good option when ttching oversize uttons. When chnging the stitch settings, mke sure tht ll stitch settings re chnged to mtch. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot 4 steps uttonhole 1 SEWING THE STITCHES Attch monogrmming foot N, nd select c d stitch to sew the left side of the uttonhole. Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt sewing. Sew the desired length for the uttonhole nd press the Strt/Stop utton gin. 3 4 steps uttonhole 2 4 steps uttonhole 3 4 steps uttonhole 4 Select stitch to sew the r tck nd e press the Strt/Stop utton. The mchine will utomticlly stop fter sewing the r tck. Utility Stitches Four-step uttonholes re sewn s shown elow. f Select stitch to sew the right side of the uttonhole, nd press the Strt/Stop utton to egin sewing. Mrk the position nd length of the uttonhole on the fric. g Sew the right side of the uttonhole nd press the Strt/Stop utton gin. * Sew the right side of the uttonhole the sme length s the left. Mrks on fric Buttonhole sewing Select stitch to sew the r tck nd h then press the Strt/Stop utton. The mchine will utomticlly sew off the r tck tie nd stop when the r tck is complete. i Rise the presser foot nd remove the fric. j Refer to pge 151 to open the uttonhole. 153

156 SEWING THE STITCHES Drning Use drning stitches for mending nd other pplictions. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Drning c Check tht the needle drops t the desired position nd lower the presser foot, mking sure the upper thred psses underneth the uttonhole foot. Drning Drning is performed y sewing from the front of the presser foot to the ck s shown elow. Pss the thred underneth the presser foot. Set the presser foot so tht there is no gp ehind the section mrked with n A (the shded re in the illustrtion elow). If there is gp, the size of the drning will not e correct. Reinforcement stitches Select stitch, nd ttch uttonhole foot A. d Lower the uttonhole lever so tht it is positioned ehind the metl rcket on the uttonhole foot. Set the scle to the desired length of the drning. Buttonhole lever Presser foot scle Completed length mesurement c Width 7 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) d 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) The mximum length for drning is 28 mm (pprox. 1-1/16 inches). Metl rcket 154

157 SEWING THE STITCHES e Gently hold the end of the upper thred, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to strt the mchine. Br tcks cn e etween 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd 28 mm (pprox. 1-1/16 inches). Br tcks re usully etween 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch). c Set the fric so tht the pocket moves towrd you during sewing. Once sewing is completed, the mchine utomticlly sews reinforcement stitches, nd then stops. 3 If utomtic thred cutting is turned on efore you strt sewing, oth threds re utomticlly cut fter the reinforcement stitches re sewn. If the fric does not feed (for exmple, ecuse it is too thick), increse the stitch length setting. Br Tcks Use r tcks to reinforce res tht will e suject to strin, such s pocket corners. Pss the thred underneth the presser foot. Slide the outside frme of the uttonhole foot ckwrd s fr s possile s shown in the illustrtion, mking sure tht there is no gp ehind the prt of the foot mrked A. If the uttonhole foot is not slid ck s fr s possile, the r tck will not e sewn to the correct size. Utility Stitches Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Br tck Select. Attch uttonhole foot A nd set the scle to the length of the r tck you wish to sew. d Check the first needle drop point nd lower the presser foot. 2 mm (pprox. 1/16 inch) Presser foot scle Completed length mesurement c 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) 155

158 SEWING THE STITCHES e Lower the uttonhole lever so tht it is positioned ehind the metl rcket on the uttonhole foot. If utomtic thred cutting is turned on efore you strt sewing, oth threds re utomticlly cut fter the reinforcement stitches re sewn. If the fric does not feed (for exmple, ecuse it is too thick), increse the stitch length setting. Button Sewing Buttons with 2 or 4 holes cn e ttched, using the mchine. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Button sewing f Metl rcket Gently hold the end of the upper thred nd egin sewing. Do not use the utomtic thred cutting function when sewing uttons. Otherwise, you will lose the thred ends. Select. The feed dogs re lowered utomticlly. Rise the presser foot. c Attch utton sewing foot M, slide the utton long the metl plte nd into the presser foot, nd lower the presser foot. When sewing is completed, the mchine will sew reinforcement stitches nd stop utomticlly. Br Tcks on Thick Frics Plce piece of folded fric or crdord eside the fric eing sewn to level the uttonhole foot nd llow for esier nd even feeding. Button Metl plte Presser foot Thick pper c Fric d Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to check tht the needle goes into ech hole correctly. * If the needle does not rech the holes on the left side, djust the stitch width. * To ttch the utton more securely, repet the process. 156

159 SEWING THE STITCHES e Gently hold the end of the upper thred nd strt sewing. The mchine stops utomticlly when sewing is finished. Attching Shnk to the Button Pull the shnk lever towrd you efore sewing. f CAUTION Mke sure the needle does not strike the utton during sewing. The needle my rek nd cuse injury. From the wrong side of the fric, pull the end of the oin thred to pull the upper thred through to the wrong side of the fric. Tie the two thred ends together nd cut the threds. Shnk lever Pull the two ends of the upper thred etween the utton nd the fric, wind them round the shnk, nd then tie them firmly together. 3 Utility Stitches g After the utton is ttched, select nother stitch nd rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise the feed dogs. Attching 4 Hole Buttons Sew the two holes closest to you. Then rise the presser foot nd move the fric so tht the needle goes into the next two holes, nd sew them in the sme wy. c d Tie the ends of the oin thred from the eginning nd end of sewing together on the wrong side of the fric. Eyelet When sewing is completed, e sure to select the other stitch nd rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise the feed dogs. Cut off ny excess thred. Use this stitch for mking elt holes nd other similr pplictions. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Eyelet Str eyelet 157

160 SEWING THE STITCHES Select or. e Use the eyelet punch to mke hole in the center of the stitching. Use in either the stitch width disply or the stitch length disply to choose the size of the eyelet. * Actul size Lrge 7 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) Medium 6 mm (pprox. 15/64 inch) c Smll 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) Only one size is ville for. Multi-directionl Sewing (Stright Stitch nd Zigzg Stitch) Use these stitch ptterns to ttch ptches or emlems to pnt legs, shirt sleeves, etc. Remove the flt ed ttchment to use the free-rm. c Attch monogrmming foot N, then rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to check the needle drop position. Insert the tuulr piece of fric onto the free-rm, nd then sew in the order shown in the illustrtion. Needle drop position Lower the presser foot nd strt sewing. d When sewing is finished, the mchine sews reinforcement stitches nd stops utomticlly. If the stitch pttern comes out poorly, mke djustments to SEWING STITCH PATTERNS on pge 175. Select N. nd ttch monogrmming foot For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. 158

161 SEWING THE STITCHES c Set the needle in the fric t the sewing strt point, nd sew sem 1 s shown. Zipper Insertion Centered Zipper Use for gs nd other such pplictions. Select. Strt Point d Select nd sew sem 2 s shown. * The fric will move sidewys, guide the fric y hnd to keep sewing stright. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART t the end of this mnul. Mke sure you sew using the middle needle position. 3 Attch presser foot J nd sew stright stitches up to the zipper opening. Chnge to sting stitch (see pge 120) nd sew to the top of the fric. Utility Stitches e Select nd sew sem 3 s shown. Bsting stitches Reverse stitches c End of zipper opening d Wrong side The fric feeds forwrd while stitching ckwrd. c Press the sem llownce open nd ttch the zipper with sting stitch in the middle of ech side of the zipper tpe. f Select nd sew sem 4 s shown. The sem will e connected to the strting point of sem 1. Bsting stitches Zipper c Wrong side 159

162 SEWING THE STITCHES d Remove presser foot J. Align the right side of the pin in zipper foot I with the presser foot holder, nd ttch the zipper foot. Inserting Side Zipper Use for side zippers in skirts or dresses. Select. Mke sure you sew using the middle needle position. Attch presser foot J nd sew stright stitches up to the zipper opening. Chnge to sting stitch nd sew to the top of the fric. Right Left c Needle drop position e CAUTION When using zipper foot I, mke sure the stright stitch, middle needle position is selected. Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to mke sure the needle does not strike the presser foot. If nother stitch is selected, the needle will strike the presser foot, cusing the needle to rek nd possily cusing injury. Topstitch 7 to 10 mm (pprox. 1/4 to 3/8 inch) from the semed edge of the fric, then remove the sting. c Reverse stitches Wrong side of fric c Bsting stitches d End of zipper opening Press the sem llownce open nd lign the folded hem long the teeth of the zipper, while mintining 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) of sewing spce. CAUTION Mke sure the needle does not strike the zipper during sewing. If the needle strikes the zipper, the needle my rek, leding to injury. d Zipper pull t Wrong side of fric c Zipper teeth d End of zipper opening e 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) Remove presser foot J. 160

163 SEWING THE STITCHES e Align the right side of the pin in zipper foot I with the presser foot holder, nd ttch the presser foot. i Close the zipper, turn the fric over, nd sew sting stitch. Right Left c Needle drop position CAUTION When using zipper foot I, mke sure the stright stitch, middle needle position is selected. Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to mke sure the needle does not strike the presser foot. If nother stitch is selected, the needle will strike the presser foot, cusing the needle to rek nd possily cusing injury. j Front of the skirt (wrong side of fric) Bsting stitches c Front of the skirt (right side of fric) d Bck of the skirt (right side of fric) Remove the presser foot, nd rettch it so tht the left side of the pin is ttched to the presser foot holder. * When sewing the left side of the zipper, the needle should drop on the right side of the presser foot. When sewing the right side of the zipper, the needle should drop on the left side of the presser foot. 3 Utility Stitches f g h Set the presser foot in the 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) mrgin. Strting from the end of the zipper opening, sew to point out 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) from the edge of the fric, then stop the mchine. Pull down the zipper slider, then continue sewing to the edge of the fric. 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) CAUTION Mke sure the needle does not strike the zipper during sewing. If the needle strikes the zipper, the needle my rek, leding to injury. k l m Right Left c Needle drop position Set the fric so tht the left edge of the presser foot touches the edge of the zipper teeth. Sew reverse stitches t the top of the zipper, then continue sewing. Stop sewing out 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) from the edge of the fric, leve the needle in the fric, nd remove the sting stitches. 161

164 SEWING THE STITCHES n Open the zipper nd sew the rest of the sem. Clen stitching cnnot e sewn if this function is used when the edge of the fric hs corners s shown elow. Bsting stitches 7 to 10 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch) c Reverse stitches d 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) Edge Sewing Using the uilt-in cmer, the width of the re from the edge of the fric to the stitching line cn e mesured nd set for edge sewing. This function cn e used when the edge of the fric is stright or gentle curve. Stright Curved When edge sewing using the uilt-in cmer, mke sure tht the room is evenly lit. If the rightness in the room chnges while edge sewing, the uilt-in cmer my not e le to detect the edge of the fric. The uilt-in cmer detects the contrst etween the fric nd the ckground. Therefore, oserve the following precutions. If the edge of the fric is frying, cut off ny excess fric threds. If the fric hs complicted pttern, is sheer or is glossy, such s vinyl mteril, the uilt-in cmer my not e le to detect it correctly. For est results, iron the fold when folding the edge of the fric for edge sewing. When Width Control on pge 1/9 of the settings screen is set to ON or when Needle Position - Stitch Plcement on pge 4/9 is set to ON, the uilt-in cmer cnnot e used with edge sewing. If either of these prmeters re set to ON, ppers gry nd cnnot e selected. Before using the uilt-in cmer for edge sewing, set Width Control nd Needle Position - Stitch Plcement in the settings screen to OFF. Select stitch. * Edge sewing using the uilt-in cmer cnnot e used with ptterns where when the pttern is selected. ppers in gry 162

165 SEWING THE STITCHES Attch the verticl stitch lignment foot V. V c CAUTION When edge sewing with the uilt-in cmer, e sure to use the verticl stitch lignment foot V. In order to mintin fixed distnce from the edge of the fric, the needle will slightly move to either side, even when sewing with stright stitch. If different presser foot is used, it my e hit y the needle, cusing the needle to rek or resulting in injuries. Peel off the trnsprent sheet of the edge sewing sheet. Edge sewing sheet Feed dogs c Between the feed dogs nd the edge sewing sheet If the metl needle plte is visile etween the feed dogs nd the edge sewing sheet, the fric my e incorrectly detected y the uilt-in cmer. Before using the edge sewing sheet, peel off the trnsprent sheet. After use, ffix the edge sewing sheet to the trnsprent sheet to prevent it from collecting dust. 3 Utility Stitches d Plce the edge sewing sheet on top of the needle plte cover. Align the guides on the edge sewing sheet with the sides of the needle plte cover, nd then djust the position of the edge sewing sheet so tht its cutout ligns with the edges of the opening for the feed dogs. Position the edge sewing sheet so tht there is no gp etween it nd the edges of the opening for the feed dogs. Trnsprent sheet Be sure to instll fully wound oin efore strting to use the edge sewing feture nd uilt-in cmer. If you need to chnge the oin while edge sewing, remove the edge sewing sheet crefully nd plce it gin fter chnging the oin. e Press. Edge sewing sheet Guides on edge sewing sheet c Sides of needle plte cover 163

166 SEWING THE STITCHES Depending on the stitch, the stright stitch with the middle (center) needle position is selected, regrdless of the preset stitch width. * Regrdless of the setting selected in the mchine settings screen, the rightness of the light chnges to 5. h Move the fric to the desired position for edge sewing. Position the fric so tht its edge is s stright s possile. f After is pressed, the stitch width nd stitch length cnnot e chnged. Chnge the stitch width nd stitch length efore pressing. Some decortive stitches will function with the edge sewing. When selecting stitch, if it is not pplicle to this function, n error messge will pper. When the messge shown elow ppers, check tht the verticl stitch lignment foot V is ttched nd tht the edge sewing sheet is positioned, nd then press. Fric When pinning the fric, insert the pins s shown elow. If the hed of the pin extends off the edge of the fric, the fric my not e correctly detected. Then the edge sewing window ppers. Before pressing, instll the verticl stitch lignment foot V nd position the edge sewing sheet; otherwise, the uilt-in cmer cnnot detect the fric. If is pressed efore the edge sewing sheet is positioned, the messge shown in step f ppers gin. i Bsting pin Check tht the uilt-in cmer is correctly detecting the fric. * Press to chnge the colors of the fric edge indictor line nd strting point ccording to the color of the fric. Ech press of this key chnges the color of the fric edge indictor line to red After pressing, do not plce your hnds or ny other oject ner the needle plte until the messge Recognizing disppers. Plce the fric under the presser foot. g 164

167 SEWING THE STITCHES (with lue strting point), lue (with lck strting point) or lck (with red strting point). When the Fric Edge Indictor Line Is Not Aligned With the Edge of the Fric The fric edge indictor line tht ppers is not ligned with the edge of the fric. The fric t the eginning of sewing is not stright. Try to strighten the edge of the fric t the eginning of sewing (so it is prllel with the edge of the presser foot). 3 Key for chnging the color of the fric edge indictor line Fric edge indictor line When the Built-In Cmer Cn Detect the Edge of the Fric The fric edge indictor line ppers correctly following the edge of the fric. If stright prt of fric edge indictor line (shown elow) does not follow the edge of the fric, edge sewing cnnot e sewn correctly. Utility Stitches Fric edge indictor line Stright prt Fric When the Fric Edge Indictor Line Does Not Apper The uilt-in cmer cnnot detect the edge of the fric. Press, nd then perform the procedure gin strting with step. 165

168 SEWING THE STITCHES j While checking the screen for the distnce from the fric edge to the edge sewing position, move the fric to the desired position. * The strting point of the fric edge indictor line shows the position for the strt of sewing. The ctul position for the strt of sewing is directly elow the needle nd prllel to the strting point. Distnces etween 1.5 mm (out 1/16 inch) nd 38.5 mm (out 1-1/2 inches) cn e mesured. The distnce is displyed in the screen in 0.5 mm (out 1/64 inch) increments. The distnce is displyed in millimeters. However, depending on the mesurement setting, it cn lso e displyed in inches. If -_- mm ppers s the distnce nd no inch mesurement is displyed, the uilt-in cmer is not le to detect the edge of the fric. When stright stitch is selected, use the scle on the edge sewing sheet s guide for positioning the fric for edge sewing. Distnce from edge of fric Exmple: When stright stitch is selected (exmple: ) Scle on the edge sewing sheet Lower the presser foot. k The distnce from the edge of the fric to the sem is set. If the knee lifter is used to lower the presser foot, the fric cn e held in plce with oth hnds so the fric does not move when the presser foot is lowered. Middle needle position Stitching c Edge of fric d Width of edge sewing 166

169 SEWING THE STITCHES l Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt edge sewing. Sewing strts with the set distnce to the edge of the fric mintined. * While sewing, use the red scle mrks on the verticl stitch lignment foot V s guide to keep fixed distnce from the edge of the fric. m When sewing is etween 10 nd 20 mm (out 3/8 nd 3/4 inch) from the edge of the fric, sewing stops utomticlly nd the following messge ppers. To stop sewing, press. * When this messge ppers, edge sewing (with the sem wizrd function) is cnceled. Red scle mrks * When sewing strts, still imge from the uilt-in cmer is displyed. While sewing, do not plce nything, including your hnds, within 2 mm (out 1/ 16 inch) from the edge of the fric, otherwise the edge of the fric cnnot e detected correctly. When guiding the fric with your hnds, plce them outside of the oject-free re nd more thn 2 mm (out 1/16 inch) from the edge of the fric. To continue sewing to the edge of the fric, do not press when the messge shown ove ppers. With the ove messge displyed, press the Strt/ Stop utton to sew. When edge sewing is finished, store the edge sewing sheet ffixed to the trnsprent sheet in order to prevent it from collecting dust. 3 Utility Stitches Approximtely 2 mm (out 1/16 inch) Fric c Edge of fric 167

170 168 SEWING THE STITCHES

171 Chpter 4 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS Stitch Selection Screens Selecting Decortive Stitch Ptterns/7mm Decortive Stitch Ptterns/Stin Stitch Ptterns/7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns/ Cross Stitch/Utility Decortive Stitch Ptterns Alphet Chrcters/Jpnese chrcters Deleting Chrcters Adjusting the Chrcter Spcing SEWING STITCH PATTERNS Sewing Attrctive Finishes Bsic Sewing Mking Adjustments EDITING STITCH PATTERNS Key Functions Chnging the Size Chnging the Length (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) Creting Verticl Mirror Imge Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge Sewing Pttern Continuously Chnging Thred Density (for Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) Returning to the Beginning of the Pttern Checking the Imge COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS Before Comining Comining Vrious Stitch Ptterns Comining Lrge nd Smll Stitch Ptterns Comining Horizontl Mirror Imge Stitch Ptterns Comining Stitch Ptterns of Different Length Mking Step Stitch Ptterns (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) More Exmples USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Stitch Dt Precutions Types of Stitch Dt tht cn e Used Types of USB Devices/Medi tht cn e Used Connecting Your Mchine to the PC Precutions on Using the Computer to Crete nd Sve Dt Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Mchine s ry If the ry is Full Sving Stitch Ptterns to USB Medi Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Computer Retrieving Stitch Ptterns from the Mchine s ry Reclling from USB Medi Reclling from the Computer...194

172 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS Press, then to disply the screen elow. d g j l n o c e f h i k m p Decortive stitch ptterns 7mm decortive stitch ptterns. You cn set stitch length nd width. c Stin stitch ptterns d 7mm stin stitch ptterns. You cn set stitch length nd width. e Cross stitch f Utility decortive stitch ptterns g Alphet chrcters (gothic font) h Alphet chrcters (hndwriting font) i Alphet chrcters (outline) j Cyrillic font k Jpnese chrcter l Press this key to crete your own stitches with the MY CUSTOM STITCH function (see pge 200) m Ptterns stored in MY CUSTOM STITCH (see pge 206) n Ptterns sved in the mchine s memory (see pge 192) o Ptterns sved in USB medi (see pge 193) p Ptterns sved on the computer (see pge 194). If the screen is locked ( ), unlock the screen y pressing. While the screen is locked, no other key cn e operted. 170

173 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS Stitch Selection Screens There re 11 ctegories of Chrcter/Decortive stitch ptterns. If selection screen for tht ctegory. ppers, there is more thn one stitch Decortive Stitch Ptterns 7mm Decortive Stitch Ptterns Stin Stitch Ptterns 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Cross Stitch Utility Decortive Stitch Ptterns Alphet Chrcters (Gothic Font) Alphet Chrcters (Hndwriting Font) 4 Alphet Chrcters (Outline) Cyrillic font Jpnese chrcter Chrcter/Decortive Stitches 171

174 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS Selecting Decortive Stitch Ptterns/7mm Decortive Stitch Ptterns/Stin Stitch Ptterns/ 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns/ Cross Stitch/Utility Decortive Stitch Ptterns Alphet Chrcters/Jpnese chrcters Entering chrcters from the groups shown elow, for exmple Blue Sky. Press,,, or to select font. Select the ctegory of the pttern you wnt to sew. Press the key of the stitch pttern you wnt to sew. * Press to view the next pge. * Press to view the previous pge. * Touch the r tht ppers etween nd to lep multiple pges t one time. * To select different stitch pttern, press. When the current stitch pttern is ersed, select the new stitch pttern. There re four fonts for lphet chrcter stitching nd one font for Jpnese chrcter stitching. Press to chnge the selection screens. The selected pttern is displyed. c Press nd then enter B. d Press nd then enter lue. 172

175 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS e Press to enter spce. Deleting Chrcters Press to delete the lst chrcter. f Press gin nd enter S. g Press nd then enter ky. Chrcters re deleted individully strting with the lst chrcter entered. 4 Select the correct chrcter. Adjusting the Chrcter Spcing The spce etween the chrcters cn e djusted. Press. Chrcter/Decortive Stitches The chrcter spcing window ppers. Jumping stitch * Remove the jumping stitches fter sewing. * If you wnt to continue entering chrcters in different font, press step., nd then repet from 173

176 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS Press to djust chrcter spcing. * Press to increse the chrcter spcing nd press Exmple: to decrese the chrcter spcing. * Ech setting equls specific distnce etween chrcters. Vlue: 0 Vlue: 10 Vlue mm The defult setting is 0. No numer less thn 0 cn e set. Chnging chrcter spcing y this method, pertins to ll chrcters. Spcing chnges re vlid not only while entering chrcters ut lso efore nd fter the entering of chrcters. 174

177 SEWING STITCH PATTERNS SEWING STITCH PATTERNS Sewing Attrctive Finishes To chieve ttrctive results when sewing chrcter/decortive stitches, check the tle elow for the proper fric/needle/thred comintions. Other fctors, such s fric thickness, stilizer mteril, etc., lso hve n effect on the stitch, so you should lwys sew few tril stitches efore eginning your project. When sewing stin stitch ptterns, there my e shrinking or unching of stitches, so e sure to ttch stilizer mteril. Guide the fric with your hnd to keep the fric feeding stright nd even during sewing. Fric When sewing on stretch frics, lightweight frics, or frics with corse weves, ttch stilizer on the wrong side of the fric. If you do not wish to do so, plce the fric on thin pper such s trcing pper. 4 Bsic Sewing Fric Stilizer c Thin pper Thred #50 - #60 Needle With lightweight, regulr, or stretch frics: the Bll point needle (golden colored) With hevyweight frics: home sewing mchine needle 90/14 Presser foot Monogrmming foot N. Using nother presser foot my give inferior results. d Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt sewing. Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Select stitch pttern. Attch monogrmming foot N. c Plce the fric under the presser foot, pull the upper thred out to the side, nd then lower the presser foot. CAUTION When sewing 7 mm stin stitch ptterns nd the stitches re unched, lengthen the stitch length. If you continue sewing when the stitches re unched, the needle my end or rek ( Setting the Stitch Length on pge 91). 175

178 SEWING STITCH PATTERNS e f If the fric is pulled or pushed during sewing, the pttern my not turn out correctly. Also, depending on the pttern, there my e movement to the left nd right s well s front nd ck. Guide the fric with your hnd to keep the fric feeding stright nd even during sewing. Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop sewing. Keep pressing the Reverse Stitch utton or the Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew 4 stitches of reinforcement stitches. When sewing some ptterns, the needle will temporrily puse in the rised position while the fric is fed due to the opertion of the needle r seprtion mechnism which is used in this mchine. At such times, clicking sound different from the sound generted during sewing will e herd. This sound is norml nd is not the sign of mchine mlfunction. Mking Adjustments Your stitch pttern my sometimes turn out poorly, depending on the type or thickness of fric, the stilizer mteril used, sewing speed, etc. If your sewing does not turn out well, sew tril stitches using the sme conditions s the rel sewing, nd djust the stitch pttern s explined elow. If the pttern does not turn out well even fter mking djustments sed on the pttern, mke djustments for ech pttern individully. When sewing chrcter stitches, the mchine utomticlly sews reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd end of ech chrcter. Press nd select. When sewing is completed, trim ny excess thred etween letters. Attch monogrmming foot N nd sew the pttern. 176

179 SEWING STITCH PATTERNS c Compre the finished pttern to the illustrtion of the correct pttern elow. The displyed vlue decreses ech time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will slide to the left. d Press, nd then djust the pttern with the Fine Adjust Verti. or Fine Adjust Horiz. displys. Sew the stitch pttern gin. e * If the stitch pttern still comes out poorly, mke djustments gin. Adjust until the stitch pttern comes out correctly. You cn sew with the setting screen on the disply. f Press to return to the originl screen. 4 * If the pttern is unched: Press in the Fine Adjust Verti. disply. The displyed vlue increses ech time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will lengthen. * If the pttern hs gps: Press in the Fine Adjust Verti. disply. The displyed vlue decreses ech time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will shorten. Chrcter/Decortive Stitches * If the pttern is skewed to the left: Press in the Fine Adjust Horiz. disply. The displyed vlue increses ech time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will slide to the right. * If the pttern is skewed to the right: Press in the Fine Adjust Horiz. disply. 177

180 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS EDITING STITCH PATTERNS Key Functions You cn crete just the finish you wnt using the editing functions. Mke ptterns lrger or smller, mke mirror imges, etc. Some editing functions cnnot e used with certin stitch ptterns. Only the functions for the displyed keys re ville when pttern is selected. c e d s r q p o n m l k j t f g h i u 178

181 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Pttern disply size Show the pproximte size of the pttern selected. 113 Automtic reinforcement stitch key : Nerly the sme size s the sewn pttern : 1/2 the size of the sewn pttern : 1/4 the size of the sewn pttern * The ctul size of the sewn pttern my differ depending on the type of fric nd thred tht is used. Press this key to turn on the utomtic reinforcement stitching mode. 85 c Automtic thred Press this key to turn on the utomtic thred cutting mode. 93 cutting key d Pivot key Press this key to select the pivot function. When the pivot function is selected, stopping the mchine lowers the needle nd slightly rises the presser foot utomticlly. In ddition, when sewing is restrted, the presser foot is utomticlly lowered. 95 If this key ppers s, the pivot function cnnot e used. Be sure the needle position on pge 4 of Mchine Settings is set to the down position. e Guideline mrker key Press this key to disply the guideline mrker long the sewing line. The guideline mrker mkes it esier to lign stitches with the fric edge or other mrker on the fric. f Stitch width nd stitch length key Shows the stitch width nd stitch length of the selected stitch pttern. The mchine defult settings re highlighted g L/R Shift key Press to shift the stitch pttern to the right or press to shift the pttern to the left. This feture is not ville on ll ptterns. Only those pplicle will e shifted. The mchine defult setting is highlighted. h Thred tension key Shows the thred tension setting for the selected stitch pttern. The mchine defult settings re highlighted i ry key Use this key to sve stitch pttern comintions. 190 j Sensor function key Press this key to use the sensor function. 100 k Elongtion key When 7mm stin stitch ptterns re selected, press this key to choose from 5 utomtic length settings, without chnging the stitch zigzg width or stitch length settings. l Delete key When you mke mistke selecting stitch pttern, use this key to delete the mistke. When you mke mistke in comining stitch ptterns, use this key to delete stitch ptterns. m Needle mode selection key (Single/Doule) , 173 Press this key to choose single needle sewing or twin needle sewing. 65 n Size selection key Use this key to select the size of the stitch pttern (lrge, smll). 180 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches o p q r s Verticl mirror imge key Horizontl mirror imge key Single/Repet sewing key After selecting the stitch pttern, use this key to crete verticl mirror imge of the stitch pttern. After selecting the stitch pttern, use this key to crete horizontl mirror imge of the stitch pttern. Press this key to choose single stitches or continuous stitches. 180 Bck to eginning key When sewing is stopped, press this key to return to the eginning of the pttern. Free motion mode key Press this key to enter free motion sewing mode. The feed dog is lowered nd presser foot is rised to height pproprite for free motion quilting. t Thred density key After selecting the stitch pttern, use this key to chnge the thred density of 181 the pttern. u Chrcter spcing key Press this key to chnge the spcing of chrcter ptterns

182 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS Chnging the Size Select stitch pttern, then press to chnge the size of the stitch pttern. The stitch pttern will e sewn in the size highlighted on the key. If you continue entering stitch ptterns fter chnging the size, those ptterns will lso e sewn in tht size. You cnnot chnge the size of comined stitch ptterns once the stitch pttern is entered. Actul Stitch Pttern Size * The size differs depending on the fric nd threds. Creting Verticl Mirror Imge To crete verticl mirror imge, select stitch pttern then press. Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge To crete horizontl mirror imge, select stitch pttern then press. Chnging the Length (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) When 7mm stin stitch ptterns re selected, press to choose from 5 utomtic length settings, without chnging the stitch zigzg width or stitch length settings. Sewing Pttern Continuously Press to select continuous sewing or single stitch sewing. To finish complete motif while sewing the pttern continuously, you cn press the key while sewing. The mchine will utomticlly stop when the motif is finished. 180

183 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS Chnging Thred Density (for Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) After selecting stin stitch pttern, press select your preferred thred density. to Returning to the Beginning of the Pttern When sewing chrcter/decortive stitches, you cn return to the eginning of the pttern fter tril sewing or when the stitching is sewn incorrectly. Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop the mchine, nd then press. CAUTION If the stitches unch when thred density is 4 chnged to, return the thred density to. If you continue sewing when the stitches re unched, the needle my end or rek. Even if you select new pttern fter chnging the thred density, the thred density remins the sme until you chnge it. You cnnot chnge thred density for comined pttern fter dditionl ptterns re dded. Sewing returns to the eginning of the selected pttern ( W ) from the point where sewing ws stopped. If this key is pressed while sewing is stopped, ptterns cn e dded t the end of comined stitch pttern. (In this exmple,! is dded.) Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Press the Strt/Stop utton to continue sewing. 181

184 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS Checking the Imge e Press to return to the originl screen. You cn disply n pproximte size imge of the selected stitch pttern. You cn lso check nd chnge the colors of the imge on the screen. Press. An imge of the selected pttern is displyed. You cn lso sew from this screen when the presser foot symol is displyed. Imge of some ptterns will disply in defult size only. Press to chnge the thred color in the imge to red, lue, lck or yellow. The color chnges every time you press the utton. c Press to disply the enlrged imge. Use / / / to view ny prt of the d imge tht extends out of the viewle disply re. 182

185 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS You cn comine mny vrieties of stitch ptterns, such s chrcter stitches, cross stitches, stin stitches, or stitches you design with MY CUSTOM STITCH function (see chpter 5 for informtion out MY CUSTOM STITCH). You cn lso comine stitch ptterns of different sizes, mirror imge stitch ptterns, nd others. Before Comining Single stitch sewing is utomticlly selected for sewing comined ptterns. If you wnt to sew the pttern continuously, press fter finishing the stitch pttern comintion. When chnging sizes, creting mirror imges, or mking other djustments to comined stitch pttern, e sure to edit the selected stitch pttern efore selecting the next one. You cnnot edit stitch pttern once the next stitch pttern is selected. Comining Vrious Stitch Ptterns Exmple: Select. 4 Press. Chrcter/Decortive Stitches c Press. The disply returns to the stitch selection screen. 183

186 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS d Press. Comining Lrge nd Smll Stitch Ptterns Exmple: e Select. Press. The lrge size stitch will e selected. Press gin, then press to select the smll size. f Press to sew the pttern continuously. Ptterns re deleted individully strting with the lst pttern entered y pressing. The pttern is displyed in smller size. 184

187 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS c Press to sew continuously. Press gin, then press. The entered pttern is repeted. Comining Horizontl Mirror Imge Stitch Ptterns Exmple: The pttern is flipped long verticl xis. c Press. 4 The entered pttern is repeted. Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Press. 185

188 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS Comining Stitch Ptterns of Different Length c Press. Exmple: The entered pttern is repeted. Mking Step Stitch Ptterns (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) Press, then press once. The length of the imge is set to. Select gin, then press 3 times. You cn use the keys with 7mm stin stitch ptterns to crete step effect, lso clled step stitch ptterns. * Press to move the stitch pttern distnce equl to hlf of the stitch pttern s size to the left. * Press to move the stitch pttern distnce equl to hlf of the stitch pttern s size to the right. The length of the imge is set to. Exmple: 186

189 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS Press. e Press. Press. The next stitch pttern will move to the right. The entered pttern is repeted. c Press gin. More Exmples Press. 4 d Press. Press Chrcter/Decortive Stitches. The next stitch pttern will move to the left. 187

190 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS Press. Press. 188

191 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Stitch Dt Precutions Oserve the following precutions when using stitch dt other thn tht creted nd sved in this mchine. Types of Stitch Dt tht cn e Used In the Chrcter/Decortive Stitch memory,.pmv,.pmx nd.pmu stitch dt files cn e used with this mchine..pmu stitch dt files cn e retrieved; however, when the mchine is used to sve the file, it is sved s.pmv stitch dt file. Using dt other thn tht creted using this mchine or the mchine which crete.pmu dt file, my cuse the mchine to mlfunction. Types of USB Devices/Medi tht cn e Used Stitch dt cn e sved to or reclled from USB externl medi. Use externl medi tht meets the following specifictions. USB Flsh drive (USB Flsh memory) USB Floppy disk drive 4 Stitch dt cn e reclled only from; USB CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW drives You cn lso use the following types of USB medi with the USB ry Crd Reder/USB crd writer module. Secure Digitl (SD) Crd CompctFlsh ry Stick Smrt Medi Multi Medi Crd (MMC) xd-picture Crd Some USB medi my not e usle with this mchine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. The ccess lmp will egin linking fter inserting USB Devices/Medi, nd it will tke out 5 to 6 seconds to recognize the Devices/Medi. (Time will differ depending on the USB Device/Medi). Chrcter/Decortive Stitches To crete file folders, use computer. Connecting Your Mchine to the PC Comptile models: IBM PC with USB port s stndrd equipment IBM PC-comptile computer equipped with USB port s stndrd equipment Comptile operting systems: Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vist, Windows 7, Windows 8 Precutions on Using the Computer to Crete nd Sve Dt If the nme of the stitch dt file/folder cnnot e identified, for exmple, ecuse the nme contins specil chrcters, the file/folder is not displyed. If this occurs, chnge the nme of the file/folder. We recommend using the 26 letters of the lphet (uppercse nd lowercse), the numers 0 through 9, -, nd _. Stitch dt in folder creted in USB medi cn e retrieved. Do not crete folders in Removle Disk on computer. If stitch dt is stored in folder in Removle Disk, tht stitch dt cnnot e retrieved y the mchine. 189

192 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Mchine s ry You cn sve often used stitch ptterns in the mchine s memory. A totl of out 1 MB of stitch ptterns cn e sved in the mchine s memory. Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving screen is displyed. You will lose the stitch pttern you re sving. It tkes few seconds to sve stitch pttern. See pge 192 for informtion on retrieving sved stitch pttern. Press. If the ry is Full If the following screen ppers while you re trying to sve pttern on the mchine s memory, the memory is too full to hold the currently selected stitch pttern. To sve the stitch pttern in the mchine s memory, you hve to delete previously sved stitch pttern. Press, nd then refer to Retrieving Stitch Ptterns from the Mchine s ry on pge 192. Sving Stitch Ptterns to USB Medi When sending stitch ptterns from the mchine to USB medi, plug the USB medi into the mchine s top USB port. USB medi is commercilly ville, ut some USB medi my not e usle with this mchine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. Depending on the type of USB medi eing used, either directly plug the USB device into the mchine s USB port or plug the USB medi Reder/Writer into the mchine s USB port. The USB medi cn e inserted or removed t ny time. Press. Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. The Sving screen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. 190

193 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Insert the USB medi into either of the USB ports on the mchine. Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving screen is displyed. You will lose the stitch pttern you re sving. Plug the USB cle connector into the corresponding USB ports for the computer nd for the mchine. Turn on your computer nd select Computer (My Computer). * The USB cle cn e plugged into the USB ports on the computer nd mchine whether or not they re turned on. USB port USB medi c Press. * Press when connecting the USB medi to the USB port for mouse. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. The Sving screen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. Do not insert or remove USB medi while Sving screen is displyed. You will lose some or ll of the pttern you re sving. Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Computer USB port for computer USB cle connector The Removle Disk icon will pper in Computer (My Computer) on the computer. The connectors on the USB cle cn only e inserted into port in one direction. If it is difficult to insert the connector, do not insert it with force nd check the orienttion of the connector. For detils on the position of the USB port on the computer (or USB hu), refer to the instruction mnul for the corresponding equipment. 4 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Using the included USB cle, the mchine cn e connected to your computer, nd the stitch ptterns cn e temporrily retrieved from nd sved in the Removle Disk folder in your computer. A totl of out 3 MB of stitch ptterns cn e sved in the Removle Disk, ut the sved stitch ptterns re deleted when the mchine is turned OFF. For Computers nd Operting Systems, see Connecting Your Mchine to the PC on pge

194 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION c Press. Retrieving Stitch Ptterns from the Mchine s ry Press. d Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. The pocket selection screen ppers. Choose stitch pttern to retrieve. * If the entire sved stitch pttern is not displyed, press the thumnil. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. The stitch pttern will e temporrily sved to Removle Disk under Computer (My Computer). e Select the stitch pttern s.pmv file nd copy the file to the computer. Sved stitch ptterns Do not turn off the mchine while the Sving screen is showing. You my lose the dt. 192

195 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION c Press. * Press to delete the stitch pttern. Press. * Press when connecting the USB medi to the USB port for mouse. The selected stitch pttern is retrieved nd the sewing screen will e displyed. Reclling from USB Medi Stitch ptterns nd folder in top folder re displyed. 4 You cn recll specific stitch pttern from either direct USB medi or folder in the USB medi. If the stitch pttern is in folder, check ech folder to find the stitch pttern. Insert the USB medi into either of the USB ports on the mchine (see pge 190). Chrcter/Decortive Stitches USB port USB medi 193

196 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION c Press when there is sufolder to sort two or more stitch ptterns to USB medi, the stitch pttern in the sufolder is displyed. e Press. * Press to delete the stitch pttern. The pttern will e deleted from the USB medi. * Press to return to the originl screen without reclling. The selected stitch pttern is reclled nd the sewing screen will e displyed. Reclling from the Computer c For Computers nd Operting Systems, see Connecting Your Mchine to the PC on pge 189. Plug the USB cle connector into the corresponding USB ports for the computer nd for the mchine (see pge 191). On the computer, open Computer (My Computer) then go to Removle Disk. d Folder nme Stitch ptterns in folder show only the first pttern of ny comined ptterns. c Pth The pth shows the current folder t the top of the list. Stitch ptterns nd sufolder within folder re displyed. * Press to return to the previous folder. * Use the computer to crete folders. Folders cnnot e creted with the mchine. Press the key of the stitch pttern you wnt to recll. 194

197 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION c Move/copy the pttern dt to Removle Disk. f Press. * Press to delete the stitch pttern. The pttern will e deleted from the Removle Disk folder in your computer. Stitch pttern dt in Removle Disk is written to the mchine. While dt is eing written, do not disconnect the USB cle. Do not crete folders within Removle Disk. Since folders re not displyed, stitch pttern dt within folders cnnot e reclled. d Press. The selected stitch pttern is reclled nd the sewing screen will e displyed. The pttern reclled from the computer is only temporrily written to the mchine. It is ersed from the mchine when the mchine is turned off. If you wish to keep the stitch pttern, store it in the mchine ( Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Mchine s ry on pge 190). 4 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches e The stitch ptterns in the computer re displyed on the selection screen. Press the key of the stitch pttern you wnt to recll. * Press to return to the originl screen without reclling. 195

198 196 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION

199 Chpter 5 MY CUSTOM STITCH DESIGNING A STITCH ENTERING STITCH DATA Key Functions Moving Point Moving Prt or All of the Design Inserting New Points Editing Stitch Stored in the Mchine USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES Storing Custom Stitches in Your List If the ry is Full Retrieving Stored Stitches...206

200 DESIGNING A STITCH DESIGNING A STITCH By using the MY CUSTOM STITCH function, you cn register stitches you hve creted yourself. You cn lso sew designs comining MY CUSTOM STITCH cretions with uilt-in chrcters (see pge 183). Decide the spcing of the stitch. * By djusting the spcing of stitch, you cn crete vrious ptterns with one stitch. Stitches tht you crete with MY CUSTOM STITCH cn e mximum of 7 mm (pprox. 9/32 inch) wide nd 37 mm (pprox. 1-1/3 inches) long. Stitches cn e designed more esily with MY CUSTOM STITCH if you first drw the stitch on the included grid sheet. Drw the stitch design on the grid sheet (prt code SA507, GS3:X ). Simplify the design so tht it cn e sewn s continuous line. For more ttrctive stitch, close the design y intersecting lines. c Plce points where the pttern intersects with the grid, nd connect ll the points with line. If the design is to e repeted nd linked, the strt point nd end point of the design should e t the sme height. d Determine the x nd y coordintes of ech of the mrked points. This will determine the stitch design tht will e sewn. 198

201 DESIGNING A STITCH Exmples of Custom Stitches Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch MY CUSTOM STITCH Stitch Stitch Stitch

202 ENTERING STITCH DATA ENTERING STITCH DATA Key Functions q p o n m c d e f l k j i h g This re displys the stitch eing creted. Displys the numer of the present set point over the totl numer of points in the stitch. c Displys the y-coordinte of over the x-coordinte of. No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge d Single/triple stitching Press this key to select whether one or three stitches will e sewn 201 key etween two points. e Point delete key Press this key to delete selected point. 202 f Return key Press this key to exit the entering stitch dt screen. g Test key Press this key to sew test of the stitch. 202, 206 h MY CUSTOM STITCH Press this key to store the stitch eing creted. 206 memory key i Block move key Press this key to group points together nd move them together. 203 j Insert key Press this key to insert new points on the stitch design. 204 k Set key Press this key to set point on the stitch design l Arrow keys Use these keys to move over the disply re m Point-to-point key Use these keys to move from point to point on the stitch, or to the first or lst point entered on the stitch. n Stitch edit key Press this key to edit the utility stitches in the mchine. 204 o Grid direction key Press this key to chnge the direction of the grid sheet. 201 p Enlrger key Press this key to see n enlrged version of the stitch eing creted. 201 q Imge key Press this key to view n imge of the stitch

203 ENTERING STITCH DATA Press nd then. Press. d Press to dd the point indicted y. * To insert coordintes with the touch pen, move the tip of the pen to desired point. Once you relese the pen from the screen point will e entered into the grph t those coordintes. The numer of the currently selected points long with the totl numer of points will e displyed. Use to move to the coordintes c of the first point on the grid sheet. * Press to chnge the direction of the grid sheet. * Press to enlrge the imge of the stitch eing creted. e f Select whether one stitch or three stitches will e sewn etween the first two points. * To sew three stitches, press the key so tht it ppers s. Use to move to the second point nd press. 5 MY CUSTOM STITCH Currently selected point/totl numer of points Coordintes of 201

204 ENTERING STITCH DATA g Repet the steps ove for ech point tht you hve drwn on the grid sheet until the stitch design is drwn on the screen s continuous line. * Press to delete selected point entered. * Press to sew test-run of the stitch. * Press to return to the originl screen. Moving Point Press or to move to the point tht you wnt to move. * To move to the first point, press. * To move to the lst point, press. * Press to view n imge of the stitch. If you hve entered points tht re too close together, the fric my not feed properly. Edit the stitch dt to leve lrger spce etween points. If the stitch design is to e repeted nd linked, mke sure tht linking stitches re dded so tht the stitch designs will not overlp. Use to move the point. Linking stitches You cn touch on the grid sheet to set the point, or you cn lso use USB mouse. * You cn lso move y using the touch pen. 202

205 Moving Prt or All of the Design c ENTERING STITCH DATA Press or to move the section. Press or to move to the first point of the section tht you wnt to move. * To move to the first point, press. * To move to the lst point, press. d Press. Press. 5 MY CUSTOM STITCH The section will e moved. The selected point nd ll points tht were entered fter it re selected. 203

206 ENTERING STITCH DATA Inserting New Points Press or to move to plce on the design where you wnt to dd new point. * To move to the first point, press. * To move to the lst point, press. c Use to move the point. * You cn lso move y using the touch pen. Editing Stitch Stored in the Mchine Press. Press. A new point is entered nd moves to it. 204

207 ENTERING STITCH DATA Select the stitch ctegory nd stitch tht you wnt to edit. * Press or to disply the other stitches. Selected stitch is displyed in the grid sheet. c Press. 5 MY CUSTOM STITCH Edit the stitch s you like. 205

208 USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES Storing Custom Stitches in Your List Stitch ptterns creted using the MY CUSTOM STITCH function cn e stored for lter use. Once you finish entering the stitch dt, press,nd choose where to sve dt. The Sving messge ppers nd the stitch will e stored. Before storing stitch, press to sew testrun of the stitch. If the ry is Full If the following messge ppers fter is pressed, the stitch pttern cnnot e stored ecuse either the mchine s memory is full or the stitch pttern eing stored is lrger thn the mount of spce ville in the memory. To e le to store the stitch pttern in the mchine s memory, previously stored stitch pttern must e deleted. Refer to Retrieving Stored Stitches on pge 206. Retrieving Stored Stitches Press. Storing stitch pttern tkes few seconds. For detils on retrieving stored stitch pttern, see pge 206. Do not turn off the mchine while the Sving messge is displyed, otherwise the stitch pttern dt eing sved my e lost. You cn lso retrieve the stitches y the procedure to retrieve the Decortive/ Chrcter stitches. Refer to the pge 192 to 194. Select the device to retrieve the pttern from. 206

209 USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES c Select the stitch pttern. * Press to return to the previous screen without retrieving. d Press to strt editing the pttern. * To delete the stored stitch pttern, press. * You cn strt sewing in this screen. 5 MY CUSTOM STITCH 207

210 208 USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES

211 Chpter 6 Bsic Emroidery BEFORE EMBROIDERING Emroidery Step y Step Attching Emroidery Foot W+ with LED pointer Attching the Emroidery Unit Aout the Emroidery Unit Removing the Emroidery Unit SELECTING PATTERNS Copyright Informtion Pttern Selection Screens Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/Decortive Alphet Ptterns/ Utility Emroidery Ptterns/Boin Work Ptterns Selecting Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Selecting Frme Ptterns Selecting Ptterns from Emroidery Crds Aout Emroidery Crd Reder (Sold Seprtely) nd USB Crd Writer Module* Aout Emroidery Crds (Sold Seprtely) Reclling from USB Medi Reclling from the Computer EDITING PATTERNS Key Functions Previewing the Pttern Moving the Pttern Rotting the Pttern Chnging the Size of the Pttern Chnging the Size nd the Density of the Pttern Chnging the Size y Drgging Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge Chnging Font Type Editing Letters (Size/Font Type) Chnging the Density (Alphet Chrcter nd Frme Ptterns Only) Chnging the Colors of Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Chnging the Configurtion of Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Deleting the Pttern Displying Ptterns in the Screen Mgnified Selecting the Percent of Mgnifiction Chnging Alphet Chrcter Spcing Seprting Comined Chrcter Ptterns Chnging the Thred Color Creting Custom Thred Tle Adding Color to the Custom Thred Tle from the List Sving the Custom Thred Tle to USB medi Reclling the Custom Thred Tle dt from USB medi Choosing Color from the Custom Thred Tle Find New Color Schemes With the Color Shuffling Function Designing Repeted Ptterns Sewing Repeted Ptterns Repeting One Element of Repeted Pttern Color Sorting Repeted Ptterns Assigning Thred Mrks Emroidering the Pttern Repetedly Duplicting Pttern After Editing VIEWING THE EMBROIDERY SCREEN COMBINING PATTERNS Editing Comined Ptterns Selecting comined emroidery ptterns Sewing Comined Ptterns PREPARING THE FABRIC Attching Iron-on Stilizers (Bcking) to the Fric Hooping the Fric in the Emroidery Frme Types of Emroidery Frmes Inserting the Fric Using the Emroidery Sheet Emroidering Smll Frics or Fric Edges Emroidering Smll Frics Emroidering Edges or Corners Emroidering Rions or Tpe ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME Removing the Emroidery Frme CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION Checking the Needle Drop Point With the Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer Adjusting the LED Pointer Adjusting the Brightness of the LED Pointer Aligning the Emroidering Position Using the Built-In Cmer Using the Built-In Cmer to Align the Emroidering Position Specifying the Emroidering Position With the Sensor Pen Selecting the Emroidering Position y the Pttern Edge Selecting the Emroidering Position y the Pttern Center Checking the Pttern Position EMBROIDERING AN PATTERN Emroidering Attrctive Finishes Emroidery Needle Plte Cover Emroidering Ptterns Spool Stnd LED When Not Using the Spool Stnd LED Using Appliqués Creting the Appliqué Piece Sewing the Appliqué Position on the Bse Fric Affixing the Appliqué Piece to the Bse Fric Emroidering the Reminder of the Pttern ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS If the Boin Runs Out of Thred If the Thred Breks During Sewing Restrting from the Beginning Resuming Emroidery After Turning Off the Power Key Functions

212 BEFORE EMBROIDERING BEFORE EMBROIDERING Emroidery Step y Step Follow the steps elow to prepre the mchine for emroidery. Step 9 Step 3 Step 6, 8 Step 1, 2 Step 4 Step 7 Step 5 Step # Aim Action Pge 1 Presser foot ttchment Attch emroidery foot W Checking the needle Use needle 75/11 for emroidery. * 77 3 Emroidery unit ttchment Attch the emroidery unit Boin thred setup For the oin thred, wind emroidery oin thred nd set it in plce Fric preprtion Attch stilizer mteril to the fric, nd hoop it in the emroidery frme Pttern selection Turn the min power to ON, nd select n emroidery pttern Emroidery frme ttchment Attch the emroidery frme to the emroidery unit Checking the lyout Check nd djust the size nd position of the emroidery Emroidery thred setup Set up emroidery thred ccording to the pttern. 62 * It is recommended tht 90/14 needle should e used when emroidering on hevy weight frics or stilizing products (for exmple; denim, puffy fom, etc.). Bll point needle (golden colored) 90/14 is not recommended for emroidery. 210

213 BEFORE EMBROIDERING Attching Emroidery Foot W+ with LED pointer CAUTION When ttching presser foot, lwys press on the screen. You my ccidentlly press the Strt/Stop utton nd possily cuse injury. Be sure to use emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer or W (optionl) when doing emroidery. Using nother presser foot my cuse the needle to strike the presser foot, cusing the needle to end or rek nd possily cuse injury. CAUTION Use the included multi-purpose screwdriver to firmly tighten the screw of the presser foot holder. If the screw is loose, the needle my strike the presser foot nd possily cuse injury. Plug the connector of the emroidery foot d W+ with LED pointer into the jck on the ck left side of your mchine. Remove the presser foot nd presser foot holder. For detils, refer to CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT on pge 70. Position the emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer on the presser foot r y ligning the notch of the presser foot to the lrge screw. Side view e Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. All keys nd opertion uttons re unlocked, nd the previous screen is displyed. Attching the Emroidery Unit 6 c Hold the emroidery foot in plce with your right hnd, nd then use the included multi-purpose screwdriver to securely tighten the presser foot holder screw. Aout the Emroidery Unit CAUTION Do not move the mchine with the emroidery unit ttched. The emroidery unit could fll off nd cuse injury. Keep your hnds nd foreign ojects wy from the emroidery crrige nd frme when the mchine is emroidering. Otherwise, injury my result. To void distorting your emroidery design, do not touch the emroidery crrige nd frme when the mchine is emroidering. Bsic Emroidery Presser foot holder screw 211

214 BEFORE EMBROIDERING You cn lso sew utility/decortive stitches with the emroidery unit ttched. Touch nd. The feed dog will utomticlly rise for utility nd decortive stitching. Be sure to turn off the power efore instlling the emroidery unit. Otherwise, the mchine my e dmged. Do not touch the inner connector of the emroidery unit. The pins on the emroidery unit connection my e dmged. Do not pply strong force to the emroidery unit crrige or pick up the unit y the crrige. Otherwise, the emroidery unit my e dmged. Store the emroidery unit in sfe plce to prevent dmge to the unit. Turn the min power to ON. c The following messge will pper. d Press. The crrige will move to the initiliztion position. Turn the min power to OFF, nd remove the flt ed ttchment. Removing the Emroidery Unit Press, then press. The crrige will move to the removl position. Insert the emroidery unit connection into the mchine connection port. Push lightly on the connection port cover until the unit clicks into plce. CAUTION Alwys remove the emroidery frme efore pressing. Otherwise, the frme my strike the emroidery foot, nd possily cuse injury. Turn the min power to OFF. Be sure to turn off the mchine efore removing the emroidery unit, otherwise dmge to the mchine my result. Emroidery unit connection Mchine connection port Be sure there is no gp etween the emroidery unit nd the sewing mchine. If there is gp, the emroidery ptterns will not emroider with the correct registrtion. Do not push on the crrige when instlling the emroidery unit onto the mchine. Moving the crrige my dmge the emroidery unit. 212

215 BEFORE EMBROIDERING c Press the relese utton, nd pull the emroidery unit wy from the mchine. Relese utton CAUTION Do not crry the emroidery unit y holding the relese utton comprtment. 6 Bsic Emroidery 213

216 SELECTING PATTERNS SELECTING PATTERNS Copyright Informtion The ptterns stored in the mchine nd ptterns sold seprtely re intended for privte use only. Any pulic or commercil use of copyrighted ptterns is n infringement of copyright lw nd is strictly prohiited. There re mny chrcter nd decortive emroidery ptterns stored in the mchine s memory (see the QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE for full summry of ptterns in the mchine s memory). You cn lso use ptterns sold seprtely. Once the mchine hs finished the initiliztion nd the crrige hs moved to the strt position, the pttern selection screen will disply. If nother screen is displyed, press, then to disply the screen elow. c d e f g h i j k Emroidery ptterns Chrcter ptterns c Decortive lphet ptterns d Frme ptterns e Utility emroidery ptterns f Boin work ptterns (see pge 381) g Pttern type selection keys h My Design Center (see pge 338) i Ptterns sved in the mchine s memory (see pge 315) j Ptterns sved in USB medi (see pge 221) k Ptterns sved on the computer (see pge 222) l Press this key to position the emroidery unit for storge l 214

217 SELECTING PATTERNS Pttern Selection Screens There re 6 ctegories of ptterns in this mchine. Emroidery ptterns Frme ptterns Alphet chrcters Utility emroidery ptterns 6 Decortive lphet ptterns Boin work ptterns Bsic Emroidery 215

218 SELECTING PATTERNS Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/ Decortive Alphet Ptterns/ Utility Emroidery Ptterns/ Boin Work Ptterns Press the ctegory t nd then press the pttern type selection key or pttern key you wnt to emroider. * Refer to How to Crete Boin Work on pge 371 out the oin work emroidery. * Press the ctegory t to return to the previous screen. The selected pttern is displyed. c Press to crete mirror imge of the pttern s needed. * If mistke hs een mde when selecting the pttern, press to return to the previous screen, nd select the pttern you wnt to emroider. Pttern ctegory t Pttern type/pttern selection key Press the key of the pttern you wnt to emroider. * Press to drken the screen ckground for the pttern with right thred colors, to get clerer imge. d Press or touch the selected pttern. The pttern selected is outlined in red on the Edit disply. e Press to edit the selected pttern. * Refer to EDITING PATTERNS on pge 224 out the Edit disply. * Press to view the next pge. * Press to view the previous pge. 216

219 SELECTING PATTERNS f Press. The emroidering screen is displyed. Press the key of the font you wnt to emroider. g Press to edit the pttern efore emroidering in this Emroidery screen. * Refer to VIEWING THE EMBROIDERY SCREEN on pge 250. * To return to the previous screen to select nother pttern, press. c Press the t to select chrcter type. Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin h emroidering. * See Emroidering Ptterns on pge 274. Selecting Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Exmple: Press. Entering Blue Sky. d Press nd then enter B. * If you wnt to chnge the size of chrcter, select the chrcter nd then press to chnge the size. The size chnges ech time you press the key, from lrge to medium to smll. * If you mke mistke, press to erse the mistke. * If the pttern is too smll to see clerly, you cn use the key to check it. If you continue dding chrcters fter chnging the size, the new chrcters will e entered in the new size. You cnnot chnge the size of the entered chrcters fter comining chrcter stitch ptterns. 6 Bsic Emroidery 217

220 SELECTING PATTERNS e Press nd enter lue. g Press gin nd enter S. f Press to enter spce. h Press nd then enter ky. i Press. j The emroidering screen is displyed. Follow the steps from e - h of Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/Decortive Alphet Ptterns/Utility Emroidery Ptterns/ Boin Work Ptterns on pge

221 SELECTING PATTERNS Selecting Frme Ptterns Press. Press the key of the frme shpe you wnt to emroider in the top prt of the screen. e Follow the steps from e to h of Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/Decortive Alphet Ptterns/Utility Emroidery Ptterns/ Boin Work Ptterns on pge 216. Selecting Ptterns from Emroidery Crds Aout Emroidery Crd Reder (Sold Seprtely) nd USB Crd Writer Module* Use only n emroidery crd reder designed for this mchine. Using n unuthorized emroidery crd reder my cuse your mchine to operte incorrectly. * If you hve purchsed the PE-DESIGN Ver5 or lter, PE-DESIGN NEXT, PE-DESIGN Lite, PED-BASIC or PE-DESIGN PLUS, you cn plug the included USB crd writer module into the mchine s n emroidery crd reder, nd recll ptterns. Emroidery ptterns cnnot e sved from the mchine to n emroidery crd inserted into connected USB crd writer module*. c Frme shpes Frme ptterns Vrious frme ptterns re displyed t the ottom prt of the screen. Press the key of the frme pttern you wnt to emroider. * If you mke mistke selecting the pttern, press the key of the pttern you wnt to emroider. The selected pttern is displyed on the screen. d Press. Aout Emroidery Crds (Sold Seprtely) Use only emroidery crds mnufctured for this mchine. Using unuthorized crds my cuse your mchine to operte incorrectly. Emroidery crds sold in foreign countries cnnot e used with this mchine. Store emroidery crds in the hrd cse. 6 Bsic Emroidery The emroidering screen is displyed. 219

222 SELECTING PATTERNS Plug the optionl emroidery crd reder/ USB crd writer module into the USB port on the mchine. c Press. USB port Emroidery crd reder/usb crd writer module Insert the crd completely into the crd reder/usb crd writer module. * Insert the emroidery crd so tht the end with printed rrow is fcing up. d The ptterns on the emroidery crd re displyed on the selection screen. Press the key of the pttern you wnt to recll. * Press to return to the originl screen. e Press. Two emroidery USB crd reders/usb crd writer modules cnnot e used with this mchine t the sme time. If two emroidery USB crd reders/usb crd writer module re inserted, only the emroidery USB crd reder/usb crd writer module inserted first is detected. 220

223 SELECTING PATTERNS Reclling from USB Medi You cn recll specific emroidery pttern from either direct USB medi or folder in the USB medi. If the pttern is in folder, check ech folder to find the emroidery pttern. The processing speed my vry y quntity of dt. Insert the USB medi into the USB port on the mchine. c Press when there is sufolder to sort two or more stitch ptterns to USB medi, the emroidery pttern in the sufolder is displyed. USB port USB medi Press. c 6 Folder nme Emroidery ptterns in USB medi c Pth * The pth to show the current folder t the top of the list. Emroidery ptterns nd sufolders within folder re displyed. * Press to return to the previous folder. * Use the computer to crete folders. Folders cnnot e creted with the mchine. Bsic Emroidery Emroidery ptterns nd folder in top folder re displyed. d Press the key of the pttern you wnt to retrieve. * Press to return to the originl screen. 221

224 SELECTING PATTERNS e Press. * Press to delete the pttern from the USB medi. c Move/copy the pttern dt to Removle Disk. Pttern dt in Removle Disk is written to the mchine. The Emroidery Edit screen is displyed. Reclling from the Computer Refer to Connecting Your Mchine to the PC on pge 312 for the ville computer operting systems. While dt is eing written, do not disconnect the USB cle. Do not crete folders within Removle Disk. Since folders re not displyed, stitch pttern dt within folders cnnot e reclled. d Press. Plug the USB cle connector into the corresponding USB ports for the computer nd for the mchine (see pge 314). On the computer, open Computer (My Computer) then go to Removle Disk. The ptterns in the computer re displyed on the selection screen. 222

225 SELECTING PATTERNS e Press the key of the pttern you wnt to recll. f Press. * Press to delete the pttern from the computer. 6 The Emroidery Edit screen is displyed. Bsic Emroidery 223

226 EDITING PATTERNS EDITING PATTERNS c d e Shows the size of the entire comined pttern. Shows the size of the pttern currently selected. c Shows the distnce from the center of the frme. d Shows the degree of rottion for the pttern. e Shows the color sequence nd stitching times of ech step of the pttern currently selected. If key disply is drkened, you cnnot use tht function with the selected pttern. 224

227 EDITING PATTERNS Key Functions Using these keys, you cn edit the pttern s you like. Press to disply the editing window. d f h j l n c e g i k m s r q p o No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Move key Press to disply the pttern moving window. 226 Size key Press this key to chnge the size of the pttern. Ptterns cn e enlrged or 228 reduced. c Rotte key Press this key to rotte the pttern. You cn rotte pttern one degree, ten 227 degrees or ninety degrees t time. d Thred plette key Press this key to chnge the colors of the displyed pttern. 236 e Border key Press this key to mke nd edit repeting pttern f Duplicte key Press this key to duplicte pttern. 249 g Density key Press this key to chnge the density of frme ptterns or chrcter ptterns. 231 h Horizontl mirror Press this key to mke horizontl mirror imge of the selected pttern. 229 imge key i Multi color key Press this key to chnge the color of individul chrcters in pttern. 232 j Arry key Press this key to chnge the configurtion of chrcter pttern. 233 k Chrcter spcing Press this key to chnge the spcing of chrcter ptterns. 235 key l Font Type key Press to chnge the font type fter entering ll the chrcters. 230 Bsic Emroidery m Seprte key Press to disply the pttern seprte window. You cn seprte the comined 235 chrcter ptterns to djust the spcing or edit seprtely fterwrds. n Letter Edit key Press to edit chrcters fter entering ll. You cn chnge the size or font type. 230 o Emroidery key Press this key to cll up the emroidering screen. 249 p ry key Press this key to sve pttern in the mchine s memory, USB medi or 313, 314 computer. q Pttern select key When comined pttern is selected, use these keys to select prt of the 254 pttern to edit. r Delete key Press this key to delete the selected pttern (the pttern outlined y the red 233 ox). s Add key Press this key to dd nother pttern to the editing pttern

228 EDITING PATTERNS Previewing the Pttern Press. Moving the Pttern The pttern cn e moved to the desired position y drgging on the screen using your finger, the touch pen or connected mouse without displying the editing window. If you need some fine djustment, move the pttern from the editing window. An imge of the pttern s it will e emroidered ppers. Press to select the frme used in the preview. * Frmes displyed in drk gry cnnot e selected. * Press to enlrge the imge of the pttern. * The pttern cn e sewn s it ppers in the following disply. Press window. to disply the pttern move Select the desired pttern y pressing, if there re severl ptterns on the screen. c Use to move the pttern in the direction shown y the rrow. Press center the pttern. to You cn egin sewing from this screen y pressing the Strt/Stop utton. c Press. Distnce from the center Pttern select key The pttern cn lso e moved y drgging it. If USB mouse is connected, move the mouse to position the pointer on the desired pttern, nd then select nd drg the pttern. The pttern cn lso e drgged y selecting it directly in the screen with your finger or the touch pen. d Press. 226

229 EDITING PATTERNS Rotting the Pttern * Press to return the pttern to its originl position. Press. Degree of rottion Select the ngle of rottion for the pttern. Rotte the pttern 90 degrees to the left. Rotte the pttern 90 degrees to the right. Rotte the pttern 10 degrees to the left. Rotte the pttern 10 degrees to the right. Rotte the pttern 1 degree to the left. Rotte the pttern 1 degree to the right. Rotte the pttern 0.1 degree to the left. Rotte the pttern 0.1 degree to the right. 0 You cn rotte the pttern y rotting the mouse wheel. Rotte the mouse wheel wy from you to rotte the pttern 10 degrees to the left. Rotte the mouse wheel towrd you to rotte the pttern 10 degrees to the right. You cn move ptterns using the window. c Press. on 6 Bsic Emroidery 227

230 EDITING PATTERNS Chnging the Size of the Pttern Press. Size of the pttern Select the direction in which to chnge the size. Enlrge the pttern proportiontely. Decrese the pttern proportiontely. Stretch the pttern horizontlly. Decrese the pttern horizontlly. Stretch the pttern verticlly. Decrese the pttern verticlly. Return the pttern to its originl ppernce. Some ptterns or chrcters cn e enlrged more thn others. Some ptterns or chrcters cn e enlrged to greter degree if they re rotted 90 degrees. You cn chnge the size of the pttern y rotting the mouse wheel. Rotte the mouse wheel wy from you to shrink the pttern. Rotte the mouse wheel towrd you to enlrge the pttern. You cn move ptterns using on the window. c Press. 228

231 EDITING PATTERNS Chnging the Size nd the Density of the Pttern You cn chnge the pttern size while mintining the desired thred density. The mchine reclcultes the stitch density utomticlly. With this function, the pttern will e enlrged or reduced t lrger rtio thn with norml pttern resizing. Press Be sure to sew tril emroidery using sme fric nd threds s project in order to check the sewing results. This function cnnot e used with lphet chrcter ptterns, frme ptterns or order ptterns. However, order pttern cn e edited fter this function hs een used. Ptterns with lrge numer of stitches (out 100,001 or more) cnnot e resized while mintining desired thred density. The mximum limit for the numer of stitches differs depending on the dt size of pttern. in the size window. * Press : When chnging the size, the pttern keeps the originl density. * Press : When you wnt to increse or decrese the density of the design. Chnge the density. * Press to mke the pttern less dense. * Press to mke the pttern more dense. d Press. If the pttern is enlrged nd there is spce etween stitches, etter effect cn e chieved y incresing the thred density. If the pttern is reduced nd the stitching is too thick, etter effect cn e chieved y reducing the thred density. Chnging the Size y Drgging You cn lso chnge the pttern size y drgging the red point on the pttern imge using your finger, touch pen or connected mouse. You cn chnge the pttern size with one finger. Using two or more fingers does not work. Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge 6 c Select the direction in which to chnge the size. Press so it ppers s to crete horizontl mirror imge of the selected pttern. Press gin to return the pttern to norml. Bsic Emroidery 229

232 EDITING PATTERNS c Press. The new font is selected. Chnging Font Type Press. Editing Letters (Size/Font Type) Press. Select the font type. All the chrcters in the screen chnge into the selected font type. Select letter you wnt to edit y pressing or. * Press or to disply the font type tht is not on the screen. 230

233 EDITING PATTERNS Chnge the size of letters. c Selected letter will e resized. * Press if the resize keys re not displyed. e Press to chnge font type, nd then select the font type. Selected letter's font type will e chnged. d Select the direction in which to chnge the size, or press. Refer to Chnging the Size of the Pttern on pge 228 out selecting the direction. f Press. Chnging the Density (Alphet Chrcter nd Frme Ptterns Only) The thred density for some lphet chrcter nd frme ptterns cn e chnged. A setting etween 80% nd 120% in 5% increments cn e specified. 6 Press. Bsic Emroidery 231

234 EDITING PATTERNS Chnge the density. * Press to mke the pttern less dense. * Press to mke the pttern more dense. Press so tht it ppers s. * Press the key gin to return to the originl setting. Norml Fine (stitches closer together) c Corse (stitches frther prt) The pttern density chnges ech time you press utton. c Press. Press. c After chrcter is sewn, chnge the thred color, nd then sew the next chrcter. Chnging the Colors of Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Comined lphet chrcter ptterns cn e sewn with ech letter in different color. If Multi Color is set, the mchine stops fter ech chrcter is sewn so tht the thred cn e chnged to different color. 232

235 EDITING PATTERNS Chnging the Configurtion of Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Press. When selecting, nd chnge to nd. You cn increse or decrese the incline. You cn move ptterns using on the window. c Press. Deleting the Pttern Press to delete the pttern from the screen. Select the lyout. (Exmple: ) When selecting n rc, use nd to chnge the degree of the rc. * Press to mke the rc fltter. * Press to mke the rc rounder. 6 Bsic Emroidery 233

236 EDITING PATTERNS Displying Ptterns in the Screen Mgnified Press to mgnify the imge. * The imge is mgnified y 125%, 150% nd 200% s you press. Selecting the Percent of Mgnifiction Press. Check the displyed pttern. Press the percent of mgnifiction you desire. Use ny direction. to scroll through the disply in c Press to return the pttern imge to the norml size (100%). 234

237 EDITING PATTERNS Chnging Alphet Chrcter Spcing Press. You cn move ptterns using the window. c Press. on It is not recommended to edit dt nd trnsfer to other or older version mchines. Some fetures do not pply in other mchines, so prolems my occur. Chrcter spcing cn e reduced only when chrcters re rrnged normlly on stright line. The spcing etween chrcters cn e reduced to 50% of the nrrowest chrcter in the group. Select the spcing. * Press to increse the chrcter spcing. * Press to decrese the chrcter spcing. * Press to return the pttern to its originl ppernce. Seprting Comined Chrcter Ptterns Comined chrcter ptterns cn e seprted to djust the chrcter spcing or to seprtely edit the ptterns fter ll chrcters hve een entered. Press. 6 Bsic Emroidery 235

238 EDITING PATTERNS Use to select where the pttern is to e seprted, nd then press to seprte it. For this exmple, the pttern will e seprted etween C nd D. Chnging the Thred Color You cn chnge the thred color y moving the color to e chnged to the top of the sewing order nd selecting new color from the thred colors in the mchine. Press. A seprted chrcter pttern cnnot e comined gin. The thred color plette screen displys. You cn move ptterns using the window. c Press. on Press the thred color key you wnt to chnge. * Press to disply the thred color tht is not on the screen. The selected thred color imge is displyed. Selected thred color imge 64 Emroidery thred color tle 236

239 c Press or color tip to choose new color from the color plette. * To return to the originl color, press. If multiple colors hve een chnged, this commnd will return ll colors to their originl colors. Press nd then press. EDITING PATTERNS Use or press directly to choose where to dd color on the custom thred tle. * You cn scroll through 100 colors t time using nd on the custom thred tle. c Use to select one of the thred rnds in the mchine. Color plette The selected color ppers t the top of the sewing order. The disply shows the chnged colors. d Press. To select color from the Custom Thred Tle, Choosing Color from the Custom Thred Tle on pge Creting Custom Thred Tle You cn crete custom thred tle contining the thred colors tht you most often use y selecting thred colors from the mchine s extensive list of thred colors from nine different thred rnds. You cn select ny color nd move the color to your custom thred tle. Bsic Emroidery Some mchines my lredy hve n dditionl 300 Roison-Anton thred colors contined in the custom thred tle. 300 Roison-Anton thred colors tle dt cn e downloded from our wesite 237

240 EDITING PATTERNS d Use enter color s 4-digit numer. * If you mke mistke, press to erse the entered numer, nd then enter the correct numer. to f Repet the previous steps until ll desired thred colors re specified. * To delete specified color from the plette, press. * To delete ll the specified color from the plette, press. c d e You cn sve the creted custom thred tle dt. Refer to Sving the Custom Thred Tle to USB medi on pge 239 for the detiled procedure. g Press. Adding Color to the Custom Thred Tle from the List Press nd then press. Custom thred tle Select the thred rnd. c Choose where to dd color. d Press to recll the custom thred tle dt (see pge 239). e Enter color s 4-digit numer. e Press. Press c Use to disply the thred list. to select thred color. Thred rnd Entered thred color numer The selected thred color is set in the custom thred tle. Thred list Thred rnd d Press. If is not pressed, the thred color numer will not e chnged. 238

241 EDITING PATTERNS e Repet the previous steps until ll desired thred colors re specified. * To delete specified color from the plette, press. * To delete ll the specified color from the plette, press. d Press. f Press. Sving the Custom Thred Tle to USB medi You cn sve custom thred tle dt file to USB medi. Custom thred tle dt cn only e sved to USB medi. You cnnot sve the dt in the mchine s memory or to your computer. Custom thred tle dt is sved s.pcp dt file. Press nd then press. Select the USB port, nd then the Sving screen is displyed. When the dt is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. Do not insert or remove USB medi while Sving screen is displyed. You will lose some or ll of the dt you re sving. c Set your desired colors in the custom thred tle ccording to the procedure in Creting Custom Thred Tle on pge 237. Insert the USB medi into the USB port on the mchine. Reclling the Custom Thred Tle dt from USB medi You cn recll custom thred tle dt from USB medi. Do not store two or more.pcp dt file in USB medi. You cn only recll one custom thred tle dt t time. Insert the USB medi contining the custom thred tle dt into the USB port. 6 Bsic Emroidery USB port USB medi USB port USB medi 239

242 EDITING PATTERNS Press nd then press. Choosing Color from the Custom Thred Tle You cn select color from the up to 300 thred colors you hve set in the custom thred tle. c Press. Press. The thred color plette screen displys. d The Sving screen is displyed. When the dt is loded to the mchine, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. Do not insert or remove USB medi while Sving screen is displyed. You will lose some or ll of the dt you re sving. The reclled custom thred tle is displyed on the screen. Press the thred color key you wnt to chnge. * Press to disply the thred color tht is not on the screen. The selected thred color imge is displyed. c Press. Custom thred chnge key The custom thred tle will pper. 240

243 EDITING PATTERNS d Press to choose new color from the custom thred tle. * Use nd to scroll through the custom thred tle. * Press to return to the originl color. * You cn choose colors from the custom thred tle y directly touching the screen with the touch pen or your finger. Press. Custom thred tle The disply shows the chnged colors. e Press. c The color shuffling screen ppers. This function my not e ville depending on the pttern you select (ex. ordered emroidery pttern, pttern which cn not e flipped). If the lrm sounds when the color shuffling key is pressed, select nother pttern. Select the color tle nd the numer of colors you wnt to crete the pttern with. 6 Find New Color Schemes With the Color Shuffling Function With the color shuffling function, the mchine suggests new color schemes for the emroidery pttern tht you hve selected. After you select the desired effect from the four ville ( Rndom, Vivid, Grdient nd Soft ), smple color schemes for the selected effect re displyed. Thred tle (64 colors) Custom thred tle (300 colors) c Numer of colors to e used. c Bsic Emroidery Press. The thred color plette screen ppers. 241

244 EDITING PATTERNS Selection for the desired numer of colors must sty within the rnge for the numer of thred chnges for the pttern you selected. If n error messge ppers in this step, refer to pge 405. e Press nd specify the thred color to use in the desired effect. * If you don t need to specify the thred color, just set to. d If you hve not set ny color in the custom thred tle, the color shuffling key will e gryed out. In tht cse, use the thred tle (64 colors) insted or set some colors in the custom thred tle. Refer to Creting Custom Thred Tle on pge 237 for the detil. Select the numer of colors you wnt to use nd then select the desired effect. Mnul setting for Rndom You cn select up to 6 colors to e used in the Rndom effect. The effect will e creted using the selected colors. Effects for schemes If you select Rndom or Grdient, the color specifying screen will pper. * If you select Vivid or Soft, proceed to step f. Select colors from the pllet. Selected colors re listed. 242

245 EDITING PATTERNS Mnul setting for Grdient You cn select one color to e used in the Grdient effect. The effect will e creted with color you select. h Press nd then, select the displyed color scheme. * Press to return to the previous screen. * You cn continue selecting color schemes from the selected pge prior to pressing. * Press or to disply the other color schemes. Select color from the pllet. Selected color is displyed. f Press. g Press the desired color scheme from smples. * Press to disply the new schemes. The thred color plette screen will pper. Designing Repeted Ptterns Sewing Repeted Ptterns Using the order function, you cn crete stitches using repeted ptterns. You cn lso djust the spcing of the ptterns within repeted pttern stitch. 6 Press. Bsic Emroidery Press to review the previous schemes. Mximum 10 pges of schemes cn e reviewed. After 10 pges of schemes, the oldest pge is deleted every time you press. 243

246 EDITING PATTERNS Select the direction in which the pttern will e repeted. Adjust the spcing of the repeted pttern. d * To widen spcing, press. * To tighten spcing, press. c e d e Press to chnge repeted pttern ck to one single pttern. You cn only djust the spcing of ptterns included in the red frme. e Complete repeted ptterns y repeting steps through d. f Press. Verticl direction Horizontl direction c Repeting nd deleting verticl keys d Repeting nd deleting horizontl keys e Spcing keys The pttern direction indictor will chnge depending on the direction selected. When there re two or more ptterns, ll ptterns will e grouped together s one pttern in the red frme. c Use nd to repet the pttern on the left to repet the pttern on the right. * To delete the left pttern, press. * To delete the right pttern, press. When chnging the direction in which the pttern will e repeted, ll of the ptterns in the red frme will utomticlly e grouped s one repeting unit. Press to chnge repeted pttern ck to one single pttern. See the following section on how to repet one element of repeted pttern. 244

247 EDITING PATTERNS Repeting One Element of Repeted Pttern By using the Cut function, you cn select one element of repeted pttern nd repet only tht single element. This function llows you to design complex repeted ptterns. c Press. Choose the direction in which the repeted pttern will e cut. * Press to cut horizontlly. * Press to cut verticlly. The repeted pttern will e divided into seprte elements. d Press. e Use nd to select the element to repet. The pttern direction indictor will chnge depending on the direction selected. Use nd to select the cut line. 6 Bsic Emroidery f Repet the selected element. g Press. The cut line will move. Once you hve cut repeted pttern into seprte elements, you cnnot return to the originl repeted pttern. Ech element cn e edited seprtely in the edit screen. See Selecting comined emroidery ptterns on pge

248 EDITING PATTERNS Color Sorting Repeted Ptterns Press to utomticlly chnge the sewing order of colors in comined order emroidery ptterns so tht the sme color cn e continuously sewn. This llows you to continue sewing without repetedly chnging the upper thred or chnging the sewing order mnully. In comined stitch ptterns tht contin two or more order ptterns or other ptterns comined with order ptterns, the sewing order of only the order ptterns is chnged. When group of two or more ptterns using order ptterns is repeted, the sewing order is chnged so tht the sme color cn e sewn continuously in ech pttern. Assigning Thred Mrks By sewing thred mrks, you cn esily lign ptterns when sewing series. When sewing is finished on pttern, thred mrk in the shpe of n rrow will e sewn using the finl thred. When sewing series of ptterns, use the point of this rrow for positioning the following designs to e sewn. When repetedly sewing individul ptterns, thred mrks cn e sewn round the perimeter of the pttern only. Press. Press. c Press sewn. to select the thred mrk to e 246

249 EDITING PATTERNS When there re two or more elements, use nd or nd to select pttern tht you wnt to ssign thred mrk(s) to. c Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering. When emroidering is finished, the thred mrk is sewn with the lst thred color. d Press. Emroidering the Pttern Repetedly After creting the repeted pttern, rehoop the emroidery frme nd keep sewing for the next pttern. The optionl order frme llows you to esily rehoop the fric without removing the emroidery frme from the mchine. d e Remove the emroidery frme. Rehoop the fric in the emroidery frme. Adjust the position of the fric so tht the emroidering re for the next pttern is within the emroidering re of the emroidery sheet. Select the order pttern with the thred mrk t the center of the end of the pttern. * Refer to Assigning Thred Mrks on pge Pttern emroidered first Position of pttern to e emroidered next c Emroidering re of emroidery sheet Bsic Emroidery Press, then. 247

250 EDITING PATTERNS f Attch the emroidery frme to the mchine, nd then touch. k Press. g Touch to set the strting point to the center of the pttern. l Press the positioning keys to move the emroidery frme until the thred mrk on the fric is ligned on the strting point in the cmer view window. c h Touch. i Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot. j Press. Grid lines Thred mrk on the fric c Positioning keys Press to enlrge the cmer view. By enlrging the cmer view, you cn mke close djustment for the needle drop position moving the emroidery frme little y little. 248

251 EDITING PATTERNS m If the pttern position cnnot e ligned using the positioning keys, rehoop the fric, nd then try gin to lign the position with the positioning keys. When emroidering the repeted pttern, you cnnot rotte the pttern in the cmer view window. If the pttern is rotted in the cmer view window, you cnnot sew the pttern properly ligned even if the thred mrk nd the strting point re ligned in the cmer view window. n Press screen. to return to the previous o Remove the thred mrk. Duplicted pttern p Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering. Duplicting Pttern Press. If multiple ptterns re displyed in the screen, only the pttern selected using nd is duplicted. Move nd edit ech duplicted pttern individully. After Editing Press. 6 Bsic Emroidery The duplicte is positioned over the originl pttern. * To comine the pttern with other ptterns, select (see pge 252). * See pge 273 for more informtion out sewing ptterns. If you wnt to return to the edit screen fter pressing, press. 249

252 VIEWING THE EMBROIDERY SCREEN VIEWING THE EMBROIDERY SCREEN f g h c i j k d l e Shows the presser foot code. Attch emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer or W (optionl) for ll emroidery projects. When the foot presser symol is displyed on the screen, you re le to sew. Shows the emroidery frmes tht cn e used for the selected pttern. Be sure to use the proper frme (see pge 257). c Shows the size of the selected pttern. d Shows preview of the selected pttern. e Shows the oundry for emroidering with the selected frme in the settings screen. (see pge 306) f Shows how mny stitches re in the selected pttern nd how mny stitches hve een sewn so fr. g Shows the time necessry to sew the pttern, nd the time lredy spent sewing the pttern (not including time for chnging nd utomticlly trimming the thred). h Shows the numer of colors in the selected pttern, nd the numer of the color currently eing sewn. i Shows how fr the sewing position is from the center (when you move the sewing position). j Shows the degree of rottion of the pttern. k Shows the prt of the emroidery tht will e sewn with the first thred color. l Shows the order for thred color chnges nd the emroidering time for ech thred color. * The displyed time is the pproximte time tht will e required. The ctul emroidering time my e longer thn the displyed time, depending on the emroidery frme tht is used. In ddition, the mount of time required to chnge thred colors is not included. There is n explntion of dditionl key functions on the next pge. 250

253 VIEWING THE EMBROIDERY SCREEN Key Functions Using these keys, you cn move or rotte pttern, etc. Press to disply the editing window. c d e f g h i j k l Some opertions or functions re not ville for certin ptterns. If the key disply is drkened, you cnnot use tht function or opertion with the selected pttern. r m q p o n No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Needle point check key Press this key to check the needle drop point with the light of the LED pointer. 263 Fric imge sve key Press this key to sve the currently displyed fric imge. 286 c Fric scn key Press this key to scn the fric to lign the emroidery position. 286 d Imge key Press this key for preview of the sewn imge. 226 e Move key Press to disply the pttern moving window f Uninterrupted Press this key to emroider the selected pttern with single color. 286 emroidery key g Rotte key Press this key to rotte the pttern. You cn rotte pttern 0.1 degree, degree, 10 degrees or 90 degrees t time. h Bsting key Press to dd the sting stitch to the pttern. You cn set the desired sting 290 distnce. i Appliqué key Press to crete n ppliqué piece using the selected pttern. 291 j Emroidery Press this key to lign the emroidering position using the uilt-in cmer. 266 positioning key k Pttern connect key Press to strt pttern connecting emroidering. You cn connect the ptterns 321 ccurtely using the uilt-in cmer. l Sensor function key Press this key to use the sensor function. 268 Bsic Emroidery m ry key Press this key to sve pttern in the mchine s memory, USB medi or computer. n Tril key Press this key to check the position of the pttern.the emroidery frme moves to the desired position so you cn check tht there is enough spce to sew the pttern. o Strting point key Press this key to move the needle strt position to lign the needle with the pttern position. 313, , 308 p Forwrd/Bck key Press this key to move the needle forwrd or ck in the pttern; useful if the thred reks while sewing or if you wnt to strt gin from the eginning. q Cut/Tension key Press this key to specify utomtic thred cutting, thred trimming or the thred tension. For emroidery, these functions re set utomticlly. r Return key Press this key to return to the pttern type selection screen. 251

254 COMBINING PATTERNS COMBINING PATTERNS Editing Comined Ptterns Select. Exmple: Comining lphet chrcters with n emroidery pttern nd editing Press pttern. to select n emroidery c Press or touch the selected pttern. 252

255 d Press. f Select COMBINING PATTERNS nd enter LOVE. e Press chrcters. to enter the lphet * Press to return to the previous screen. The chrcters you enter will e displyed in the center of the disply. g Press. 6 h Press to chnge the lyout of the chrcters. Press. * See pge 233 for more informtion out chnging the lyout. Bsic Emroidery i Use to move the chrcters. * With USB mouse, your finger or the touch pen, drg the chrcters to move them. 253

256 COMBINING PATTERNS j Press to chnge the color of the chrcters. * See pge 236 for more informtion out chnging the color. Selecting comined emroidery ptterns If multiple ptterns hve een comined, use to select the pttern to e edited. If USB mouse is connected, the pttern cn e selected y clicking it. Move the mouse to position the pointer over the desired pttern, nd then click the left mouse utton. In ddition, ptterns cn e selected y directly touching the screen with your finger or touch pen. Use to select ptterns tht re overlpping nd cnnot e selected y clicking them or y touching the screen. k When ll editing is finished, press. 254

257 COMBINING PATTERNS Sewing Comined Ptterns Comined ptterns will e emroidered in the order they were entered. In this exmple, the emroidery order will e s follows: Emroider. Follow the directions in Emroidering Ptterns on pge 274. Emroider y following the color order on the right side of the disply. When LOVE is emroidered, the disply returns to the emroidering screen. 6 After the hrt re emroidered, the [+] cursor will move to the LOVE prt of the pttern. Bsic Emroidery 255

258 PREPARING THE FABRIC PREPARING THE FABRIC CAUTION Use frics with thickness of less thn 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch). Using frics thicker thn 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) my cuse the needle to rek. When using lyers with thicker tting etc., you cn sew more ttrctive emroidery y djusting the emroidery presser foot height in the emroidery settings screen (see elow). In the cse of thick terry cloth towels we recommend tht you plce piece of wter solule stilizer on the top surfce of the towel. This will help to reduce the np of the toweling nd result in more ttrctive emroidery. Press, nd select pge 7 to use nd in the Emroidery Foot Height disply in the emroidery settings screen. Adjust the presser foot height for thick or puffy frics. To increse the spce etween the presser foot nd the needle plte, set the Emroidery Foot Height to lrger numer, 1.5 mm setting is used for most emroidery. Attching Iron-on Stilizers (Bcking) to the Fric Iron the iron-on stilizer mteril to the wrong side of the fric. CAUTION Alwys use stilizer mteril for emroidery when sewing stretch frics, lightweight frics, frics with corse weve, or frics which cuse pttern shrinkge. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd cuse injury. Not using stilizer mteril my result in poor finish to your project. Use piece of stilizer which is lrger thn the emroidery frme eing used. Fusile side of stilizer Fric (wrong side) When emroidering on thin frics such s orgndy or lwn, or on npped frics such s towel or corduroy, use wter solule stilizer (sold seprtely) for est results. The wter solule stilizer mteril will dissolve completely in wter, giving the project more ttrctive finish. Size of the emroidery frme Iron-on stilizer (cking) 256

259 PREPARING THE FABRIC Hooping the Fric in the Emroidery Frme Types of Emroidery Frmes Super lrge Extr Lrge Lrge Medium Emroidery field 36 cm 24 cm (pprox. 14 inches 9-1/2 inches) Use when emroidering ptterns lrger thn 30 cm 20 cm (pprox. 12 inches 8 inches). Emroidery field 30 cm 20 cm (pprox. 12 inches 8 inches) Use when emroidering connected or comined chrcters or ptterns, or when emroidering lrge ptterns. Emroidery field 18 cm 13 cm (pprox. 7 inches 5 inches) Use when emroidering ptterns etween 10 cm 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches 4 inches) nd 18 cm 13 cm (pprox. 7 inches 5 inches). Emroidery field 10 cm 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches 4 inches) Use when emroidering ptterns under 10 cm 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches 4 inches). Other optionl emroidery frmes cn e used. When choosing frmes tht do not pper on the screen, e sure to check the design size of the emroidery field of the optionl frme. Check with your uthorized Brother deler for frme comptiility. Select frme tht mtches the pttern size. Included frme options re displyed on the LCD. 6 Bsic Emroidery Highlighted: Cn e used Shded: Cnnot e used CAUTION If you use frme tht is too smll, the presser foot my strike the frme during sewing nd cuse injury. 257

260 PREPARING THE FABRIC Inserting the Fric If the fric is not securely held in the emroidery frme, the emroidery design will sew out poorly. Insert the fric on level surfce, nd gently stretch the fric tut in the frme. Follow the steps elow to insert the fric correctly. c Slightly tighten the frme djustment screw, nd then remove the slck in the fric y pulling on the edges nd corners. Do not loosen the screw. Lift-up nd loosen the frme djustment screw nd remove the inner frme. d Gently stretch the fric tut, nd tighten the frme djustment screw to keep the fric from loosening fter stretching. * After stretching the fric, mke sure the fric is tut. Frme djustment screw Inner frme Ly the fric right side up on top of the outer frme. Re-insert the inner frme mking sure to lign the inner frme s with the outer frme s. * Mke sure the inside nd outside frmes re even efore you strt emroidering. Outer frme Inner frme c Fric Inner frme s Outer frme s c Frme djustment screw e Stretch the fric from ll four corners nd ll four edges. While stretching the fric, tighten the frme djustment screw. Return the frme djustment screw to its initil position. 258

261 PREPARING THE FABRIC You cn use the included multi-purpose screw driver setting the position to 3, when you loosen or tighten the frme djustment screw. c Gently stretch the fric so there re no folds or wrinkles, nd press the inner frme into the outer frme. Using the Emroidery Sheet When you wnt to emroider the pttern in prticulr plce, use the emroidery sheet with the frme. With chlk pencil, mrk the re of the fric you wnt to emroider. d Inner frme Outer frme Remove the emroidery sheet. Emroidery pttern Mrk Plce the emroidery sheet on the inner frme. Align the guide lines on the emroidery sheet with the mrk you mde on the fric. Inner frme Guide line Emroidering Smll Frics or Fric Edges Use n emroidery stilizer to provide extr support. After emroidering, remove the stilizer crefully. Attch the stilizer s shown in the following exmples. We recommend using stilizer for emroidery. Emroidering Smll Frics Use temporry spry dhesive to dhere the smll piece of fric to the lrger piece in the frme. If you do not wish to use temporry spry dhesive, ttch the stilizer with sting stitch. 6 Bsic Emroidery Fric Stilizer 259

262 PREPARING THE FABRIC Emroidering Edges or Corners Use temporry spry dhesive to dhere the smll piece of fric to the lrger piece in the frme. If you do not wish to use temporry spry dhesive, ttch the stilizer with sting stitch. Fric Stilizer Emroidering Rions or Tpe Secure with doule-sided tpe or temporry spry dhesive. Rion or tpe Stilizer 260

263 ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME Wind nd insert the oin efore ttching the emroidery frme. Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to rise the presser foot. d Lower the frme-securing lever to e level with the frme to secure the emroidery frme in the emroidery frme holder. Align the emroidery frme guide with the right edge of the emroidery frme holder. Frme-securing lever Emroidery frme holder Emroidery frme guide CAUTION If the frme-securing lever is not lowered, the following messge ppers. You cnnot strt sewing until you lower the frme-securing lever. 6 c Slide the emroidery frme into the holder, mking sure to lign the emroidery frme s with the holder s. Removing the Emroidery Frme Bsic Emroidery Rise the frme-securing lever. Arrow mrk 261

264 ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME Pull the emroidery frme towrd you. 262

265 CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION The pttern is normlly positioned in the center of the emroidery frme. If the pttern needs to e repositioned for etter plcement on the grment, you cn check the lyout efore strting emroidery. Checking the Needle Drop Point With the Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer With the emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer, you cn check the needle drop position efore emroidering. Press in the emroidery screen. The LED pointer indictes the needle drop point. Adjusting the LED Pointer Adjust the LED pointer if it indictes point different thn the ctul needle drop point. Before djusting the LED pointer, mrk the ctul needle drop point on the fric to e emroidered, nd then hoop the fric nd ttch the emroidery frme. As defult, the key mentioned in the following procedures pper in light gry nd is not ville. To enle the key for specifying the settings, ttch emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer to the mchine. The key is enled fter the emroidery foot is plugged in. Press. The settings screen ppers. Disply pge 8 of the Emroidery settings screen. 6 When the LED pointer is turned on, the presser foot height is utomticlly djusted ccording to the fric thickness. If is not displyed, you cnnot use the LED pointer. Bsic Emroidery * The LED pointer turns off utomticlly y lowering the presser foot or returning to the previous pge. With ulky frics, the position my not e ccurte due to the vrious depths of the frics. With fric tht hs very uneven surfce such s quilting, the fric thickness my not e correctly mesured. In this cse, the pointer indiction should e used only s reference. c Press. The Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer Adjustment screen ppers. LED pointer djustment 263

266 CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION The specified setting is sved in the mchine s memory. This is useful for positioning during continuous emroidering. For norml use, return the setting to 00. Use or to djust the LED pointer so d tht it indictes the ctul needle drop point. e Press screen. twice to return to the originl Use chlk pencil to drw cross t the desired emroidering loction. Chlk pencil mrk * Disply the grid lines or cross grid lines in the pttern disply re to check the pttern orienttion. (Refer to Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply on pge 306.) Adjusting the Brightness of the LED Pointer Follow the steps from to d to disply the emroidery foot with LED pointer djustment screen. Hoop the fric. Use or to djust the rightness of the LED pointer. When hooping the fric in the emroidery frme, mke sure tht the emroidery pttern will fit within the emroidering re of the frme eing used. c Press screen. twice to return to the originl Aligning the Emroidering Position Using the Built-In Cmer The cmer uilt into this mchine cn e used to esily lign the emroidering position. This is useful for ptterns which need to e emroidered in prticulr position s shown elow. c Emroidering re Emroidery pttern size c Chlk pencil mrk Select the pttern on your sewing mchine nd press. 264

267 d Press in the emroidering screen. i CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION Press the positioning keys to move the emroidery frme until the cross-shped chlk mrk drwn on the fric is displyed in the cmer view window. e Press to set the strting point to the center of the pttern. Positioning keys j Press to disply the grid lines. 6 f Press. Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to g lower the presser foot. Grid lines Chlk mrk on the fric Bsic Emroidery h Press. Press to enlrge the cmer view. By enlrging the cmer view, you cn mke close djustment for the center point of the pttern moving the emroidery frme little y little. 265

268 CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION k Adjust the orienttion of the pttern y pressing the orienttion keys until the grid lines re prllel with the chlk mrk drwn on the fric. (Refer to Rotting the Pttern on pge 227.) Using the Built-In Cmer to Align the Emroidering Position The emroidering position cn esily e ligned using the mchine s uilt-in cmer nd the included emroidery positioning sticker. Affix the emroidery positioning sticker to the loction in the fric to e emroidered. Plce the emroidery positioning sticker so tht the center of the lrger circle is t the center or edge of the emroidery pttern. Center point of the pttern l Press the positioning keys to move the emroidery frme until the center point of the pttern in the cmer view window is ligned with the chlk mrk drwn on the fric. Emroidery positioning sticker Center or edge of the emroidery pttern c Emroidery field When inserting the fric in the emroidery frme, check tht the emroidery pttern fits within the emroidery field for the frme tht is used. m Press screen. to return to the previous Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin n emroidering. * See Emroidering Ptterns on pge 274. Emroidery field Emroidery pttern c Emroidery positioning sticker Depending on the type of fric tht is used, prt of the emroidery positioning sticker my remin ttched when it is peeled off. Before using the emroidery positioning sticker, check tht it cn e clenly removed from scrp piece of the fric to e used. 266

269 CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION Press to disply the editing window, nd then press. e Press. c Following messge ppers. Press. Attch emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer efore pressing. The emroidery foot W+ lowers nd check the fric thickness, to help the uilt-in cmer recognize the emroidery positioning sticker. d The emroidering position will return to the originl position, even if you chnged efore. Select the position you wnt to set s the reference point. f Following messge ppers. Press. 6 The uilt-in cmer utomticlly serches for the emroidery positioning sticker, nd then the crrige is moved so tht the selected reference point of the emroidery pttern is ligned with the emroidery positioning sticker. The rightness of the mchine light is dimmed while the uilt-in cmer serches for the emroidery positioning sticker. Bsic Emroidery * Select if you wnt to emroider referring the emroidery positioning sticker s the center of the pttern. If the following wrning messge ppers, touch nd reposition the emroidery positioning sticker so the pttern is within the emroidery field, nd then press gin. 267

270 CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION A reminder messge ppers. Remove the g emroidery positioning sticker from the fric, nd press. * To remove the emroidery positioning sticker more esily, press so tht the emroidery frme moves slightly forwrd nd wy from under the needle. After the emroidery positioning sticker is removed, press. Press, nd then. Press. h Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering. * See Emroidering Ptterns on pge 274. The emroidering position selection screen ppers. After the included emroidery positioning stickers re used up, optionl stickers re ville. For detils, refer to Options on pge 22. Specifying the Emroidering Position With the Sensor Pen By using the sensor pen, the emroidering position cn e djusted to the desired loction. If the messge The crrige of the emroidery unit will move. Keep your hnds etc. wy from the crrige. ppers during the opertion, ensure sfety, nd then press. c Select the reference point for positioning the emroidery pttern. * To lign the edge of the emroidery with pttern or mrk on the fric, select the edge of design. If the center of the pttern to e emroidered is determined, select the center position. 268

271 CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION Selecting the Emroidering Position y the Pttern Edge From the keys on the screen, press the edge to e the reference for positioning. Squre of pttern edge Pttern position With the sensor pen, touch the point on the d fric corresponding to corner in the screen. Press. With the sensor pen, touch the point on the c fric corresponding to corner in the screen. 6 Squre of pttern edge Pttern position Bsic Emroidery e Press to djust the positions. If you don t need to djust the positions, continue to step i. 269

272 CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION f Press to move the LED pointer on the fric for djusting the first position. Selecting the Emroidering Position y the Pttern Center Press in the following screen. g Press h Press to pply the setting. to move the LED pointer on the fric for djusting the second position. With the sensor pen, touch 2 points on the fric corresponding to the numers in the center of the emroidery pttern. i Press to pply the setting. The preview in the screen is updted j ccording to the specified emroidering position. Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt k emroidering. Center line of the pttern Pttern position Specified point numer turns into red. 270

273 c Press to djust the positions. If you don t need to djust the positions, continue to step g. d Press to move the LED pointer on the fric for djusting the first position. i CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt emroidering. When using the sensor pen to specify the emroidering position, it my not e possile to exctly specify the desired loction. In this cse, move the emroidery frme to lign the center of the pttern with the loction indicted y the LED pointer. Checking the Pttern Position The emroidery frme moves nd shows the pttern position. Wtch the frme closely to mke sure the pttern will e sewn in the right plce. Press. e Press to pply the setting. f Press to move the LED pointer on the fric for djusting the second position. 6 The following screen is displyed. Bsic Emroidery g Press to pply the setting. The preview in the screen is updted h ccording to the specified emroidering position. 271

274 CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION From tht you wnt to check., press the key for the position Selected position The needle will move to the selected position on the pttern. To see the entire emroidering re, press. The emroidery frme moves nd shows the emroidery re. CAUTION Mke sure the needle is up when the emroidery frme is moving. If the needle is down, it could rek nd result in injury. c Press. 272

275 EMBROIDERING AN PATTERN EMBROIDERING AN PATTERN Emroidering Attrctive Finishes There re mny fctors tht go into sewing eutiful emroidery. Using the pproprite stilizer (see pge 256) nd hooping the fric in the frme (see pge 257) re two importnt fctors mentioned erlier. Another importnt point is the ppropriteness of the needle nd thred eing used. See the explntion of threds elow. Included with this mchine re two oin cses. Follow the explntion elow. Thred Upper thred Use emroidery thred intended for use with this mchine. Other emroidery threds my not yield optimum results. Boin thred Use emroidery oin thred intended for use with this mchine. If you use threds other thn those listed ove, the emroidery my not sew out correctly. Boin cse (recommended for sewing nd for emroidering with included 60 weight oin thred) Boin cse (for prewound or other emroidery oin threds) Boin cse (no color on the screw) The oin cse with no color on the screw is set with tighter tension for emroidery with different weights of oin threds nd vriety of emroidery techniques. This oin cse is identified with drk colored mrk on the inside of the oin cvity. The tension screw on this cse cn e djusted if necessry. CAUTION When emroidering on lrge grments (especilly jckets or other hevy frics), do not let the fric hng over the tle. Otherwise, the emroidery unit cnnot move freely nd the emroidery frme my strike the needle, cusing the needle to end or rek nd possily cuse injury. Plce the fric so tht it does not hng off the tle or hold the fric to keep it from drgging. 6 Stndrd oin cse (green mrking on the screw) Stndrd oin cse originlly instlled in the mchine hs green mrking on the screw. We recommend using the included emroidery oin thred with this oin cse. Do not djust the tension screw on this oin cse with the green mrked screw. Before emroidering, check tht there is enough thred in the oin. If you strt to sew your emroidery project without enough thred in the oin, you will need to rewind the oin in the middle of the emroidery pttern. Do not leve ojects in the rnge of motion of the emroidery frme. The frme my strike the oject nd cuse poor finish to the emroidery pttern. When emroidering on lrge grments (especilly jckets or other hevy frics), do not let the fric hng over the tle. Otherwise, the emroidery unit cnnot move freely, nd the pttern my not turn out s plnned. Bsic Emroidery 273

276 EMBROIDERING AN PATTERN Emroidery Needle Plte Cover Under some conditions, sed on the type of fric, stilizer, or thred eing used, there my e some looping in the upper thred. In this cse, ttch the included emroidery needle plte cover to the needle plte. Attch the cover y inserting the two projections on the underside of the cover into the notches on the needle plte s shown elow. Emroidering Ptterns Exmple: Groove Projection c Notch To remove the emroidery needle plte cover, plce your fingernil in the groove nd lift the plte out. CAUTION Push the emroidery needle plte cover s fr s possile to ttch it. If the emroidery needle plte cover is not securely ttched, it my cuse the needle to rek. Do not use the emroidery needle plte cover for ny pplictions other thn emroidery. Emroidery color order Cursor The [+] cursor moves over the pttern, showing which prt of the pttern is eing sewn. Using the utomtic needle threder, thred the mchine for the first color. 274

277 EMBROIDERING AN PATTERN Lower the presser foot, then press the Strt/Stop utton to strt emroidering. When the first color is completely sewn, the mchine will utomticlly trim the threds nd stop. The presser foot will then utomticlly e rised. On the emroidery color order disply, the next color will move to the top. If you wnt to get more ttrctive finishes, try the procedures elow; - After 5-6 stitches, press the Strt/Stop utton gin to stop the mchine. - Trim the excess thred t the end of the sem. If the end of the sem is under the presser foot, rise the presser foot, then trim the excess thred. d Repet the sme steps for emroidering the remining colors. c d c If there is thred left over from the eginning of sewing, it my e sewn over s you continue emroidering the pttern, mking it very difficult to del with the thred fter the pttern is finished. Trim the threds t the eginning of ech thred chnge. Remove the thred for the first color from the mchine. Thred the mchine with the next color. Current stitch numers/totl stitch numers Current time/totl time c The prt of pttern emroider next d Emroidered colors/totl colors When the lst color is sewn, Finished emroidering will pper on the disply. Press, nd the disply will return to the originl screen. The Thred Trimming Function is originlly set to trim excess thred jumps (threds linking prts of the pttern, etc.). Depending on the type of thred nd fric tht re used, n end of upper thred my remin on the surfce of the fric t the eginning of the stitching. After emroidering is finished, cut off this excess thred. If the setting hs een turned off, trim the excess thred jumps using scissors fter the pttern is finished. See pge 304 for informtion on the thred trimming function. 6 Bsic Emroidery 275

278 EMBROIDERING AN PATTERN Spool Stnd LED d Set Spool Stnd LED to OFF. This mchine is equipped with spool stnd LED. Its lighting sttus nd color indicte the mchine sttus nd thred color for emroidering. Use the color in which the LED lights up s guide. Since the ctul emroidery thred color my differ slightly, e sure to lso check the thred color numer in the LCD. Spool stnd LED e Press to return to the originl screen. Lit Lit (color chnging) Flshing (red) Flshing (green) When Not Using the Spool Stnd LED Press. Press. Lights up in thred color for emroidering Indictes thred spool replcement (then lights up in emroidery thred color) Error End of stitching When emroidering pttern with uninterrupted emroidering, the LED lights up in gry. When emroidering n ppliqué pttern, the LED light indictes no color while emroidering APPLIQUE MATERIAL, APPLIQUE POSITION or APPLIQUE. The Generl settings screen ppers. Using Appliqués This mchine cn sew ptterns tht contin n ppliqué. Follow the procedure descried elow to sew ptterns with (ppliqué piece), (ppliqué position) nd (ppliqué) in the emroidery color order disply. 1. Crete the ppliqué piece. 2. Sew the ppliqué position on the se fric. 3. Affix the ppliqué piece to the se fric. 4. Emroider the reminder of the pttern. Required mterils Fric for the ppliqué piece Fric for the ppliqué se Stilizer mteril Crft glue Emroidery thred c Disply pge 5 of the Emroidery settings screen. 276

279 EMBROIDERING AN PATTERN If (ppliqué piece), (ppliqué position) nd (ppliqué) pper in the emroidery color order disply, the nmes nd numers of the thred colors to e used will not pper. Select the thred colors ccording to those in the ppliqué pttern. c Thred the mchine with the emroidery thred, lower the presser foot lever, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to sew the cutting line of the ppliqué piece. The outline of the ppliqué piece is sewn, nd then the mchine stops. 1. Creting the Appliqué Piece Select the ppliqué pttern, nd then continue to the emroidering screen. d Cutting line for ppliqué piece Fric for ppliqué piece Remove the fric for the ppliqué piece from the emroidery frme, nd then crefully cut long the sewn cutting line. Attch stilizer mteril to the wrong side of the ppliqué fric. Hoop the fric in the emroidery frme, nd then ttch the emroidery frme to the emroidery unit. Appliqué (cotton, felt, etc.) Stilizer If the ppliqué piece is cut out long the inside of the cutting line, it my not e correctly ttched to the fric. Therefore, crefully cut out the ppliqué piece long the cutting line. After cutting out the ppliqué piece, crefully remove the thred. 2. Sewing the Appliqué Position on the Bse Fric 6 Bsic Emroidery Attch stilizer mteril to the wrong side of the fric for the ppliqué se. Hoop the fric in the emroidery frme, nd then ttch the emroidery frme to the emroidery unit. 277

280 EMBROIDERING AN PATTERN Thred the mchine with the emroidery thred, lower the presser foot lever, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to sew the ppliqué position. The position of the ppliqué is sewn, nd then the mchine stops. If the ppliqué piece is not securely ttched to the se fric, the ppliqué piece my lift off the se fric during sewing, cusing mislignment. If the ppliqué piece cnnot e ttched to the se fric with crft glue, securely ste it in plce with sting stitches. If thin fric is used for the ppliqué piece, reinforce nd secure it in plce with n ironon dhesive sheet. An iron cn e used to ttch the ppliqué piece to the ppliqué loction. Do not remove the fric from the emroidery frme when ttching the ppliqué piece to the se fric. After the ppliqué piece is ttched, ttch the emroidery frme to the mchine. Thred the mchine with the emroidery thred, lower the presser foot lever, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to sew the ppliqué. c Appliqué position Bse fric Remove the emroidery frme from the emroidery unit. Do not remove the se fric from the emroidery frme until ll sewing is finished. The ppliqué piece is sewn to the se fric, nd then the mchine stops. 3. Affixing the Appliqué Piece to the Bse Fric Lightly pply crft glue to the ck of the ppliqué piece, nd then ttch it to the se fric within the outline of the position sewn in step of 2. Sewing the Appliqué Position on the Bse Fric. Depending on the pttern tht is selected, (ppliqué piece), (ppliqué position) nd (ppliqué) for ll three steps my not pper. If (ppliqué) ppers s color, emroider using thred of tht color. 278

281 EMBROIDERING AN PATTERN 4. Emroidering the Reminder of the Pttern Chnge the emroidery thred ccording to the emroidery color order disply, nd then finish emroidering the reminder of the pttern. Since glue my ecome ttched to the presser foot, needle or needle plte, clen off ny glue off fter finishing emroidering the ppliqué pttern. For est results, trim ll excess threds ech time the thred color is chnged. 6 Bsic Emroidery 279

282 ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS Be creful not to ump the emroidery unit crrige or the presser foot when removing or ttching the emroidery frme. Otherwise, the pttern will not emroider correctly. If the Boin Runs Out of Thred When the oin egins to run out of thred during emroidering, the mchine will stop nd the messge elow will pper. Press nd follow the directions elow to rethred the lower threding. If very little sewing remins, you cn emroider 10 finl stitches without rethreding the mchine y pressing. The mchine will stop fter sewing the 10 stitches. Unlock the frme-securing lever nd remove the emroidery frme. * Be creful not to pply strong force to the fric t this time. Otherwise, the fric my loosen in the frme. c Insert wound oin into the mchine. (see pge 59 for Setting the oin.) If Upper nd Boin Thred Sensor in the Generl settings screen of the mchine setting mode is set to OFF, the messge shown ove does not pper. Press. d Press. The crrige will return to its originl position. After the thred is utomticlly cut, the crrige will move. e Attch the emroidery frme. To return to the spot in the pttern where f you stopped sewing, follow steps c through i in the next section. 280

283 ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS If the Thred Breks During Sewing Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop the mchine. If the upper thred is roken, redo the upper threding. If the oin thred is roken, press nd follow the directions in steps through e from the previous section to reset the oin. Press,,, or to move the f needle ck the correct numer of stitches efore the spot where the thred roke. * If you cnnot move ck to the spot where the thred roke, press or to select the color nd move to the eginning position of tht color, then use,,, or to move hed to slightly efore where the thred roke. c Press. * Press to enlrge the imge in the screen. * Press to remove from the screen. g Press window. to close the cmer view 6 d Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot. e Press. h Press i to return to the originl screen. Press the Strt/Stop utton to continue sewing. Bsic Emroidery The cmer view window ppers. 281

284 ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS Restrting from the Beginning Press. Resuming Emroidery After Turning Off the Power The current color nd stitch numer re sved when emroidery is stopped. The next time the mchine is turned on, you hve the option to continue or delete the pttern. Even if the power goes out in the middle of emroidery, the mchine returns to the point where emroidery ws stopped when the mchine is turned on gin. Press. Current stitch numer when emroidery ws stopped Do not remove the emroidery unit or the memory will no longer rememer your design. Turn the min power to ON. c The emroidery frme moves, returning the needle to the pttern s eginning position. Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot nd strt sewing. Follow the instructions shown on the screen nd remove the emroidery frme. The following messge will pper. 282

285 ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS c Attch the emroidery frme nd press. The previous emroidering screen displyed efore the mchine ws turned off ppers. d If you wnt to strt new emroidery pttern, press so the pttern selection screen ppers. Continue emroidering. 6 Bsic Emroidery Stitch numer when emroidery is resumed 283

286 284 ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS

287 Chpter 7 Advnced Emroidery VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS Uninterrupted Emroidering (Using Single Color : Monochrome) Disply the Fric While Aligning the Emroidering Position Specify Fric Disply from the Settings Screen Sving Scnned Imge to USB Medi Positioning the Pttern on Thick Fric Bsting Emroidery Creting n Appliqué Piece Creting n Appliqué Piece Using Frme Pttern for the Outline PRINT AND STITCH (COMBINING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS AND PRINTED DESIGNS) USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS Connecting Three Ptterns Chnging the Position of Sticker CONNECTING ROTATED PATTERNS Connecting Ptterns to e Joined Along n Edge Mesuring the Distnce Tht the Pttern Will Be Slid Tril Sewing RESUME FEATURE Selecting Pttern Checking the Comined Imge Outputting the Bckground Imge nd Positioning Imge Using USB Medi Using USB Cle Printing the Bckground nd Emroidery Position Sheet Sewing Emroidery Ptterns MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Adjusting Thred Tension Correct Thred Tension Upper Thred is Too Tight Upper Thred is Too Loose Adjusting Overll Upper Thred Tension Adjusting the Alternte Boin Cse (with No Color on the Screw) Correct Tension Boin Thred is Too Loose Boin Thred is Too Tight Using the Automtic Thred Cutting Function (End Color Trim) Using the Thred Trimming Function (Jump Stitch Trim) Selecting the Length of Jump Stitch Not to Trim Adjusting the Emroidery Speed Chnging the Thred Color Disply Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply Aligning the Pttern nd the Needle Emroidering Linked Chrcters USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Emroidery Dt Precutions Types of Emroidery Dt tht cn e Used Types of USB Devices/Medi tht cn e Used Connecting Your Mchine to the PC Precutions on Using the Computer to Crete nd Sve Dt Tjim (.dst) Emroidery Dt Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Mchine s ry If the ry is Full Sving Emroidery Ptterns to USB Medi Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Computer Retrieving Ptterns from the Mchine s ry EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (1) Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (2) Sewing Split Emroidery Ptterns...319

288 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS Uninterrupted Emroidering (Using Single Color : Monochrome) A selected pttern cn e stitched out in one color insted of multicolor. The mchine will continue till the pttern is completed. Press. * Press the key gin to return to the originl setting. Disply the Fric While Aligning the Emroidering Position The fric hooped in the emroidery frme cn e displyed on the LCD so tht the emroidery position cn e esily ligned. Exmple: When emroidery frme (smll: H 2 cm W 6 cm (H 1 inch W 2-1/2 inches)) is instlled, the uilt-in cmer cnnot e used to lign the emroidering position. Instll medium emroidery frme or lrger. For detils on using thicker fric such s quilting, refer to Positioning the Pttern on Thick Fric (pge 289). Hoop the fric in the emroidery frme, nd then ttch the frme to the emroidery mchine. Select the pttern, nd then press. When using light to medium weight frics, check the settings screen to mke sure Fric Thickness Sensor is set to OFF. The thred color displyed on the screen will e gryed out. Even if uninterrupted emroidering hs een set, the utomtic thred cutting function nd the thred trimming function cn e used (see pge 304 nd 304). 286

289 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS c Press. e When the fric ppers s ckground for the pttern, press to disply the editing window. * The pttern cn e moved to the desired position y drgging on the screen using your finger, the touch pen or connected mouse without displying the editing window. If you need some fine djustment, move the pttern from the editing window. d When the following messge ppers, press. The emroidery frme moves so the fric cn e scnned. f Press window. to disply the pttern moving If you do not wish the upper thred to e scnned together with the fric, scn the fric without the needle threded with the upper thred. 7 Advnced Emroidery 287

290 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS g Use emroidery position. to lign the pttern to the desired Specify Fric Disply from the Settings Screen Whether the fric disppers or remins displyed cn e specified from the settings screen. c d h Press. If necessry, press to disply preview in order to check the pttern position. Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt i emroidering. * See Emroidering Ptterns on pge 274. When emroidery is finished, the fric displyed in the ckground disppers. Set to ON to leve the fric displyed in the ckground. When set to OFF, the ckground will dispper. c Set to Fine to scn clerer thn setting to Stndrd. d Press to remove the ckground imge completely. The fric ckground will remin if the emroidery is not finished. In this cse, erse the ckground imge from the settings screen. Sving Scnned Imge to USB Medi Insert the USB medi into the USB port on the mchine. USB port USB medi 288

291 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS Press imge. nd select the USB port to sve After the short melody, the imge file will e sved to the USB medi. f Affix the emroidery positioning sticker to the fric within the re indicted y the red frme in the LCD, nd then press. c Remove the USB medi, nd then check the sved imge using computer. The files for scnned imges re sved with the nme BG**.JPG in folder leled Pocket. * ** in the nme BG**.JPG will utomticlly e replced with numer etween 00 nd 99. Positioning the Pttern on Thick Fric When positioning the pttern on thick fric such s quilting, the fric my not e detected correctly. In order for the fric to e correctly detected, its thickness must first e mesured. This feture is functionl only when the fric is scnned. It will not ffect emroidering if it is turned on with norml emroidery. g When the following messge ppers, remove the emroidery positioning sticker, nd then press. Hoop the fric in the emroidery frme, nd then ttch the frme to the emroidery mchine. Select the pttern, nd then press. c Disply pge 9 of the Settings screen, nd then set Fric Thickness Sensor to ON. The emroidery frme is moved, nd the emroidery positioning sticker ffixed to the fric is detected. d Press. e Press. h Continue with step g on pge 288 to lign the pttern with the desired emroidery position. CAUTION Use frics with thickness of less thn 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch). Using frics thicker thn 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) my cuse the needle to rek. 7 Advnced Emroidery 289

292 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS Bsting Emroidery Before emroidering, sting stitches cn e sewn long the outline of the pttern. This is useful for emroidering fric tht cnnot hve stilizer mteril ffixed with n iron or dhesive. By stitching stilizer mteril to the fric, shrinkge of the stitching or misligned pttern cn e minimized. e Press to select the sting setting. It is recommended to finish comining nd editing the pttern efore selecting the sting setting. If the pttern is edited fter selecting the sting setting, the sting nd pttern my ecome misligned, nd the sting under the pttern my e difficult to remove fter emroidering is complete. Press. Use nd to specify the distnce from the pttern to the sting stitching. When is pressed, the pttern is moved to the center. After selecting the sting setting, move the pttern to the desired position. To cncel the setting, press. If no pttern is selected, the key ppers gry nd cnnot e selected. Bsting is dded to the eginning of the sewing order. The higher the setting, the frther the sting is from the pttern. The setting remins selected even if the mchine is turned off. f g Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering. When emroidering is finished, remove the sting stitching. c Press screen. to return to the previous d Press. 290

293 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS Creting n Appliqué Piece Appliqué pieces cn e creted from the uilt-in ptterns nd ptterns on emroidery crds. This is convenient for frics tht cnnot e emroidered or when you wish to ttch n ppliqué to grment. Creting n Appliqué Piece The following pttern will e used to crete n ppliqué piece. Finish comining nd editing the pttern efore selecting the ppliqué setting. If the pttern is edited fter selecting the ppliqué setting, the ppliqué stitching nd pttern my ecome misligned. Since n outline is dded, the pttern for n ppliqué piece (when the ppliqué setting is selected) will e lrger thn the originl pttern. First, djust the size nd position of the pttern s shown elow. Felt or denim frics re recommended to mke the ppliqué piece. Depending on the pttern nd fric used, lighter weight frics my cuse the stitching to pper smller. For est results, e sure to use stilizer mteril for emroidering. Select frme tht mtches the pttern size. Frme options re displyed on the LCD screen. When mking ppliqué pieces, do not use the order emroidery frme. Depending on the pttern density nd fric used, shrinkge of the stitching my occur. Press c Emroidering re Approx. 10 mm (3/8 inch) c Pttern size to disply the settings screen. Use nd to specify the distnce etween the pttern nd the ppliqué outline. 7 Select the pttern, nd edit it if necessry. d Press. e Press. Advnced Emroidery 291

294 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS f Press nd then, press to position the stin stitching round design. Three steps re dded to the sewing order: ppliqué cutting line, position of pttern plcement on the grment, nd ppliqué stitching. When is pressed, the pttern is moved to the center. After selecting the ppliqué setting, move the pttern to the desired position. c Cutting line for ppliqué Position of pttern plcement on grment c Appliqué stitching To cncel the setting, press. If no pttern is selected, the key ppers drkened nd cnnot e selected. The steps for creting the ppliqué piece re dded to the sewing order. An ppliqué piece cnnot e creted if the pttern is too lrge or too complicted or comined pttern is seprted. Even if the selected pttern fits within the emroidering re, the entire ppliqué pttern my exceed the emroidering re when the outline is dded. If n error messge ppers, select different pttern or edit it. g Fuse or stick piece of stilizer to the ck of the felt or denim fric to e used s the ppliqué piece. For est results, e sure to use stilizer mteril for emroidering. 292

295 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS h i Hoop the ppliqué fric in the emroidery frme, ttch the emroidery frme to the mchine, nd then strt emroidering. After the pttern is emroidered, thred the mchine with the thred for the cutting line, nd then sew the cutting line (APPLIQUE MATERIAL). k Use two lyers of dhesive wter-solule stilizer mteril with their sticky sides together, nd then hoop them in the emroidery frme. j Cutting line for ppliqué We recommend using thred for the cutting line tht is closest to the color of the fric. Remove the ppliqué mteril from the emroidery frme, nd then crefully cut long the stitching. After cutting, crefully remove ll of the cutting line thred. l If wter-solule stilizer is used, it is not necessry to remove the stilizer mteril fter sewing the ppliqué outline. To reduce shrinkge of the pttern, we recommend using wter-solule stilizer. Put together two lyers of wter-solule stilizer, otherwise the stilizer mteril my ter during emroidering. Thred the mchine with the thred for the outline from step n, nd then sew the plcement line for the ppliqué position (APPLIQUE POSITION). Depending on the pttern density nd fric used, there my e shrinking of the pttern or the ppliqué my e misligned with the plcement line. We recommend cutting slightly outside of the cutting line. When using ptterns tht re verticlly nd horizontlly symmetricl, use chlk pencil to indicte the pttern orienttion efore cutting it out. Crefully cut out the pttern on the outline you just sewed. Do not cut inside the cutting line, otherwise the ppliqué fric will not e cught y the ppliqué stitch. m Pttern plcement line Lightly pply glue or spry dhesive, nd pste the ppliqué piece so tht it ligns with the plcement line. 7 Advnced Emroidery Before psting the ppliqué piece down, mke sure the ppliqué piece is positioned correctly within the plcement line. 293

296 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS n With the mchine threded using the thred for the outline from step l, sew the outline (APPLIQUE). Using Frme Pttern for the Outline Using frme pttern, the desired shpe cn e dded s the outline of the ppliqué. To select the desired frme, see Selecting Frme Ptterns on pge 219. Outline of ppliqué piece o The outline is sewn using stin stitching. Some glue my get onto the presser foot, needle, nd needle plte t this time. Finish emroidering the ppliqué pttern, nd then clen off the glue. After emroidering is finished, remove the stilizer mteril from the emroidery frme. Perform the opertions descried in steps through d of Creting n Appliqué Piece on pge 291. Select the desired frme shpe nd pttern, nd dd it to the ppliqué pttern. p q Use scissors to cut the excess wter-solule stilizer from outside the ppliqué outline. Sok the ppliqué piece in wter to dissolve the wter-solule stilizer. r Dry the ppliqué piece, nd then iron it if necessry. Do not pply strong force when ironing, otherwise the stitching my e dmged. 294

297 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS c Press to edit the frme pttern to fit the size of the ppliqué pttern. g Use to select the frme pttern, nd then press nd. d e Press nd then press. Press, nd then press to select the ppliqué piece setting. The frme pttern is deleted. h Press. 7 f Press. i Continue with step g of Creting n Appliqué Piece on pge 291 to complete the ppliqué piece. Advnced Emroidery 295

298 PRINT AND STITCH (COMBINING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS AND PRINTED DESIGNS) PRINT AND STITCH (COMBINING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS AND PRINTED DESIGNS) Completed emroidery ptterns comined with printed designs re uilt into this mchine. Beutiful three-dimensionl emroidered designs cn e creted y ironing ckground onto fric or printing it onto printle fric, then sewing complementry emroidery on top of the ckground. Using iron-on pper Using printle fric Step1 Select pttern to e comined with the ckground imge. See Selecting Pttern on pge 297. Step2 Output from the mchine the ckground imge nd the positioning imge. See Outputting the Bckground Imge nd Positioning Imge on pge 297. Step3 When using iron-on pper With printer, print the ckground onto iron-on pper, nd print the emroidery position sheet on plin pper. Then, iron the ckground imge onto fric. When using printle fric With printer, print the ckground onto printle fric, nd print the emroidery position sheet on plin pper. See Printing the Bckground nd Emroidery Position Sheet on pge 299. Step4 Hoop in the emroidery frme the fric with the ckground imge ironed on or printed, check the emroidering position, nd then strt emroidering. See Sewing Emroidery Ptterns on pge 300. Print the ckground nd emroidery position sheet in their originl dimensions. If n imge is printed in different size, the sizes of the emroidery pttern nd ckground my not mtch. In ddition, the uilt-in cmer cnnot detect the emroidery position mrk. Mke sure tht the print settings re correctly specified. 296

299 PRINT AND STITCH (COMBINING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS AND PRINTED DESIGNS) Selecting Pttern Ptterns comining emroidery nd printed designs ppers with nd. Refer to the Quick Reference Guide for the detil of ptterns which enle this function. Select pttern comining emroidery nd printed designs. * To return to the imge of only the emroidery design, press. Outputting the Bckground Imge nd Positioning Imge Only the emroidery pttern (not the ckground imge of the selected emroidery pttern) is displyed. Use USB medi or the computer to output the following three imges from the mchine. * File nme my differ depending on the PDF file selected. [xxx]r.pdf (Exmple: E_1r.pdf) An imge flipped on verticl xis (for n ironon trnsfer) Checking the Comined Imge Press. 7 [xxx]n.pdf (Exmple: E_1n.pdf) An imge tht is not flipped (for printing on printle fric) [xxx]p.pdf (Exmple: E_1p.pdf) An imge tht is not flipped, ut hs positioning mrks ttched (for positioning) Advnced Emroidery An imge of the pttern comined with the ckground ppers. 297

300 PRINT AND STITCH (COMBINING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS AND PRINTED DESIGNS) Print the ckground nd emroidery position sheet in their originl dimensions. If n imge is printed in different size, the sizes of the emroidery pttern nd ckground my not mtch. In ddition, the uilt-in cmer cnnot detect the emroidery position mrk. Mke sure tht the print settings re correctly specified. When printing the PDF file of the imge with positioning mrks, specify the highest imge qulity possile for full-color printing. In ddition, use mtte printing pper. Due to poor printing conditions, the mchine s uilt-in cmer my not e le to correctly detect the positioning mrks. (For detils on printing, refer to the operting instructions for your printer.) d Remove the USB medi where the imge dt is sved from the mchine, nd then copy the imge dt from the USB medi to the computer. Using USB Cle Do not remove the USB medi from the mchine until dt output is finished. Plug the USB cle connectors into the corresponding USB ports on the computer nd on the mchine. Using USB Medi Insert the USB medi into the primry (top) USB port on the mchine. Select the pttern, nd then press. USB port for computer USB cle connector The Removle Disk icon ppers in Computer (My Computer) on the computer. Select the pttern, nd then press. The select USB output screen ppers. c Press to select the USB port where the USB medi is inserted. Two files of the ckground imge only nd one file for ligning emroidery into position re copied (PDF formt) onto the USB medi. The select USB output screen ppers. 298

301 PRINT AND STITCH (COMBINING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS AND PRINTED DESIGNS) c Press. Two files of the ckground imge nd one file for ligning emroidery into position re copied (PDF formt) into Removle Disk under Computer (My Computer). Do not disconnect the USB cle from the mchine until dt output is finished. c Before printing onto iron-on pper or printle fric, we recommend performing test print to check the print settings. For detils on printing on iron-on trnsfer sheets or printle fric, refer to the instructions for the iron-on trnsfer sheets nd printle fric. Some printers will utomticlly print n imge flipped if n iron-on trnsfer sheet is selected s the pper. For detils, refer to the instructions for the printer eing used. Print the emroidery position sheet (file nmed E_1p.pdf) onto plin pper. d Copy the imge dt sved in Removle Disk into different file efore closing. Printing the Bckground nd Emroidery Position Sheet Print the PDF files of the ckground nd emroidery position sheet. The ckground file tht is printed differs depending on whether ironon pper or printle fric is used. To view the PDF file, Adoe Reder is needed. If it is not instlled on your computer, you cn downlod it from the Adoe Systems wesite: Open the PDF file to e printed, click File - Print, nd then set Pge Scling to None (100%). Print the ckground nd emroidery position sheet in their originl dimensions. If n imge is printed in different size, the sizes of the emroidery pttern nd ckground my not mtch. In ddition, the uilt-in cmer cnnot detect the emroidery position mrk. Mke sure tht the print settings re correctly specified. Print the ckground imge. * When printing onto iron-on pper, print the file nmed E_1r.pdf (n imge flipped on verticl xis). When printing onto printle fric, print the file nmed E_1n.pdf (n imge tht is not flipped). d Emroidery position sheet When printing the PDF file for the emroidery position sheet, specify the highest imge qulity possile for full-color printing. In ddition, we recommend printing on mtte pper. If this is not done, the uilt-in cmer my not e le to correctly detect the emroidery positioning mrk. If n iron-on trnsfer sheet is used, trnsfer the imge onto fric. For detils on trnsferring from iron-on trnsfer sheets, refer to the instructions for the iron-on trnsfer sheets. If necessry, cut the iron-on trnsfer sheet to the size of the pttern efore trnsferring the imge. 7 Advnced Emroidery Bckground imge 299

302 PRINT AND STITCH (COMBINING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS AND PRINTED DESIGNS) Sewing Emroidery Ptterns Hoop in the emroidery frme the fric with the ckground imge ironed on. After checking tht pttern is selected, d press. The emroidering screen ppers. Before emroidering, check tht the emroidery position sheet is perfectly ligned with the ckground. e f Align the emroidering position ccording to steps through m of Aligning the Emroidering Position Using the Built-In Cmer on pge 264. Remove the positioning sheet nd press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering. Cut the pper printed with the center positioning imge so it cn esily e positioned ligned with the ckground imge on the fric. * Lines or color chnges in the imge cn help you find the correct lignment position. CAUTION Before pressing the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering, remove the positioning sheet tped to the fric in step c. c Plce the pper printed with the positioning imge on top of the fric so tht the pttern is ligned, nd then ffix the pper to the fric with cellophne tpe to prevent the pper from moving. Cellophne tpe 300

303 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Adjusting Thred Tension When emroidering, the thred tension should e set so tht the upper thred cn slightly e seen on the wrong side of the fric. Correct Thred Tension The pttern cn e seen from the wrong side of the fric. If the thred tension is not set correctly, the pttern will not finish well. The fric my pucker or the thred my rek. Upper Thred is Too Tight The tension of the upper thred is too tight, resulting in the oin thred eing visile from the right side of the fric. If the oin thred ws incorrectly threded, the upper thred my e too tight. In this cse, refer to Setting the Boin (pge 59) nd rethred the oin thred. Right side Wrong side Follow the opertions descried elow to djust thred tension ccording to the sitution. Right side Wrong side Press. If the thred tension setting is mde extremely wek, the mchine my stop during sewing. This is not the sign of mlfunction. Increse the thred tension slightly, nd egin sewing gin. If you turn the min power to OFF or select different pttern, the thred tension will reset to the utomtic setting. When you retrieve sved pttern, the thred tension setting will e the sme s when the pttern ws sved. 7 Advnced Emroidery 301

304 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Press to weken the upper thred tension. (The tension numer will decrese.) c Press. With Emroidery Tension on pge 6/8 of the setting screen, the tension of the upper thred cn e djusted for emroidering. The selected setting will e pplied to ll ptterns. When emroidering, if the overll tension of the upper thred is too tight or too loose, djust it from the setting screen. Press to tighten the upper thred tension nd press to loosen the upper tension. If n individul emroidery pttern needs dditionl fine tuning, refer to Adjusting Thred Tension on pge 301. c Press. Upper Thred is Too Loose The tension of the upper thred is too loose, resulting in loose upper thred, loose thred locks, or loops ppering on the right side of the fric. If the upper thred ws incorrectly threded, the upper thred my e too loose. In this cse, refer to Upper Threding (pge 62) nd rethred the upper thred. Adjusting Overll Upper Thred Tension When emroidering, if the overll tension of the upper thred is too tight or too loose, djust it from the setting screen. Press nd. In the Emroidery Tension, use to djust the upper thred tension. * Press to tighten the upper thred tension. * Press to loosen the upper thred tension. Right side Wrong side Press. Press to tighten the upper thred tension. (The tension numer will increse.) c Press. 302

305 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Adjusting the Alternte Boin Cse (with No Color on the Screw) When using the emroidery oin thred provided, plese e sure to choose the green mrked oin cse when performing utility stitch sewing nd emroidery functions. When in the emroidery function mode, the lternte oin cse (with no color on the screw) should e selected when sustitute emroidery oin threds (other thn wht is ccompnied with your mchine) re eing used. The lternte oin cse (with no color on the screw) cn e esily djusted when oin tension chnges re required to ccommodte different oin threds. See Sewing Attrctive Finishes on pge 175. To djust the oin tension for emroidery function, using the lternte oin cse (with no color on the screw), turn the slotted screw (-) with (smll) screwdriver. Boin Thred is Too Loose Boin thred ppers slightly on the right side of fric. Right side Wrong side If this occurs, turn the slotted screw (-) clockwise, eing creful not to over-tighten the screw, pproximtely degrees to increse oin tension. Boin Thred is Too Tight Upper thred on the right side of fric seems to e lifting/looping nd oin thred is not seen on the wrong side of fric. Do not turn phillips screw (+). Adjust with screwdriver (smll). Correct Tension Upper thred slightly ppers on the wrong side of fric. Right side Wrong side If this occurs, turn the slotted screw (-) counterclockwise, eing creful not to over-loosen the screw, pproximtely degrees to decrese oin tension. 7 Right side Wrong side CAUTION When djusting the lternte oin cse, e sure to remove the oin from the lternte oin cse. DO NOT djust the position of the phillips (+) screw on the lternte oin cse s this my result in dmge to the oin cse, rendering it unusle. If the slotted screw (-) is difficult to turn, do not use force. Turning the screw too much or providing force in either (rottionl) direction my cuse dmge to the oin cse. Should dmge occur, the oin cse my not mintin proper tension. Advnced Emroidery 303

306 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Using the Automtic Thred Cutting Function (End Color Trim) The utomtic thred cutting function will cut the thred t the end of sewing ech color. This function is initilly turned on. To turn this function off, press key nd then. This function cn e turned on or off during emroidering. * This setting returns to its defult when the mchine is turned off. Using the Thred Trimming Function (Jump Stitch Trim) The thred trimming function will utomticlly trim ny excess thred jumps within the color. This function is initilly turned on. To turn this function off, press key nd then. This function cn e turned on or off during emroidering. * Your customized setting remins fter turning the mchine off nd on. Press. Jump stitch When this function is turned on, use the included ll point needle 75/11 for emroidering ptterns with short jump stitches such s lphet chrcters. Using other needles my cuse the thred to rek. Press to turn off the utomtic thred cutting function. Press. The key will disply s. * When one color thred is sewn, the mchine will stop without cutting the thred. 304

307 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Press to turn off the thred trimming function. Adjusting the Emroidery Speed Press nd. In the Mx Emroidery Speed, use to chnge the mximum emroidery speed. * You cn choose from 8 different speed levels. The key will disply s. * The mchine will not trim the thred efore moving to the next stitching. Selecting the Length of Jump Stitch Not to Trim When the thred trimming function is turned on, you cn select the length of the jump stitch not to trim the thred. This function cn e turned on or off during emroidering. Select setting from 5 mm to 50 mm in 5 mm increments. * Your customized setting remins fter turning the mchine off nd on. Press or to select the length of jump stitch. For exmple: Press to select 25 mm (1 inch) nd the mchine will not trim jump stitch of 25 mm or less efore moving to the next stitching. SPM is the numer of stitches sewn in one minute. Decrese the emroidery speed when emroidering on thin, thick, or hevy frics. The emroidery speed cn e chnged while emroidery is eing sewn. The setting specified efore the min power is set to OFF remins selected the next time tht the mchine is turned on. Decrese the emroidery speed to 600 spm when using specility thred like metllic thred. c Press. Chnging the Thred Color Disply 7 If design hs mny trims it is recommended to select higher jump stitch trim setting in order to reduce the mount of excess tils on ckside of fric. The higher numer of the jump stitch length selected, the fewer numer of times the mchine will trim. In this cse, more jump stitches remin on the surfce of the fric. You cn disply the nme of the thred colors or emroidery thred numer. Colors on the screen my vry slightly from ctul spool colors. Press nd then, press. Advnced Emroidery 305

308 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS In the Thred Color Disply, use to disply the nme of the thred colors or the emroidery thred numer. Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply Press nd. In the Emroidery Frme Disply, use to chnge the emroidery frme disply mode. * There re 23 choices. c When the thred numer #123 is displyed, use to select from six emroidery thred rnds pictured elow. Emroidery: Polyester thred Country: Cotton thred* Mdeir Poly: Polyester thred Mdeir Ryon Sulky Roison-Anton: Polyester thred * Depending on the country or re, cotton-like polyester thred is sold. d Press. 306

309 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Super lrge frme emroidering re 36 cm 24 cm (14 inches 9-1/2 inches) Center mrk c Extr lrge frme emroidering re 30 cm 20 cm (12 inches 8 inches) d Quilt frme emroidering re 20 cm 20 cm (8 inches 8 inches) e Extr lrge frme emroidering re 26 cm 16 cm (10 inches 6 inches) f Emroidery re for optionl lrge emroidery frme 18 cm 13 cm (7 inches 5 inches) g Emroidering re for optionl order emroidery frme 18 cm 10 cm (7 inches 4 inches) h Emroidering re for optionl medium frme 15 cm 15 cm (6 inches 6 inches) i Medium frme emroidering re 10 cm 10 cm (4 inches 4 inches) j Smll frme emroidering re 2 cm 6 cm (1 inch 2-1/2 inches) k Grid lines 10 mm (3/8 inch), 25 mm (1 inch) l Cross lines c Press. Aligning the Pttern nd the Needle Exmple: Aligning the lower left side of pttern nd the needle 7 Mrk the emroidery strt position on the fric, s shown. Advnced Emroidery * For the optionl emroidery frme. 307

310 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Press. d Press nd then, press. e Use to lign the needle nd the mrk on the fric, nd egin emroidering the pttern. c Press. You cn use cmer positioning function. For detils, see Aligning the Emroidering Position Using the Built-In Cmer on pge 264. Emroidering Linked Chrcters Follow the procedure descried elow to emroider linked chrcters in single row when the entire pttern extends eyond the emroidery frme. Exmple: Linking FG to the chrcters ABCDE This key is used for ligning linked chrcters (see pge 308). Strt position The needle position moves to the ottom left corner of the pttern (the emroidery frme moves so tht the needle is positioned correctly). Select the chrcter ptterns for ABCDE. For detils on selecting chrcter ptterns, refer to Selecting Alphet Chrcter Ptterns on pge

311 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Press. e Press. c Press. f Press to turn off the thred cutting function nd then press. 7 The needle is positioned in the lower-left corner of the pttern. The emroidery frme moves so tht the needle is positioned correctly. To cncel the strting point setting nd return the strting point to the center of the pttern, press. Use to select different strting Press the Strt/Stop utton. g Advnced Emroidery point for emroidering. d Press. 309

312 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS h After the chrcters re emroidered, cut the threds to generous length, remove the emroidery frme, nd then ttch the emroidery frme gin so tht the remining chrcters ( FG ) cn e emroidered. m Use to lign the needle with the end of emroidering for the previous pttern. i End of the emroidering As in step, select the chrcter ptterns for FG. n Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering the remining chrcter ptterns. j Press. k Press. You cn use cmer positioning function. For detils, see Aligning the Emroidering Position Using the Built-In Cmer on pge 264. The needle is positioned in the lower-left corner of the pttern. The emroidery frme moves so tht the needle is positioned correctly. l Press. 310

313 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Emroidery Dt Precutions Oserve the following precutions when using emroidery dt other thn tht creted nd sved in this mchine. CAUTION When using emroidery dt other thn our originl ptterns, the thred or needle my rek when sewing with stitch density tht is too fine or when sewing three or more overlpping stitches. In tht cse, use one of our originl dt design systems to edit the emroidery dt. Types of Emroidery Dt tht cn e Used Only.pes,.ph,.ph,.phc, nd.dst emroidery dt files cn e used with this mchine. Using dt other thn tht sved using our dt design systems or sewing mchines my cuse the emroidery mchine to mlfunction. Types of USB Devices/Medi tht cn e Used Stitch dt cn e sved to or reclled from USB medi. Use medi tht meets the following specifictions. USB Flsh drive (USB Flsh memory) USB Floppy disk drive Stitch dt cn e reclled only. USB CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW drives You cn lso use the following types of USB medi with the optionl Brother USB ry Crd Reder/USB crd writer module. Secure Digitl (SD) Crd CompctFlsh ry Stick Smrt Medi Multi Medi Crd (MMC) xd-picture Crd The processing speed my vry y port selection nd quntity of dt stored. Some USB medi my not e usle with this mchine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. The ccess lmp will egin linking fter inserting USB devices/medi, nd it will tke out 5 to 6 seconds to recognize the devices/medi. (Time will differ depending on the USB device/medi). To crete file folders, use computer. Letters nd numerls cn e used in the file nmes. In ddition, if the file nme contins no more thn eight chrcters, the entire file nme will pper on the screen. If the file nme is more thn eight chrcters long, only the first six chrcters followed y ~ nd numer pper s the file nme. 7 Advnced Emroidery 311

314 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Connecting Your Mchine to the PC Comptile models: IBM PC with USB port s stndrd equipment IBM PC-comptile computer equipped with USB port s stndrd equipment Comptile operting systems: Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vist, Windows 7, Windows 8 Precutions on Using the Computer to Crete nd Sve Dt If the nme of the emroidery dt file/folder cnnot e identified, for exmple, ecuse the nme contins specil chrcters, the file/folder is not displyed. If this occurs, chnge the nme of the file/folder. We recommend using the 26 letters of the lphet (uppercse nd lowercse), the numers 0 through 9, -, nd _. If emroidery dt lrger thn 360 mm (H) 240 mm (W) (pprox.14 inches (H) 9-1/2 inches (W)) is selected, messge is shown sking if you wish to rotte the pttern 90 degrees. Even fter eing rotted 90 degrees, emroidery dt lrger thn 360 mm (H) 240 mm (W) (pprox. 14 inches (H) 9-1/2 inches (W)) cnnot e used. (All designs must e within the 360 mm (H) 240 mm (W) (pprox. 14 inches (H) 9-1/2 inches (W)) design field size.).pes files sved with the numer of stitches or the numer of colors exceeding the specified limits cnnot e displyed. The comined design cn not exceed mximum numer of 600,000 stitches or mximum numer of 127 color chnges (Aove numers re pproximte, depending on the overll size of the design). Use one of our design softwre progrms to edit the emroidery pttern so tht it meets these specifictions. Emroidery dt stored in folder creted in USB medi cn e retrieved. Do not crete folders in Removle Disk on computer. If emroidery dt is stored in folder in Removle Disk, tht emroidery dt cnnot e retrieved y the mchine. Even if the emroidery unit is not ttched, the mchine will recognize emroidery dt. Tjim (.dst) Emroidery Dt.dst dt is displyed in the pttern list screen y file nme (the ctul imge cnnot e displyed). Only the first eight chrcters of the file nme cn e displyed. Since Tjim (.dst) dt does not contin specific thred color informtion, it is displyed with our defult thred color sequence. Check the preview nd chnge the thred colors s desired. 312

315 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Mchine s ry You cn sve emroidery ptterns tht you hve customized nd will use often; for exmple, your nme, ptterns tht hve een rotted or hd the size chnged, ptterns tht hve hd the sewing position chnged, etc. A totl of out 2 MB of ptterns cn e sved in the mchine's memory. Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving screen is displyed. You will lose the pttern you re sving. It tkes few seconds to sve pttern to the mchine s memory. See pge 315 for informtion on retrieving sved pttern. Press when the pttern you wnt to sve is in the emroidering screen. Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. The Sving screen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. If the ry is Full If the screen elow displys, either the mximum numer of ptterns hve een sved or the pttern you wnt to sve tkes lot of memory, nd the mchine cnnot sve it. Press nd delete previously sved pttern, then you cn sve the current pttern. Refer to Retrieving Ptterns from the Mchine s ry on pge 315. Sving Emroidery Ptterns to USB Medi When sending emroidery ptterns from the mchine to USB medi, plug the USB medi into the mchine s USB port. USB medi is commercilly ville, ut some USB medi my not e usle with this mchine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. Depending on the type of USB medi eing used, either directly plug the USB device into the mchine s USB port or plug the USB medi Reder/Writer into the mchine s USB port. The USB medi cn e inserted or removed t ny time. 7 Advnced Emroidery 313

316 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Press when the pttern you wnt to sve is in the emroidering screen. Do not insert or remove USB medi while Sving screen is displyed. You will lose some or ll of the pttern you re sving. Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Computer Insert the USB medi into the USB port on the mchine. Using the included USB cle, the mchine cn e connected to your computer, nd the emroidery ptterns cn e temporrily retrieved from nd sved in the Removle Disk folder in your computer. A totl of out 3 MB of emroidery ptterns cn e sved in the Removle Disk, ut the sved emroidery ptterns re deleted when the mchine is turned OFF. For Computers nd Operting Systems, see Connecting Your Mchine to the PC on pge 312. Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving screen is displyed. You will lose the pttern you re sving. Plug the USB cle connector into the corresponding USB ports for the computer nd for the mchine. USB port USB medi Turn on your computer nd select Computer (My Computer). * The USB cle cn e plugged into the USB ports on the computer nd emroidery mchine whether or not they re turned on. Do not insert nything other thn USB medi into the USB medi port. Otherwise, the USB medi drive my e dmged. c Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. The Sving screen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. USB port for computer USB cle connector The Removle Disk icon will pper in Computer (My Computer) on the computer. 314

317 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION The connectors on the USB cle cn only e inserted into port in one direction. If it is difficult to insert the connector, do not insert it with force. Check the orienttion of the connector. For detils on the position of the USB port on the computer (or USB hu), refer to the instruction mnul for the corresponding equipment. e Select the pttern s.phc file in Removle Disk nd copy the file to the computer. c Press when the pttern you wnt to sve is in the emroidering screen. Retrieving Ptterns from the Mchine s ry Press. d Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. 7 The pttern will e temporrily sved to Removle Disk under Computer (My Computer). The mchine displys the ptterns currently in the memory. Advnced Emroidery 315

318 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Press the key of the pttern you wnt to retrieve. c Press. * Press to delete the emroidery pttern. The emroidering screen is displyed. 316

319 EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (1) You cn use frmed ptterns of the sme size nd shpe to crete n ppliqué. Emroider one pttern with stright stitch nd one pttern with stin stitch. c Apply thin lyer of fric glue or temporry spry dhesive to the rer of the ppliqué creted in step. Attch the ppliqué to the se fric mtching the shpes. Select stright stitch frme pttern. Emroider the pttern onto the ppliqué mteril, then cut netly round the outside of the shpe. d Select the stin stitch frme pttern of the sme shpe s the ppliqué. Emroider over the ppliqué nd se fric from step c to crete the ppliqué. 7 Emroider the sme pttern from step onto the se fric. If you chnge the size or position of the ptterns when selecting them, mke note of the size nd loction. Advnced Emroidery Appliqué mteril 317

320 EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (2) d Remove the emroidery frme from the emroidery unit, nd cut round the outside of the stitches. This is second method to mke ppliqué using emroidery ptterns. You do not hve to chnge the fric in the emroidery frme using this method. Emroider one pttern with stright stitch nd one pttern with stin stitch. Select stright stitch frme pttern, nd emroider the pttern onto the se fric. e Do not remove the fric from the emroidery frme to cut it. Also, do not pull strongly on the fric. Otherwise, the fric my loosen in the frme. Select the stin stitch frme pttern of the sme shpe s the ppliqué. Plce the ppliqué fric over the pttern emroidered in step. * Be sure tht the ppliqué fric completely covers the sem. c Emroider the sme pttern on the ppliqué fric. Do not chnge the size or position of the pttern. If you chnge the size or position of the ptterns when selecting them, mke note of the size nd loction. Appliqué mteril 318

321 EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS f Rettch the emroidery frme to the emroidery unit, nd emroider the stin stitch pttern to crete n ppliqué. Connect to the mchine the medi contining the creted split emroidery pttern, nd then select the split emroidery pttern to e emroidered. * For detils on reclling ptterns, refer to Selecting Ptterns from Emroidery Crds on pge 219, Reclling from USB Medi on pge 221, or Reclling from the Computer on pge 222. Sewing Split Emroidery Ptterns Split emroidery ptterns creted with PE-DESIGN Ver.7 or lter cn e sewn. With split emroidery ptterns, emroidery designs lrger thn the emroidery hoop re divided into multiple sections, which comine to crete single pttern fter ech section is sewn. For detils on creting split emroidery ptterns nd for more detiled sewing instructions, refer to the opertion mnul included with PE-DESIGN Ver.7 or lter. The following procedure descries how to red the split emroidery pttern shown elow from USB medi nd emroider it. A screen ppers so tht section of the split emroidery pttern cn e selected. Select section to e emroidered. * Select the sections in lpheticl order. * A mximum of 12 sections cn e displyed in one pge. If there re 13 or more sections in the pttern, press or to disply the previous or next pge. g5901.eps 7 Advnced Emroidery 319

322 EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS c Press. e Press the Strt/Stop utton to emroider the pttern section. f When emroidering is finished, the following screen ppers. Press. g A screen ppers so tht section of the split emroidery pttern cn e selected. Repet steps through f to emroider the remining sections of the pttern. d If necessry, press pttern. Press emroidery screen. nd edit the to disply the The pttern cn e rotted 90 to either the left or right when is pressed. 320

323 USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS Insted of using thred mrks, the cmer cn e used to connect ptterns in the Emroidery Edit screen. An re of 33 cm 21 cm (12-1/2 inches 8 inches) cn e emroidered when the cmer is used to connect ptterns. Select the pproprite frme depending on the size of the emroidery. We recommend using the super lrge emroidery frme (36 cm 24 cm (14 inches 9-1/2 inches)) when using the cmer to connect ptterns. The smll emroidery frme (2 cm 6 cm (1 inch 2-1/2 inches)) cnnot e used with the cmer function. Connecting Three Ptterns Exmple: Split (Lrge-size) emroidery ptterns cnnot e used with this function. Thred the mchine with the upper thred nd the oin thred. c Hoop fric in the 18 cm 13 cm (7-1/8 inches 5-1/8 inches) emroidery frme, nd then ttch the frme to the emroidery mchine. d Press screen. to disply the emroidering Pttern A Pttern B c Pttern C Select the first pttern A, nd then press. e Press. f Press. 7 Advnced Emroidery ppers t the top left side of the screen, nd then chnges to. 321

324 USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS cn e pressed while emroidering. A pttern cnnot e sved in the mchine s memory while ptterns re eing connected. Lower the presser foot, nd then emroider g the first pttern. After emroidering of the first pttern is h finished, the following messge ppers. Press. j Select the second pttern B, nd then press. k Press, nd then select how the ptterns will e connected. i When the following messge ppers, press. The pttern connection setting screen ppers. You cn edit the second pttern in this screen. 322

325 USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS l Select the position of the second pttern y pressing on the screen. Press fter specifying the position. m The second pttern will e utomticlly connected to the first pttern without djustment. Chnge the position of the second pttern mnully using. The position of the second pttern cn e moved using your finger or the included touch pen. Use, or if you wnt to lign the pttern to the corner of the center of the first pttern, when chnging the pttern s connecting position. Prepre two emroidery positioning stickers. Follow the on-screen instructions to ffix the two stickers to the fric so tht the positioning mrks cn e detected y the cmer. * You cn djust the position of the second pttern using the keys descried elow. c d Use the positioning stickers included with this product or purchse replcement stickers (SAEPS2, EPS2: XF ) from your uthorized Brother deler. If ny other sticker is used, the cmer my not recognize it. The 182 mm 257 mm (7 inches 10 inches) emroidery positioning sticker sheet with strong dhesive is most pproprite for connecting ptterns (SAEPS2, EPS2: XF ). If ny other positioning sticker is used, it my peel off. If the sticker peels off, the ptterns cnnot e connected. 7 Connecting point First pttern A c Second pttern B d Press to move the second pttern. Press to rotte the second pttern in clockwise rc referring the first pttern s center. Press to rotte the second pttern in counterclockwise rc referring the first pttern s center. Rotte the second pttern 90 degrees in clockwise rc. Advnced Emroidery Messge ppers on screen nd crrige will move fter pressing. 323

326 USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS n Affix the first emroidery positioning sticker onto the fric within the red lines tht now pper on the screen of the mchine y using oth hnds to press down on ech corner of the sticker. Affix the sticker with the lrge circle to the top s shown on mchine. Then, press. o Use oth hnds to ffix the second emroidery positioning mrk within the red lines tht now pper on the screen of the mchine y pressing down on ech corner of the positioning mrk onto the mteril nd then touch. The cmer detects the first positioning sticker. Use new positioning stickers. If sticker is reused, it my esily peel off. If the sticker peels off during this procedure, the ptterns cnnot e connected. Use your fingers to pply pressure to the corners of the positioning sticker to firmly ffix it to the fric. If the sticker is not firmly ttched, the cmer my incorrectly detect the sticker. If ny of the following messges pper, rettch the positioning sticker in the correct position. Mke sure tht the sticker is ffixed with the lrge circle t the top. p The cmer detects the second positioning sticker. After the two positioning stickers hve een detected, the following messge ppers. Emroidering re 324

327 USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS The positioning mrkers re shown with tilted ppernce to mke sure tht s long s the mrkers were plced with the red outlined squre, they will e red properly nd correct connection cn e ssured. While mking sure tht the two positioning stickers do not peel off, remove the emroidery frme from the mchine, nd then rehoop the fric. Be sure to hoop the fric so the next pttern nd oth the positioning stickers re within the emroidery sewing re. Rettch the frme nd press. If either of the following messges pper, rehoop the fric so tht the next pttern nd oth the positioning stickers re within the emroidery sewing re s indicted in the screen. Press to detect the positioning stickers. Pttern to e emroidered next Centers of lrge circles for stickers c Emroidery sheet The cmer detects the two positioning stickers. 7 If the mchine detects tht the next pttern nd the centers of the lrge circles of the two positioning stickers do not fit within the emroidering re, the opertion will e pused. Follow the on-screen instructions to reposition the positioning stickers. Refer to Chnging the Position of Sticker on pge 327 to reposition the stickers. If the sticker peels off during this procedure, the ptterns cnnot e connected. If this occurs, restrt the procedure from the eginning. Advnced Emroidery 325

328 USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS q After the positioning stickers hve een detected, press, nd then remove the stickers. u Press, nd then select how the ptterns will e connected. r Lower the presser foot, nd then emroider the second pttern. When emroidering is finished, the following messge ppers. To connect third pttern, press. The pttern connection setting screen ppers. You cn edit the third pttern in this screen. s When the following messge ppers, press. v Specify the position of the third pttern referring to the screen disply. In this exmple, press 2 times nd then, press. Press fter specifying the position. t Select the third pttern C, nd press. c Connecting point Second pttern B c Third pttern C 326

329 USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS Refer to steps through o of Connecting Three Ptterns using the emroidery frme with size of 10 cm 10 cm (4 inches 4 inches) to emroider the first pttern nd to connect the second pttern. Messge ppers on screen nd crrige will move fter pressing. w Lower the presser foot, nd then emroider the third pttern. When emroidering is finished, the following messge ppers. When finished connecting ptterns, press. When referring to steps through o, mke sure you chnge the reference edge nd reference point to reflect this exercise. After emroidering is finished, is no longer locted t the top left of LCD screen. The three ptterns hve een connected. Chnging the Position of Sticker 7 If the selected pttern or positioning stickers for connecting the next pttern do not esily fit in the emroidering re, follow the on-screen instructions tht pper fter step o on pge 324 in order to move the positioning stickers. For n exmple, the on-screen instruction ppers when you use the emroidery frme with size of 10 cm 10 cm (4 inches 4 inches) to connect ptterns s shown elow. Reference point Reference edge Advnced Emroidery Pttern A Pttern B 327

330 USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS Following messge ppers in step p if the next pttern or ffixed positioning stickers re close to eing out of the emroidering re. Follow the instructions nd then press If the following messge ppers, rehoop the fric s indicted in the screen, nd then press.. Emroidering re c After the sticker position is detected, press, nd then remove the stickers. Pttern to e emroidered next Emroidery sheet d Affix the two positioning stickers gin ccording to the on-screen instructions so tht the next pttern or positioning mrks cn fit in the emroidery re. Press so tht the cmer detects the first positioning sticker. 328

331 USING THE CAMERA TO CONNECT PATTERNS The positioning mrkers re shown with tilted ppernce to mke sure tht s long s the mrkers were plced with the red outlined squre, they will e red properly nd correct connection cn e ssured. e Affix the second sticker nd then press. Pttern to e emroidered next Emroidery sheet Continue the opertion from step q on g pge 326 fter pressing. The cmer detects the second positioning sticker. f After the two positioning stickers hve een detected, the following messge ppers. While mking sure tht the positioning stickers do not peel off, rehoop the fric ccording to the exmple displyed on the on-screen instruction. 7 Advnced Emroidery Emroidering re 329

332 CONNECTING ROTATED PATTERNS CONNECTING ROTATED PATTERNS Greter design vritions cn e creted y rotting ptterns. The following procedure descries how to connect ptterns tht re rotted. Press nd then, press in the pttern editing screen. A: First pttern B: Second pttern Select the pttern, nd then press. c Rotte the pttern, nd then press. The pttern editing screen ppers. 330

333 CONNECTING ROTATED PATTERNS Be sure to rotte the pttern from the pttern editing screen. The reference edge nd reference point re specified long the smllest rectngle (not ngled) tht contins ll ptterns selected. Rectngles nd ngled ptterns i Rotte the pttern to the sme ngle s the first pttern, nd then press. A B A B Rectngle Rectngles nd ptterns (not ngled) A B A B j Press. Rectngle Pressing in the sewing screen chnges the ngle t which ptterns re connected. k The pttern position does not need to e specified for this exmple. Press. d Press to disply the sewing screen. e Press nd then, press. f Refer to steps g through i of Connecting Three Ptterns to emroider the first pttern. 7 Select the next pttern, nd then press g. Press nd then, press in the h pttern editing screen. Advnced Emroidery Connecting point Messge ppers on screen nd crrige will move fter pressing. 331

334 CONNECTING ROTATED PATTERNS l Continue with step m of Connecting Three Ptterns to finish connecting the ptterns. Select the pttern whose slide distnce is to e mesured. Connecting Ptterns to e Joined Along n Edge Greter design vritions cn e creted y sliding the ptterns eing connected. The following procedure descries how to use this function to connect ptterns so they re joined long n edge. Before connecting the ptterns, the sting function will e used to mesure the distnce tht the pttern will e slid. A: First pttern B: Second pttern Mesuring the Distnce Tht the Pttern Will Be Slid Set Emroidery Bsting Distnce in the settings screen to 0.0. c Continue to the emroidery screen, nd press nd then, press to select the sting function. chnges to. 332

335 CONNECTING ROTATED PATTERNS d After the pttern is sewn, remove the fric from the frme, nd then mesure the distnce tht the pttern is to e slid. e Specify the position of the second pttern referring to the verticl/horizontl position mesured in step d of Mesuring the Distnce Tht the Pttern Will Be Slid on pge 332. Press fter specifying the position. Verticl: 32.8 mm Horizontl: 42.8 mm Tril Sewing Sew tril emroidery to check tht the pttern will e slid the correct distnce. Select the pttern, nd then continue to the sewing screen. c Press nd then, press in the sewing screen. Emroider the first pttern. Connecting point d Refer to steps h through k of Connecting Three Ptterns on pge 321 to select the next pttern. 7 Advnced Emroidery Connecting point Verticl/Horizontl position Messge ppers on screen nd crrige will move fter pressing. 333

336 CONNECTING ROTATED PATTERNS Continue with step m of Connecting f Three Ptterns on pge 323 to finish connecting the ptterns. After checking tht the tril emroidery results re stisfctory, sew the ctul emroidery. If you decide to chnge the distnce tht the pttern is slid fter checking the tril emroidery, chnge the settings selected in step e. 334

337 RESUME FEATURE RESUME FEATURE If the mchine is turned off while the pttern connecting function is eing used, the mchine will return to the opertion indicted elow when it is turned on gin. The mchine opertion will differ depending on when it is turned off. Exmple: When connecting two ptterns Select the first pttern. Press the pttern connection key. Begin emroidering the first pttern. Begin emroidering the second pttern. Finish emroidering the second pttern. Finish emroidering the first pttern. (A) If the mchine is turned off during ny opertion in this ox, the mchine will return to (A) when it is turned on gin. Select the second pttern. Press. Specify the reference point for connecting the pttern. Strt detecting positioning stickers (2 loctions). Finish detecting positioning stickers. (B) If the mchine is turned off during ny opertion in this ox, the mchine will return to (B) when it is turned on gin. 7 Advnced Emroidery Rehoop the fric. Finish detecting positioning stickers (2 loctions). 335

338 336 RESUME FEATURE

339 Chpter 8 My Design Center ABOUT MY DESIGN CENTER Bsics: Creting Pttern PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN Key functions Before Creting Designs Drwing Lines Setting the line types nd colors Drwing Regions Setting the rush types nd fill colors Using the stmp key Using the erse key Using the select key After Editing the Design STITCH SETTINGS SCREEN Line sew stitch settings Fill stitch settings Stippling stitch settings EMBROIDERY IMAGE PREVIEW SCREEN MY DESIGN CENTER WITH SCAN Using the Scnning Frme Scnning with n Emroidery Frme Scnning to Trce Bckground Imge Importing the Bckground imge LINE SCAN Using the Scnning Frme to Crete Pttern with Line Scn ILLUSTRATION SCAN Using the Scnning Frme to Crete Pttern with Illustrtion Scn STIPPLING Bsic Stippling with My Design Center Scnning Drwing to Crete Stippling Pttern Scnning Fric nd Stippling...367

340 ABOUT MY DESIGN CENTER ABOUT MY DESIGN CENTER With My Design Center, you cn use elow functions; hnd-drwn functions - creting emroidery ptterns y drwing on the LCD screen scnning functions - creting emroidery ptterns y not only scnning oject with uilt-in cmer, ut lso imported dt from USB medi or computer. You cn lso comine ptterns tht you hve creted with the mchine s uilt-in ptterns. Strt My Design Center y pressing in the home pge screen or pressing in the emroidery pttern selection screen. CAUTION Only touch the screen with your finger or the pen (stylus) included with the sewing mchine. Do not use mechnicl pencil, screwdriver or ny other hrd or shrp oject. In ddition, do not press the screen with extreme pressure. Otherwise the screen my e dmged. All or prt of the screen my sometimes ecome drker or lighter due to chnges in the surrounding temperture or other chnges in the environment. This is not sign of mlfunction. If the screen is difficult to red, djust its rightness. Bsics: Creting Pttern 2. Add color to the pttern. 1. Drw line drwing in the pttern drwing screen. (pge 342) 338

341 ABOUT MY DESIGN CENTER 3. Select colors nd stitching nd dd desired ptterns to complete the pttern. 5. Convert imge dt to emroidery dt. The emroidery imge preview screen ppers. (pge 349) 4. Specify stitching settings. (pge 347) Further customize your pttern y specifying emroidery stitching settings, such s stin stitch width nd density nd the sewing direction. 6. Edit the pttern in the emroidery edit screen, for exmple, y comining it with the mchine s uilt-in ptterns. (pge 224) Emroidering egins. 8 My Design Center 339

342 PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN d e f c g h j l n o p i k m u t s r q Pttern drwing re Pttern preview re The ctul dimension of the pttern re is the size of the emroidery frme, which is 36 cm 24 cm (pprox. 14 inches 9-1/2 inches). The pttern you drew my e igger thn you expected. Plese resize the pttern fter converting the design to the emroidery pttern. When the pttern is enlrged so tht only prt of it ppers in the pttern drwing re, the entire pttern is displyed in the pttern preview re. The red frme in the pttern preview re indictes the prt of the pttern displyed in the pttern drwing re. Move the red frme in the pttern preview re with the touch pen or your finger to disply the corresponding re in the pttern drwing re. 340

343 PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN Key functions No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge c Mgnify key Press this key to mgnify the pttern y oth 200% nd 400% in the screen. d Imge scn key Press this key to scn the ttched frme nd disply on the screen s the ckground while using the My Design Center. You cn scn the fric s the ckground or scn the picture s the reference when creting the pttern. e Line design key Press this key to scn the line drwing to edit nd convert to the emroidery dt using the uilt-in cmer. You cn lso import the line drwing imge from the USB medi or the computer nd crete the emroidery design. f Illustrtion design key Press this key to scn the illustrtion to edit nd convert to the emroidery dt using the uilt-in cmer. You cn lso import the illustrtion from the USB medi or the computer nd crete the emroidery design. g Line tool key Drw lines nd set the color. You cn select the line type nd color s you need h Brush tool key Pint with rush nd set the color. You cn select the rush type nd color s you need. Pinted lines nd res will e converted to the pttern emroidered with fill stitch. i Stmp key Press this key to select the stmp shpe for pttern drwing. You cn 344 set the fill/stroke setting. j Erse key Press this key to erse lines nd shpes tht hve een drwn. You 345 cn select the size/shpe of the erser. k Cut key Press this key to cut out the selected section. 346 l Select key Press this key to select section for moving y finger or pen, copying, deleting, chnging size nd rotting lines nd shpes tht hve een drwn. m Rotte key Press this key to rotte the selected section. 346 n Size key Press this key to chnge the size of the selected section o Duplicte key Press this key to duplicte the selected section. p Preview key Press this key to convert the imge dt to emroidery dt. q Recll key Press this key to recll imge dt from the mchine s memory, USB medi or the computer. r Store key Press this key to store the pttern eing creted. s Undo key Press this key to undo the lst opertion tht ws performed nd return to the previous opertion. Ech press of this key undoes one opertion. t All Cler key Press this key to cler ll the lines nd shpes nd strt from the eginning. u Cncel key Press this key to end the My Design Center. All lines nd shped re ersed when you press this key. 8 Before Creting Designs The pttern preview displys the design smller thn the ctul size. You cn view the ctul pttern size y setting the Emroidery Frme Disply. My Design Center 341

344 PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN Press. Select the grid line of the Emroidery Frme Disply. * Select the grid size 10 mm (3/8 inch) or 25 mm (1 inch). Drwing Lines Press nd drw lines. When is pressed, ll regions will e displyed in the ckground to clrify the drwing lines on the screen. 342

345 PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN Setting the line types nd colors You cn set or chnge the line types nd colors nytime. You cn lso specify the line types nd colors efore drwing lines. Press to set the line types nd colors. Press to return to the pttern drwing screen. The color r on the line tool key is chnged to the selected color. Color r The Line/Color type settings screen ppers. c Press color. nd press on the line to chnge The connected line will e chnged to the selected color. * You cn pick the color from the line lredy drwn, press nd select the desired color. Press to mgnify the imge when you cnnot press on the line correctly. Drwing Regions Press nd drw with rush. Line types Color selection: touch the color plette to ctivte the drwing pen color. Line types Freehnd line Select for opening the end. Select 8 to closing the end utomticlly. Stright line with one stroke Stright line chnging directions to the point you select. If the end point is creted ner the strt point, closed oject will e creted. Stitch line My Design Center Line without stitch for creting region. Creted region will e defined y the gry line. 343

346 PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN Setting the rush types nd fill colors Press colors. to set the rush types nd fill Press to return to the pttern drwing screen. The color r on the rush tool key is chnged to the selected color. Brush types Fill color selection: touch the color plette to ctivte the pint rush color. c Select Brush shpes/sizes when you don t wnt ny fill stitch. Squre rush Round rush c Color r c Press nd press on the rush line to chnge color nd fill stitch types. You cn lso set the fill color/stitch type to the closed re tht is mde y lines nd rush lines. * You cn pick the color from the rush line or the re lredy drwn, press desired color. Using the stmp key nd select the Press. Smll rush Medium rush Lrge rush Fill stitch types Fill stitch pttern Stippling pttern 344

347 PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN Select stmp type nd stmp shpe. Using the erse key Press. Stmp types Outline Fill stitch Outline nd fill stitch Select the size nd shpe of the erser. * Press to return to the pttern drwing screen. c Press to set the selected stmp. The pttern drwing screen is displyed. * You cn chnge size of, rotte or move the shpe right fter you crete it y pressing or. c Press d to set the selected erse. The pttern drwing screen is displyed. Drg long the re or line tht you wnt to erse while the key ppers s. 8 My Design Center 345

348 PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN Using the select key After Editing the Design You cn select the prt of the design to move nd/ or edit. Some keys re ville only fter you select the prt. Press. Press to crete the emroidery pttern. We recommend sving the My Design Center pttern. You cnnot return to the design screen fter pplying stitching settings nd continuing to the emroidery edit screen. If the pttern is sved, you cn strt My Design Center gin nd further edit the pttern or crete new pttern with the sme design nd different stitching settings pplied. Select the re you wnt to edit. Selected re is mrked with red squre. c Edit the design with ville keys. (See Key functions on pge 341 for the detils of ech key function.) 346

349 STITCH SETTINGS SCREEN STITCH SETTINGS SCREEN Before creting the emroidery pttern, specify the stitch settings. Lines of the design re sewn with zigzg stitches, running stitches, or triple stitches, nd res re sewn with fill stitches or stippling stitches. Stitching of the res ws lredy selected in Drwing Regions on pge 343, so specify vlues of detiled settings. If the design dt is sved, the settings cn e chnged fter tril emroidering. After finished specifying the settings, press to check the preview of the pttern. Line sew stitch settings Select the type of the line sew stitch from zigzg stitch ( ), running stitch ( ) or triple stitch ( ). Zigzg stitch Zigzg width Density Specifies the width of the stin stitches used to sew the lines of the design. Specifies the density of the stin stitches used to sew the lines of the design. Running stitch /Triple stitch * Both includes n under sewing. Run Pitch Specifies the length of the stright stitch of the design. 8 Fill stitch settings Size Direction Density Pull compenstion Under sewing Increses/reduces the size of the pttern. Specifies the sewing direction. Set to Mnul when you hve desired direction of fill stitch. Specifies the stitch density of fill stitch. Specifies to correct the shrinkge of the pttern y slightly shortening or lengthening the stitching. Chnge the setting fter you emroider the pttern nd cn check the shrinkge. Select if you need or not need the under sewing stilize fric. My Design Center 347

350 STITCH SETTINGS SCREEN Stippling stitch settings Run Pitch Spcing Specifies the length of stitch of the fill stitch of the design. Specifies the spcing etween the stitches when emroidering the stippling stitch. 348

351 EMBROIDERY IMAGE PREVIEW SCREEN EMBROIDERY IMAGE PREVIEW SCREEN You cn check the totl stitch numer, emroidery time nd spool thred color numer to emroider the pttern. Press to check the pttern imge with the emroidery frme. Press to proceed to the emroidery edit screen. Once you proceed to the emroidery edit screen, you cnnot return to the previous pge. Press Press Press to chnge the stitch settings gin. to sve the pttern s the emroidering dt. to return to the pttern drwing screen. 8 My Design Center 349

352 MY DESIGN CENTER WITH SCAN MY DESIGN CENTER WITH SCAN Using the Scnning Frme Prepre the desired drwing/illustrtion. CAUTION To void hving the emroidery foot strike the frme during the scnning process nd possily cusing injury, check the following: the thickness of the fric or pper, creses or folds in the fric or pper tht my e rolled up too close to the frme. When plcing the pper in the scnning frme, mke sure tht the white lnce re is not hidden; otherwise, the drwing cnnot e scnned correctly. At the sme time, e sure to plce the scn imge within the scn re. The imge out of the scn re will not e scnned. Only one sheet of pper cn e plced in the scnning frme per scn. Plce the pper to e scnned in the scnning frme, nd then secure the pper in plce with the included mgnets. * Plce the mgnets t six loctions round the pper to secure it, mking sure tht the line drwing is not covered. White lnce re Scn re Mke sure tht the white lnce re or the scn re is not dirty or scrtched; otherwise, the imge cnnot e scnned correctly. Be sure to use the included mgnets. If ny other mgnets re used, they my ecome ttched to the mchine during scnning, or other prolems, such s misligned scn imge, my occur. Be sure to plce the mgnets so tht they secure the pper firmly. If the pper is plced unevenly, the imge cnnot e scnned correctly. If the scnning frme is dirty, wipe it with cloth dmpened with diluted neutrl detergent solution. If you wnt to scn the smll piece of pper tht cnnot e plced with the mgnets, copy the imge on the pper to the lrger pper nd plce on the scnning frme. 350

353 MY DESIGN CENTER WITH SCAN c d Attch the emroidery unit to the mchine, nd then turn on the mchine. * Refer to Attching the Emroidery Unit on pge 211. Unthred the mchine to void hving the thred slipping out of the needle or getting cught on the emroidery frme. Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to rise the presser foot, nd then press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. * The presser foot is not rised high enough when rised with the presser foot lever. Unthred the mchine to void hving the thred pull out of the needle or ecoming cught on the scnning frme. Be sure not to ttch ny presser foot other thn the emroidery foot W+ or W, otherwise the presser foot will e scnned. Scnning with n Emroidery Frme Drwings nd illustrtions cn lso e scnned using n emroidery frme. Hoop the emroidery frme with fric lrger thn the frme. Plce the pper to e scnned on the fric, nd then secure it, with tpe. CAUTION If you wnt to scn the smll piece of pper tht cnnot e plced with the mgnets, copy the imge on the pper to the lrger pper nd plce on the scnning frme. e Mke sure tht presser foot nd needle re fully rised. If scnning is strted with the presser foot nd needle lowered, the scnning frme my hit the mchine, cusing dmge. After ttching the scnning frme to the emroidery unit, swing the frme-securing lever towrd you to secure the frme. * Refer to ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME on pge 261. Fric Tpe Scnning to Trce Bckground Imge If you hve fvorite picture or drwing, it cn esily e trced on the scnned ckground imge nd you cn crete your own pttern. Press. 8 My Design Center The imge disply screen ppers. 351

354 MY DESIGN CENTER WITH SCAN Using mgnets, ffix picture to the scnning frme nd ttch the frme to the mchine. Refer to Using the Scnning Frme on pge 350. d When scnning is finished, scnned imge is displyed trnsprently in the pttern drwing re. c Press. When scnning strts, some of the mchine lights will turn off in certin circumstnces, in order to increse the scn qulity. The mchine lights will return to their originl rightness when scnning ends. You cn import the dt s.jpg,.png,.mp file type. e Trce the ckground imge. Refer to PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN on pge 340 out creting your pttern. When the following messge ppers, press. Scnning egins. * To stop scnning nd return to the screen in step c, press. f Trnsprency djustment * Press or to djust the trnsprency of the ckground. Ech press of lightens the ckground, mking the line pttern drker. Ech press of drkens the ckground, mking the line pttern lighter. After editing the pttern, follow the procedure from After Editing the Design on pge

355 Importing the Bckground imge Prepre dt of your fvorite picture tht you wnt to crete the pttern with. Sve the dt s.jpg file type to the PC or USB medi. Press. c MY DESIGN CENTER WITH SCAN Select the dt, nd then press. d The selected imge is displyed trnsprently in the pttern drwing re. The imge disply screen ppers. Select the device you sved the dt to. 8 My Design Center 353

356 LINE SCAN LINE SCAN Custom ptterns cn e creted from drwings. You cn crete ptterns y scnning your drwings using the included scnning frme or importing n imge from USB medi or computer. Using the Scnning Frme to Crete Pttern with Line Scn Press. Recommended line drwings for Line Scn Line drwings must e drwn clerly using lines with pproximtely 1 mm thickness. Line drwings should e drwn in strong contrst. If the lines re too short or gthered too densely, they will not e scnned correctly. For detils on creting ptterns using color illustrtions, refer to ILLUSTRATION SCAN on pge 357. If you cnnot scn the drwings s expected, you cn edit the design in the My Design Center. Refer to PATTERN DRAWING SCREEN on pge 340. Line drwings re scnned without recognizing the thickness of lines. If you wnt to chnge the thickness of lines, specify in the Settings screen. Refer to STITCH SETTINGS SCREEN on pge 347. Line drwings re scnned s lck lines. If you wnt to chnge the colors, specify in the My Design Center. Refer to Drwing Regions on pge 343. The imge disply screen ppers. Press. * If you scn the imge, mke sure tht the scnning frme is ttched to the mchine. Refer to Using the Scnning Frme on pge

357 LINE SCAN When scnning strts, some of the mchine lights will turn off in certin circumstnces, in order to increse the scn qulity. The mchine lights will return to their originl rightness when scnning ends. f In the screen for confirming the converted imge, you cn djust the Gry-Scle Detection level gin, if necessry. When the following messge ppers, press. Scnning egins. * To stop scnning nd return to the screen in step, press. c When scnning is finished, specify the Gry-Scle Detection level on the screen if necessry. The Gry-Scle Detection level cn chnge the lck nd white threshold for the imge. * If you do not know how the settings should e chnged, first continue the opertion without specifying settings nd check the results. * To enlrge the imge, press. * To disply the imge efore eing converted, press. Compre the imges efore nd fter eing converted, nd then chnge the settings if necessry. * To return to the previous screen, press. After chnges to the settings of Detection level is pplied, chnges to. Press to check tht the imge is s desired. g Press. * If you do not know how the settings should e chnged, first continue the opertion without specifying settings nd check the results. * To stop scnning nd return to the screen in d Move pttern. step, press. The scnned imge will e deleted when you return to the previous screen. e Press. to frme the imge for the The screen for confirming the converted imge ppers. 8 My Design Center 355

358 LINE SCAN h Press. In this screen, the pttern cn e resized, rotted or moved. During scnning, the smll dots tht pper nd unnecessry lines cn e ersed. To import n imge from USB medi or computer, press, or. For detils, refer to pge 353. i The pttern design editing screen for My Design Center ppers. * To return to the previous screen, press. Follow the procedure descried on pge 224 to edit the pttern s desired. * The originl imge is displyed in the ckground. Use guge to djust the trnsprency of the ckground. Ech press of lightens the ckground, mking the line pttern drker. Ech press of drkens the ckground, mking the line pttern lighter. 356

359 ILLUSTRATION SCAN ILLUSTRATION SCAN Custom ptterns cn e creted from color illustrtions. You cn crete ptterns y scnning n illustrtion using the included scnning frme or importing n imge from USB medi or computer. Press. Recommended illustrtions for Illustrtion Scn Ptterns tht re clerly drwn, with no grdtion, fding or lurriness. Ptterns tht re t lest 5 mm squre Ptterns tht re extremely simple imges Using the Scnning Frme to Crete Pttern with Illustrtion Scn When scnning strts, some of the mchine lights will turn off in order to increse the scn qulity. The mchine lights will return to their originl rightness when scnning ends. When the following messge ppers, press. Press. Scnning egins. * To stop scnning nd return to the screen in step, press. 8 The imge disply screen ppers. My Design Center 357

360 ILLUSTRATION SCAN c When scnning is finished, specify the necessry settings in the scn imge confirmtion screen. Chnge the settings to djust the imge so it cn esily e converted to the desired pttern. d Move pttern. e Press. to frme the imge for the The screen for confirming the converted imge ppers. f In the screen for confirming the converted imge, djust the imge s necessry s in step c. Mx. Numer of Colors The numer of colors in n imge will reduced less thn the numer specified here, nd then the outline will e extrcted. Remove Bckground Select whether or not the ckground color will e included s one of the colors. c Line Select whether or not the outline will e detected s line. A thick outline cn lso e detected s region. When detected s line, the line thickness nd color cn e specified. * To stop scnning nd return to the screen in step, press. Press to detect the outline. Line thickness cn e specified from 1.0 mm (1/16 inch) to 5.0 mm (3/16 inch). * To enlrge the imge, press. * To disply the imge efore eing converted, press. Compre the imges efore nd fter eing converted, nd then chnge the settings if necessry. * To return to the previous screen, press. After chnges to the settings descried ove hve een pplied, chnges to. Press g Press. to check tht the imge is s desired. Press to select the outline color. Select y touching the color, or moving icon using in the color selection screen. 358

361 ILLUSTRATION SCAN h Press. In this screen, the pttern cn e resized, rotted or moved. During scnning, the smll dots tht pper nd unnecessry lines cn e ersed. To import n imge from USB medi or the computer, press, or. i The pttern design editing screen for My Design Center ppers. * To return to the previous screen, press. Follow the procedure descried on pge 224 to edit the pttern s desired. 8 * The originl imge is displyed in the ckground. Use guge to djust the trnsprency of the ckground. Ech press of lightens the ckground, mking the illustrtion pttern drker. Ech press of drkens the ckground, mking the illustrtion pttern lighter. My Design Center 359

362 STIPPLING STIPPLING Bsic Stippling with My Design Center Crete stippling design with the sic procedure. Exmple: c Select the squre shpe, nd then press. Press. * You cn lso strt the function y pressing in Emroidery mode. Press. d Press to enlrge the squre. 360

363 e Press 7 times, nd then press for this exmple. g STIPPLING Select the hert shpe, nd then press. f Press. Press, nd then press. h 8 My Design Center 361

364 STIPPLING i Press Press, nd then select the stitch color. fter setting the color. k Press. j Select the re you wnt to set stippling effect. When the following messge ppers, press. l Adjust the stippling settings to crete the desired effect, nd then press. Select this re. 362

365 STIPPLING m Press. Set the drwing to crete the pttern to the scn frme. Press. * You cn lso strt the function y pressing in Emroidery mode. c Press. n Follow the procedure descried on pge 224 to edit the pttern s desired. The imge disply screen ppers. Set the scn frme to the mchine, nd then d press. Scnning Drwing to Crete Stippling Pttern 8 Crete the custom pttern with stippling design. Exmple: My Design Center 363

366 STIPPLING When scnning strts, some of the mchine lights will turn off in certin circumstnces, in order to increse the scn qulity. The mchine lights will return to their originl rightness when scnning ends. You cn import n imge of 5 MB or smller from USB medi or computer. f Press. When the following messge ppers, press. Scnning egins. * To stop scnning nd return to the screen in step, press. g Press. e When scnning is finished, move to frme the imge for the pttern, nd then press. 364

367 STIPPLING Press, nd then press. h j Select the outline of the pttern to set s the line without stitch. i Press to set the outline of the pttern, nd then press. Outline of the pttern k Press to select the color of the stitch round the stippling effect. 8 My Design Center 365

368 STIPPLING l Press nd select the stitch color, nd then press. n Press, nd then press. m Select the stitch line round the stippling effect. o Press Press, nd then select the stitch color. fter setting the color. Stitch line 366

369 p Select the re you wnt to set stippling effect. d STIPPLING Set the emroidery frme to the mchine, nd then press. q Follow the procedure from step k of Bsic Stippling with My Design Center. Scnning Fric nd Stippling Use the fric pttern to coordinte with the stippling pttern. Set the fric to the emroidery frme. When scnning strts, some of the mchine lights will turn off in certin circumstnces, in order to increse the scn qulity. The mchine lights will return to their originl rightness when scnning ends. You cn import n imge of 5 MB or smller from USB medi or computer. When the following messge ppers, press. Press. * You cn lso strt the function y pressing in Emroidery mode. c Press. Scnning egins. * To stop scnning nd return to the screen in step, press. 8 My Design Center The imge disply screen ppers. 367

370 STIPPLING e Press. g Press to enlrge the circle. f Select the circle shpe, nd then press. h Press until the size of circle fits the pttern on the fric, nd then press. * Use to lign the position of the circle to the pttern on the fric. 368

371 i Press, nd then press. k STIPPLING Select the re you wnt to set stippling effect. j Press Press, nd then select the stitch color. fter setting the color. Press, nd then press. l 8 My Design Center 369

372 STIPPLING m Press to set the outline of the pttern, nd then press. n Select the outline of the pttern to set s the line without stitch. o Outline of the pttern Follow the procedure from step k of Bsic Stippling with My Design Center. Strt emroidering on the fric tht you scnned t first. 370

373 Chpter 9 How to Crete Boin Work ABOUT BOBBIN WORK PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK Required Mterils Boin cse nd oin cover Lower thred Upper thred Needle Presser foot Fric Upper Threding Prepring the Boin Thred When tension is pplied to the oin thred When tension is not pplied to the oin thred CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) Positioning the Fric nd Sewing Finishing the thred ends Boin Work Free Motion Sewing CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) Selecting the Pttern Strt Emroidering ADJUSTING BOBBIN WORK THREAD TENSION Adjusting the upper thred tension Adjusting the tension of the oin thred TROUBLESHOOTING The thred ws ccidentlly cut utomticlly nd the oin thred is cught inside the mchine The pttern is misligned The oin thred ctches on the tension spring of the oin cse

374 ABOUT BOBBIN WORK ABOUT BOBBIN WORK Beutiful emroidery work, with three-dimensionl ppernce, cn e creted y winding the oin with hevy weight thred or rion, which is too thick to e threded through the mchine s needle. The decortive thred or rion will stitch out on the underneth side of fric while sewing with the fric wrong side fcing up. 1. Utility stitches 2. Decortive stitches 3. Free motion sewing Boin work emroidery is sewn using the oin work ptterns included with this product in ddition to some of the utility stitches. 372

375 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK Required Mterils Boin cse nd oin cover Do not use thred hevier thn No.5 hnd emroidery thred. Some threds my not e pproprite for oin work. Be sure to sew tril stitches efore sewing on your project. Boin cse (gry) There is notch t the loction indicted y the letter A. Boin cover There re two smll v-shped ts on the ck of the oin cover s indicted y the letter B. The ts help hold the oin in plce so it does not lift up while thick thred is eing pulled through. Lower thred We recommend the following types of threds for oin work. <Sewing/Emroidery> <Sewing only> No.5 or finer hnd emroidery thred or decortive thred Flexile woven rion (When emroidering: pprox. 2mm (pprox. 5/64 inch) recommended) Fine emroidery rion (silk or silk-like mteril) (3.5 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) or less, recommended) * When wide rion or hevy weight threds re eing used, we recommend test sewing with nd without oin cse tension eing pplied to see which gives the est stitching results. If wide rion such s 3.5mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) is to e used, we recommend tht oin cse tension not e pplied. Refer to pge 376 for more detiled instructions. Upper thred Upper thred choices cn vry depending on the finished look you would like to chieve. By using sewing mchine emroidery thred (polyester), multipurpose polyester thred, or monofilment (trnsprent nylon) thred the ppernce of single design cn e chnged mny times just y choosing different upper thred weight nd/or color. If you do not wish for the upper thred to e visile, we recommend using trnsprent nylon monofilment thred or polyester light weight thred (50wt. or ove) tht is the sme color s the lower thred. Needle Use needle pproprite for the upper thred nd fric eing used. Refer to Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions on pge 77 nd Emroidery Step y Step on pge 210. Presser foot Utility stitches or decortive stitches: Monogrmming foot N Free motion sewing: Free motion quilting foot C, Free motion open toe quilting foot O or Free motion echo quilting foot E C C O Emroidery: Emroidery foot W+ or Emroidery foot W (optionl) N O E E How to Crete Boin Work 9 W+ W 373

376 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK Fric Be sure to sew tril stitches on piece of scrp fric, which includes the sme threds nd fric s wht is eing used in your project. c Grsp oth sides of the needle plte cover, nd then slide it towrd you to remove it. The sewing results my e ffected y the type of fric used. Before sewing your project, e sure to sew tril stitches on piece of scrp fric tht is the sme s the fric used in the project. Upper Threding Instll needle pproprite for the upper thred nd fric to e used. For detils on instlling the needle, refer to CHANGING THE NEEDLE on pge 75. Attch the presser foot. CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT on pge 70 Using Free motion Quilting Foot C on pge 134 Using free motion Open Toe Quilting Foot O on pge 136 Echo Quilting Using the Free Motion Echo Quilting Foot E on pge 137 Attching Emroidery Foot W+ with LED pointer on pge 211 Thred the mchine with the upper thred. c For detils on threding the mchine, refer to Upper Threding on pge 62. d e Needle plte cover Remove the oin cse. Boin cse Use the clening rush included with the mchine or vcuum clener to remove ny lint nd dust from the rce nd its surrounding re. Prepring the Boin Thred In order to crete oin work, the oin cse must e replced with the one for oin work. Before creting oin work, clen the oin cse nd the rce. Rise the needle nd presser foot, nd then turn off the mchine. Remove the flt ed ttchment or emroidery unit. f Clening rush Rce Wipe the oin cse (gry) with soft lint free cloth to clen it. 374

377 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK g Insert the oin cse so tht the mrk on the oin cse ligns with the mrk on the mchine. h Wind decortive thred round the oin y hnd. After winding the oin so it is filled s shown elow (out 80%), cut the thred. For precutions on winding the oin for emroidering, refer to step of Selecting the Pttern on pge 381. * Align the nd mrks. CAUTION Be sure to use the mchine s included oin or one designed specificlly for this mchine. Using ny other oin my result in dmge or injuries. Use only the included oin or oins of the sme type (prt code: SA156, (SFB: XA )). SA156 is Clss 15 type oin. mrk mrk c Boin cse The oin cse (gry) cnnot e used for sewing in ny wy other thn oin work. After sewing oin work, refer ck to the steps in Prepring the Boin Thred on pge 374 for removing nd clening the oin cse (gry), nd then reinstll the stndrd oin cse (lck). CAUTION Be sure to use the oin cse (gry) when creting oin work. Using ny other oin cse my result in the thred ecoming tngled or dmge to the mchine. Mke sure tht the oin cse is correctly instlled. If the oin cse is incorrectly instlled, the thred my ecome tngled or the mchine my e dmged. i * Actul size This model Other models c 11.5 mm (pprox. 7/16 inch) Slowly nd evenly wind the thred round the oin. For est results, wind the oin so the thred is snug nd not twisted. Using scissors crefully trim the thred til s close to the oin s possile. Beginning of wound thred CAUTION If thred extends eyond the top of the oin too much, the thred my ecome tngled or the needle my rek. How to Crete Boin Work 375 9

378 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK j Instll the oin wound with thred. Whether or not tension should e pplied to the oin thred depends on the type of thred eing used. When tension is pplied to the oin thred Insert oin into oin cse so the thred unwinds from the left side. Then correctly pss the thred through the tension spring s shown elow. When tension is not pplied to the oin thred If the oin thred in the tril stitching is too tight nd djusting the oin cse tension does not help, do not pss the thred through the tension spring. Hold the oin with your left hnd so the thred unwinds from the right side nd hold the end of the thred with your right hnd. Tension spring CAUTION When winding the oin, mke sure the thred is not fryed. Sewing with fryed thred my result in the thred ctching on the tension spring of the oin cse, the thred completely ecoming tngled or dmge to the mchine. Do not guide the oin thred through the groove in the needle plte cover, otherwise the lower threding cnnot e done correctly. k l Pull out out 8 cm (pprox. 3 inches) of oin thred. Lightly hold the end of the upper thred while turning the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) until the mrk on the hndwheel ligns with the center top of mchine. 376

379 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK m Gently pull the upper thred to ring the oin thred up through the needle plte. When instlling the needle plte cover, do not llow it to pinch the thred. q Instll the flt ed ttchment or emroidery unit. n o A loop of the oin thred comes out through the hole in the needle plte. Insert tweezers through oin thred loop nd pull oin thred ove the needle plte. Align the upper thred nd oin thred, nd then pull out out 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches) of the threds nd pss them under the presser foot towrd the rer of the mchine. When instlling the flt ed ttchment or emroidery unit, do not llow it to pinch the thred. When the oin thred is replced with new one, e sure to repet the procedure from, otherwise the lower threding will not e done correctly. This completes the upper nd lower threding. If utility stitches re to e used, refer to CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) on pge 378. If emroidery ptterns re to e used, refer to CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) on pge 381. p Instll the needle plte cover nd oin cover with ts. For detils on instlling the needle plte cover, refer to Clening the Rce on pge 388. How to Crete Boin Work Boin cover Boin cover with ts 9 CAUTION When creting oin work, use the oin cover with ts, otherwise the thred my ecome tngled or the needle my rek. 377

380 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) Positioning the Fric nd Sewing Adjust the upper thred tension. c For detils on djusting the upper thred tension, refer to Setting the Thred Tension on pge 92. Recommended stitches for oin work re open iry type stitches. Be sure to sew tril stitches using sme fric nd threds s project in order to check the sewing results. The oin thred my ecome tngled due to the type of pttern nd thred tht re eing used. Since this my cuse the needle to rek, immeditely stop sewing if this occurs. Turn off the mchine nd cut out the tngled thred with scissors. Then, clen the rce nd oin cse s descried in Prepring the Boin Thred on pge 374. Turn on the mchine. Select stitch in the Utility nd Decortive Stitches mode. For this exmple, press. For est results, select longer stitch length nd wider stitch width. Depending on the selected stitch, it my not e possile to chnge the stitch length nd stitch width settings. Depending on the fric, unched stitches my result. We recommend selecting simple stitch nd sewing tril stitches to check the sewing results. d e f We recommend setting etween 6 nd 8 for the upper thred tension. Mke sure the utomtic thred cutting ( ) nd utomtic reinforcement/reverse stitching ( ) hve een turned off. CAUTION Before sewing, mke sure the utomtic thred cutting hs een turned off. If sewing is strted with utomtic thred cutting turned on, the thred my ecome tngled or the mchine my e dmged. Plce stilizer on top (wrong side) of the fric. Type nd weight of stilizer will depend on fric nd thred eing used. If thred is too thick to pull through fric to mchine surfce use n wl to punch smll hole in the fric t the eginning of stitching so the oin thred cn e fed through the opening. Exmples of simple stitches:,, g Press. The screen chnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re locked. 378

381 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) h i Use the presser foot lever to rise the presser foot. With the wrong side fcing up, plce the fric under the presser foot. If the oin thred does not come up, hold the upper thred s shown elow to pull up the oin thred. Upper thred j Wrong side of fric Turn the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to feed the needle into the fric or punched hole. Position the upper thred over the presser foot nd lightly hold then, lower the presser foot lever. l Rise the presser foot lever, nd then use tweezers to pull up the oin thred nd ring the end of the thred to the top of the fric. Pull the thred while holding down the fric so it does not move out of plce. m Align the upper thred nd oin thred, nd then pss them under the presser foot towrd the rer of the mchine. k Punched hole Upper thred over the presser foot Pulling the upper thred gently, turn the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) until the mrk on the hndwheel ligns with the center top of mchine. n While gently holding threds t the rer of the mchine, turn the hndwheel to feed the needle into the fric or punched hole gin, nd then lower the presser foot lever. o Press. All keys nd opertion uttons re unlocked, nd the previous screen is displyed. How to Crete Boin Work p Select low speed, gently hold the threds ehind the presser foot nd strt sewing. Threds cn e relesed fter severl stitches hve een mde. 9 A loop of the oin thred comes out through the hole in the fric. 379

382 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) q Before sewing, check tht there is enough thred in the oin. When you hve reched the end of the stitching re, stop the mchine. Do not sew reinforcement/reverse stitches t the end of the stitching, otherwise the threds my ecome tngled or the needle my rek. In ddition, it will e difficult to pull the oin thred up to the wrong side of the fric. If it is difficult to plce oin thred through the eye of hnd sewing needle, use rion emroidery needle to pull the thred up to the wrong side of the fric. Otherwise, use n wl to pull up the oin thred. Working from the wrong side of the fric, tie the oin nd upper threds together y hnd. Cut wy excess threds with scissors. r Rise the needle nd presser foot. s Leving out 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches) of thred t the ends, use scissors to cut the threds. Wrong side of fric Right side of fric To ensure threds do not come undone fter eing tied plce drop of fric glue on knots. 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches) Finishing the thred ends Do not press the Thred Cutter utton to cut the threds, otherwise the mchine my e dmged. At the end of the stitching, use hnd sewing needle to ring the oin thred up to the wrong side of the fric. c If the desired results could not e chieved, djust the tension of the oin thred nd of the upper thred, nd then try sewing the stitching gin. For more detils, refer to ADJUSTING BOBBIN WORK THREAD TENSION on pge 385. Boin Work Free Motion Sewing If so desired, use templte or drw your design on the stilizer to llow for ese of stitching. Rememer, your stitches with your decortive thred will e on the underneth side of your fric nd the stilizer will e on the top of the wrong side of your fric. * For oin work free motion sewing use the instructions for CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) on pge 378. * For informtion out using the free motion quilting foot C, free motion open toe quilting foot O, or free motion echo quilting foot E refer to Free Motion Quilting on pge 133. Wrong side of fric Boin thred 380

383 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) Selecting the Pttern Prepre the mchine for oin work s descried in PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK on pge 373. Attch the emroidery foot W+ or W nd the emroidery unit. h Select one of the oin work emroidery ptterns. Emroidery ptterns for oin work pper with the letter B in the lower-left corner of the key. Instll oin wound with n dequte mount of thred for pttern. c d Pull up the oin thred ove the needle plte. Turn on the mchine. e Press. The crrige will move to the initiliztion position. f For n estimted length of oin thred required for ech pttern, refer to the Quick Reference Guide included with the mchine. Be sure to use oin wound with enough thred. If the oin runs out of thred while sewing, the emroidery cnnot e completed. Depending on the thred thickness, it my not e possile to wind the oin with the necessry length of thred. In this cse, try winding the oin gin, or use lighter weight thred. To select oin work emroidery pttern, press (Emroidery). B mrk Regrdless of the setting tht hd een selected, the utomtic thred cutting function is turned off. When oin work emroidery pttern is selected the emroidery sewing speed is utomticlly set t 350 spm. The eginning nd end of stitching re specified for oin work ptterns. They cnnot e used for norml emroidering. CAUTION When sewing oin work, e sure to select n emroidery pttern for oin work. If ny other type of pttern is selected, the mchine my e dmged. Emroidery sewing speed defults to 350 spm when oin work emroidery pttern is selected. The Settings screen will not llow speed to e djusted. How to Crete Boin Work 9 g Press for oin work ptterns. 381

384 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) When n emroidery pttern for oin work is selected, the utomtic thred cutting function is turned off. Afterwrd, if pttern other thn one for oin work is selected, the utomtic thred cutting function is returned to the setting tht ws selected efore the emroidery pttern for oin work ws chosen. j Press, nd then djust the tension of the upper thred. For detils on djusting the tension of the upper thred, refer to Adjusting Thred Tension on pge 301. Press nd then press. i The emroidering screen is displyed. We recommend setting etween 6 nd 8 for the upper thred tension. Strt Emroidering Hoop the fric so the right side of the fric is fcing down with the stilizer lying on the top. Use n emroidery frme tht fits the size of the pttern nd then ttch the frme to the mchine. These ptterns re emroidered from the wrong side of the fric so techniclly you re working in reverse of norml emroidering. Since oin work is sewn from the wrong side of the fric, the pttern shown in the screen ppers s mirror imge of the finl sewn emroidery. If necessry, flip the imge to preview it. In ddition, when sewing with the thred colors shown in the emroidering screen, select oin thred tht mtches wht is shown in the screen. Imge shown in screen Sewn emroidery (Right side of fric) Wrong side of fric CAUTION Alwys use stilizer mteril for emroidery. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd cuse injuries. Not using stilizer mteril my result in poor finish to your project. With emroidery ptterns for oin work, the size nd thred density cnnot e chnged. In ddition, the utomtic thred cutting function cnnot e turned on. 382

385 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) It is necessry to move to the eginning of stitching so press, nd then press. If the oin thred cnnot e pulled up, use n wl to crete smll hole to help pull oin thred to surfce. g Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. Lower the presser foot. h i Press. j While holding oth the upper thred nd the oin thred, sew section of the pttern. The emroidery frme moves to the eginning of stitching. c Press. The screen chnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re locked. d e f Using the presser foot lever, rise the presser foot. To ring the oin thred ove the fric, rotte the hndwheel counterclockwise while holding the upper thred. As shown elow, pull the upper thred slightly to the left pulling the oin thred up through the fric. k l m Stop the mchine, nd then tie the upper thred nd the oin thred together to secure the threds. Strt sewing gin to finish the pttern. Rise the needle nd presser foot, remove the emroidery frme, nd then cut the upper thred nd the oin thred. When cutting the threds, e sure to leve n dequte length of thred so they cn e How to Crete Boin Work 9 Upper thred Boin thred 383

386 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) n properly secured. Using hnd sewing needle such s rion emroidery needle, pull the oin thred to the top (wrong side) of the fric, nd then tie the upper thred nd the oin thred together. p If the desired results could not e chieved, djust the tension of the oin thred nd of the upper thred, nd then try sewing the pttern gin. For more detils, refer to ADJUSTING BOBBIN WORK THREAD TENSION on pge 385. Check oin fter ech oin work emroidery pttern is sewn to mke sure there is dequte oin thred for the next pttern. o If there is gp etween the strt point nd end point of the pttern, cut the threds, remove the fric from the mchine, nd then use rion emroidery needle to hnd sew stitches to connect the strting nd ending points. Remove the fric from the emroidery frme, nd check the finished emroidery. Right side of fric Wrong side of fric 384

387 ADJUSTING BOBBIN WORK THREAD TENSION ADJUSTING BOBBIN WORK THREAD TENSION After sewing tril stitches nd checking the sewing results, djust the thred tensions if necessry. After djusting the tensions, e sure to sew tril stitches gin in order to check the sewing results. Adjusting the upper thred tension We recommend setting etween 6 nd 8 for the upper thred tension. If utility stitches re eing used, refer to Setting the Thred Tension on pge 92. If emroidery ptterns re eing used, refer to Adjusting Thred Tension on pge 301. Adjusting the tension of the oin thred If the desired stitching cnnot e chieved fter djusting the upper thred tension, djust the tension of the oin thred. The tension of the oin thred cn e djusted y turning the slotted-hed ( ) screw on the oin cse (gry) for oin work. Turning the screw on the oin cse (gry) my push up the spring plte, s shown elow. If this occurs, gently press down the spring plte with screwdriver so it is lower thn the top surfce of the oin cse (gry), nd then insert the oin cse into the mchine. Spring plte Do not turn the phillips screw (+). Adjust with smll screwdriver. To increse the tension of the oin thred, turn the slotted-hed ( ) screw 30 to 45 clockwise. To decrese the tension of the oin thred, turn the slotted-hed ( ) screw 30 to 45 counterclockwise. CAUTION DO NOT djust the position of the phillips (+) screw on the oin cse (gry) s this my result in dmge to the oin cse, rendering it useless. If the slotted screw (-) is difficult to turn, do not use force. Turning the screw too much or providing force in either (rottionl) direction my cuse dmge to the oin cse. Should dmge occur, the oin cse my not mintin proper tension. If the oin thred tension is tight, the thred cnnot e pssed through the tension spring when the oin is instlled in the oin cse. (Refer to When tension is not pplied to the oin thred on pge 376.) How to Crete Boin Work 9 385

388 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING Severl solutions for minor prolems re descried elow. If the prolem persists, contct your nerest uthorized Brother deler. The thred ws ccidentlly cut utomticlly nd the oin thred is cught inside the mchine Cut the thred ner the fric ove the needle plte, nd then remove the fric. CAUTION Do not pull on the thred with excessive force, otherwise the mchine my e dmged. Thred If n emroidery pttern ws sewn, remove the emroidery frme. Remove the oin, nd then hold it out towrd the left side of the mchine. The pttern is misligned Refer to ADJUSTING BOBBIN WORK THREAD TENSION nd increse the upper thred tension. If the pttern is still misligned, reduce the tension of the oin thred. Exmple: Decortive Stitch Correct tension The upper thred tension is too loose, or the oin thred tension is too tight. Lower the presser foot. c d Apply slight tension on oin thred y holding thred out to the left side of presser foot. Press the Thred Cutter utton gin. The oin thred ctches on the tension spring of the oin cse Sew with no tension pplied to the oin thred. (Refer to When tension is not pplied to the oin thred on pge 376.) 386

389 Chpter 10 Appendix CARE AND MAINTENANCE Restrictions on oiling Precutions on storing the mchine Clening the LCD Screen Clening the Mchine Csing Clening the Rce Clening the Cutter in the Boin Cse Are Aout the Mintennce Messge ADJUSTING THE SCREEN Adjusting the Brightness of the Screen Disply Touch Pnel is Mlfunctioning TROUBLESHOOTING Frequent Trouleshooting Topics Upper Thred is Too Tight Symptom Cuse Remedy Tngled Thred on Wrong Side of Fric Symptom Cuse Remedy Incorrect Thred Tension Symptoms Cuse/remedy Fric is Cught in the Mchine nd Cnnot e Removed Removing the fric from the mchine Checking mchine opertions List of Symptoms Getting redy While sewing After sewing ERROR MESSAGES Alrm Sounds SPECIFICATIONS UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE S SOFTWARE Upgrde Procedure Using USB Medi Upgrde Procedure Using Computer STITCH SETTING CHART INDEX

390 CARE AND MAINTENANCE CARE AND MAINTENANCE CAUTION Be sure to unplug the mchine efore clening it. Otherwise, electric shock or injury my result. Restrictions on oiling In order to prevent dmging this mchine, it must not e oiled y the user. This mchine ws mnufctured with the necessry mount of oil pplied to ensure correct opertion, mking periodic oiling unnecessry. If prolems occur, such s difficulty turning the hndwheel or n unusul noise, immeditely stop using the mchine, nd contct your uthorized Brother deler or the nerest Brother uthorized service center. Precutions on storing the mchine Do not store the mchine in ny of the loctions descried elow, otherwise dmge to the mchine my result, for exmple, rust cused y condenstion. * Exposed to extremely high tempertures * Exposed to extremely low tempertures * Exposed to extreme temperture chnges * Exposed to high humidity or stem * Ner flme, heter or ir conditioner * Outdoors or exposed to direct sunlight * Exposed to extremely dusty or oily environments In order to extend the life of this mchine, periodiclly turn it on nd use it. Storing this mchine for n extended period of time without using it my reduce its efficiency. Clening the Mchine Csing If the surfce of the mchine is dirty, lightly sok cloth in neutrl detergent, squeeze it out firmly, nd then wipe the surfce. Then wipe gin with dry cloth. Clening the Rce Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. Turn the min power to OFF. c d e Occsionlly, condenstion my form on the LCD screen or it my ecome fogged up; however, this is not mlfunction. After while, the cloudiness will dispper. Remove the needle nd the presser foot holder (see pges 71 through 75). Remove the flt ed ttchment or the emroidery unit if either is ttched. Grsp oth sides of the needle plte cover, nd then slide it towrd you. Clening the LCD Screen If the screen is dirty, gently wipe it with the included LCD clening cloth or soft, dry cloth. Do not use orgnic solvents or detergents. Do not wipe the LCD screen with dmp cloth. Needle plte cover The needle plte cover is removed. 388

391 CARE AND MAINTENANCE f Grsp the oin cse, nd then gently lift out. * Align the nd mrks. g Boin cse Use the clening rush or vcuum clener to remove ny lint nd dust from the rce nd oin thred sensor nd the surrounding re. mrk on the oin cse mrk on the mchine c Boin cse * Mke sure tht the indicted points re ligned efore instlling the oin cse. h Clening rush Rce c Boin thred sensor Do not pply oil to the oin cse. If lint or dust collects on the oin thred sensor, the sensor my not operte correctly. Insert the oin cse so tht the mrk on the oin cse ligns with the mrk on the mchine. i CAUTION Never use oin cse tht is scrtched; otherwise, the upper thred my ecome tngled, the needle my rek, or sewing performnce my suffer. For new oin cse (prt code: XE (green mrking on the screw), XC (no color on the screw), XE (gry, for oin work)), contct your nerest uthorized Brother deler. Mke sure tht you fit the oin cse properly, otherwise the needle my rek. Insert the ts on the needle plte cover into the needle plte, nd then slide the cover ck on. Appendix If the needle plte hs een removed it is especilly importnt to reinstll the needle plte nd tighten the screws prior to instlling the oin cse

392 CARE AND MAINTENANCE Clening the Cutter in the Boin Cse Are d Use the screwdriver included with the mchine to screw nd ttch the needle plte. The cutter elow the needle plte should e clened. If dust or lint ccumulte on the cutter, it will e difficult to cut the thred when the Thred Cutter utton is pressed or the utomtic thred cutting function is used. Clen the cutter when the thred is not esily cut. Follow steps through e in Clening the Rce to remove the needle plte cover. Use the screwdriver included with the mchine to unscrew nd remove the needle plte. e Insert the ts on the needle plte cover into the needle plte, nd then slide the cover ck on. Aout the Mintennce Messge c Use the clening rush or vcuum clener to remove ny lint nd dust from the cutter in the oin cse re. Cutter CAUTION Do not touch the cutter, otherwise injuries my result. Once this messge ppers, it is recommended to tke your mchine to n uthorized Brother deler or nerest Brother uthorized service center for regulr mintennce check. Although this messge will dispper nd the mchine will continue to function once you press, the messge will disply severl more times until the pproprite mintennce is performed. Plese tke the time to rrnge for the mintennce your mchine requires once this messge ppers. Such steps will help to ensure you receive continued, uninterrupted hours of mchine opertion for the future. 390

393 ADJUSTING THE SCREEN ADJUSTING THE SCREEN Adjusting the Brightness of the Screen Disply If the screen does not look very cler under certin situtions, you cn djust the rightness of the screen disply. Press. The settings screen ppers. Touch Pnel is Mlfunctioning If the screen does not respond correctly when you touch key (the mchine does not perform the opertion or performs different opertion), follow the steps elow to mke the proper djustments. Holding your finger on the screen, turn the min power switch to OFF nd ck to ON. Press. c The Generl settings screen ppers. Disply pge 4 of the Generl settings screen. d Press or to djust the rightness of the screen disply. The touch pnel djustment screen is displyed. Using the included touch pen, lightly touch the center of ech +, in order from 1 to 13. Only use the included touch pen to touch the screen. Do not use mechnicl pencil, pin, or other shrp oject. Do not press too hrd on the screen. Otherwise, dmge my result * The screen will dim s the numer on the settings screen decreses. The screen will pper righter s the numers increse. c Turn the min power to OFF, then turn it ck to ON. Appendix If you finish the screen djustment nd the screen still does not respond, or if you cnnot do the djustment, contct your uthorized Brother deler

394 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING If the mchine stops operting correctly, check the following possile prolems efore requesting service. You cn solve most prolems y yourself. If you need dditionl help, the Brother Solutions Center offers the ltest FAQs nd trouleshooting tips. Visit us t If the prolem persists, contct your uthorized Brother deler or the nerest Brother uthorized service center. Frequent Trouleshooting Topics Detiled cuses nd remedies for common trouleshooting topics re descried elow. Be sure to refer to this efore contcting your uthorized Brother deler. Upper Thred is Too Tight pge 392 Tngled Thred on Wrong Side of Fric pge 393 Incorrect Thred Tension pge 395 Fric is Cught in the Mchine nd Cnnot e Removed pge 396 Upper Thred is Too Tight Symptom * The upper thred ppers s single continuous line. * The lower thred is visile from the upper side of the fric. (Refer to the illustrtion elow.) * The upper thred hs tightened up, nd comes out when pulled. * The upper thred hs tightened up, nd wrinkles pper in the fric. * The upper thred tension is tight, nd the results do not chnge even fter the thred tension is djusted. Lower side of fric Lower thred visile from upper side of fric c Upper thred d Upper side of fric e Lower thred Cuse Incorrect lower threding If the lower thred is incorrectly threded, insted of the pproprite tension eing pplied to the lower thred, it is pulled through the fric when the upper thred is pulled up. For this reson, the thred is visile from the upper side of the fric. Remedy Correctly instll the lower thred. Turn off the sewing mchine. Remove the oin from the oin cse. c Plce the oin in the oin cse so tht the thred unwinds in the correct direction. * Hold the oin with your right hnd with the thred unwinding to the left, nd hold the end of the thred with your left hnd. Then, with your right hnd, plce the oin in the oin cse. If the oin is inserted with the thred unwinding in the wrong direction, sewing will e done with n incorrect thred tension. 392

395 TROUBLESHOOTING d While holding the oin in plce with your finger, pss the thred through the slit in the needle plte. * Hold down the oin with your right hnd, nd then pull the end of the thred round the t with your left hnd. Tngled Thred on Wrong Side of Fric Symptom * The thred ecomes tngled on the lower side of the fric. T Hold down the oin with your right hnd. Pull the thred to pss it through the slit in the needle plte, then cut it with the cutter. * After strting sewing, rttling noise is mde nd sewing cnnot continue. * Looking under the fric, there is tngled thred in the oin cse. c Slit d Cutter Sewing with the correct thred tension is possile fter the oin hs een correctly instlled in the oin cse. Cuse Incorrect upper threding If the upper thred is incorrectly threded, the upper thred pssed through the fric cnnot e firmly pulled up nd the upper thred ecomes tngled in the oin cse, cusing rttling noise. Remedy Remove the tngled thred, nd then correct the upper threding. Remove the tngled thred. If it cnnot e removed, cut the thred with scissors. * Refer to Clening the Rce in CARE AND MAINTENANCE on pge 388. Remove the upper thred from the mchine. Appendix c Refer to the following steps to correct the upper threding. * If the oin ws removed from the oin cse, refer to Setting the Boin on pge 59 nd Remedy in the section Upper Thred is Too Tight on pge 392 to correctly instll the oin

396 TROUBLESHOOTING d Rise the presser foot using the presser foot lever. g While holding the thred in your right hnd, pss the thred through the thred guide in the direction indicted. e * If the presser foot is not rised, the sewing mchine cnnot e threded correctly. Rise the needle y turning the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) so tht the mrk on the wheel points up, or press Needle Position utton once or twice to rise the needle. h Guide the thred down, up, then down through the groove, s shown in the illustrtion. or Look in the upper groove re to check if the thred ctches on the tke-up lever visile inside the upper groove re. Mrk f While holding the thred with oth hnds, pull the thred up from under the thred guide plte. Look in the upper groove re i Pss the thred through the needle r thred guide (mrked 6 ) y holding the thred with oth hnds nd guiding it s shown in the illustrtion. Thred guide plte Needle r thred guide j Thred the needle ccording to steps j nd o in UPPER THREADING on pge

397 TROUBLESHOOTING Incorrect Thred Tension Symptoms Symptom 1: The lower thred is visile from the upper side of the fric. Symptom 2: The upper thred ppers s stright line on the upper side of the fric. Symptom 3: The upper thred is visile from the lower side of the fric. Symptom 4: The lower thred ppers s stright line on the lower side of the fric. Symptom 5: The stitching on the lower side of the fric is loose or hs slck. Symptom 1 Symptom 3 Cuse/remedy Cuse 1 The mchine is not correctly threded. <With symptoms 1 nd 2 descried ove> The lower threding is incorrect. Adjust the upper thred tension nd then refer to Upper Thred is Too Tight on pge 92. Lower side of fric Lower thred visile on upper side of fric c Upper thred d Upper side of fric e Lower thred f Upper thred visile from lower side of fric <With symptoms 3 through 5 descried ove> The upper threding is incorrect. Adjust the upper thred tension nd then refer to Tngled Thred on Wrong Side of Fric on pge 393 to correct the upper threding. Cuse 2 A needle nd thred pproprite for the fric re not eing used. The sewing mchine needle tht should e used depends on the type of fric sewn nd the thred thickness. If needle nd thred pproprite for the fric re not eing used, the thred tension will not e djusted correctly, cusing wrinkles in the fric or skipped stitches. * Refer to Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions on pge 77 to check tht needle nd thred pproprite for the fric re eing used. Cuse 3 An pproprite upper tension is not selected. Adjust the upper thred tension to select n pproprite thred tension. The pproprite thred tension differs ccording to the type of fric nd thred eing used. * Adjust the thred tension while test sewing on piece of scrp fric tht is the sme s tht used in your project. If the upper threding nd lower threding re incorrect, the thred tension cnnot e djusted correctly, even y djusting the upper thred tension. Check the upper threding nd lower threding first, nd then djust the thred tension. Appendix * When the lower thred is visile on the upper side of the fric. Set the upper thred tension to lower numer. (Loosen the thred tension.) * When the upper thred is visile on the lower side of the fric. Set the upper thred tension to higher numer. (Tighten the thred tension.)

398 TROUBLESHOOTING Fric is Cught in the Mchine nd Cnnot e Removed If the fric is cught in the sewing mchine nd cnnot e removed, the thred my hve ecome tngled under the needle plte. Follow the procedure descried elow to remove the fric from the mchine. If the opertion could not e completed ccording to the procedure, insted of ttempting to complete it forcefully, contct your uthorized Brother deler or the nerest Brother uthorized service center. g Cut out the tngled threds, nd then remove the oin. Remove the oin cse. h If threds remin in the oin cse, remove them. Removing the fric from the mchine Immeditely stop the sewing mchine. Turn off the sewing mchine. Remove the needle. c If the needle is lowered into the fric, turn the hndwheel wy from you (clockwise) to rise the needle out of the fric, nd then remove the needle. * Refer to CHANGING THE NEEDLE on pge 75. i Boin cse Use the clening rush or vcuum clener to remove ny dust or loose threds from the rce nd its surrounding re. d e f Remove the presser foot nd presser foot holder. * Refer to CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT on pge 70. Lift up the fric nd cut the threds elow it. If the fric cn e removed, remove it. Continue with the following steps to clen the rce. Remove the needle plte cover. Clening rush Rce If the fric could e removed If the fric could not e removed Continue with step p. Continue with step j. j Use the enclosed multi-purpose screwdriver to loosen the two screws on the needle plte. Needle plte cover Be creful not to drop the removed screws in the mchine. 396

399 TROUBLESHOOTING k Slightly lift up the needle plte, cut ny tngled threds, nd then remove the needle plte. Remove the fric nd threds from the needle plte. p Insert the oin cse so tht the mrk on the oin cse ligns with the mrk on the mchine. l If the fric cnnot e removed, even fter completing these steps, contct your uthorized Brother deler or the nerest Brother uthorized service center. Remove ny threds in the rce nd round the feed dogs. m Turn the hndwheel to rise the feed dogs. n o Align the two screw holes in the needle plte with the two holes t the needle plte mounting se, nd then fit the needle plte onto the mchine. Lightly finger-tighten the screw on the right multi-purpose screwdriver side of the needle plte. Then, use the disc-shped screwdriver to firmly tighten the screw on the left side. Finlly, firmly tighten the screw on the right side. * Align the nd mrks. mrk mrk c Boin cse * Mke sure tht the indicted points re ligned efore instlling the oin cse. Turn the hndwheel to check tht the feed dogs move smoothly nd do not contct the edges of the slots in the needle plte. CAUTION Never use oin cse tht is scrtched; otherwise, the upper thred my ecome tngled, the needle my rek, or sewing performnce my suffer. For new oin cse (prt code: XE (green mrking on the screw), XC (no color on the screw), XE (gry, for oin work)), contct your nerest uthorized Brother deler. Mke sure tht you fit the oin cse properly, otherwise the needle my rek. Appendix Correct position of feed dogs Incorrect position of feed dogs Be creful not to drop the removed screws in the mchine

400 TROUBLESHOOTING q Insert the ts on the needle plte cover into the needle plte, nd then slide the cover ck on. c Slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise), nd look from ll sides to check tht the needle flls t the center of the hole in the needle plte. If the needle contcts the needle plte, remove the needle plte, nd then instll it gin, strting with step m in Removing the fric from the mchine on pge 396. r Check the condition of the needle, nd then instll it. If the needle is in poor condition, for exmple, if it is ent, e sure to instll new needle. * Refer to CHANGING THE NEEDLE on pge 75. Checking mchine opertions If the needle plte hs een removed it is especilly importnt to reinstll the needle plte nd tighten the screws prior to instlling the oin cse. CAUTION Never use ent needles. Bent needles cn esily rek, possily resulting in injuries. After completing this procedure, continue with the following procedure in Checking mchine opertions to check tht the mchine is operting correctly. Since the needle my hve een dmged when the fric ws cught in the mchine, we recommend replcing it with new one. If the needle plte hs een removed, check mchine opertions to confirm tht instlltion hs een completed correctly. Turn on the mchine. Select. Do not yet instll the presser foot nd thred. d e f Hole in the needle plte Hndwheel Select zigzg stitch. At this time, increse the stitch length nd width to their mximum settings. Slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) nd check tht the needle r nd feed dogs operte correctly. If the needle or feed dogs contct the needle plte, the mchine my e mlfunctioning; therefore, contct your uthorized Brother deler or the nerest Brother uthorized service center. Turn off the mchine, nd then instll the oin nd presser foot. * Refer to Setting the Boin nd CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT on pge 70. Correctly thred the mchine. g * For detils on the mchine, refer to UPPER THREADING on pge 62. The thred my hve ecome tngled s result of incorrect upper threding. Mke sure tht the mchine is correctly threded. Perform tril sewing with norml fric. h Rememer when sewing thin frics, select center stitch tht is shorter in length nd use the stright stitch needle plte for stright sewing stitches. A lightweight pper stilizer cn lso e plced on the underside of the fric. 398

401 TROUBLESHOOTING List of Symptoms If you hve minor prolem with your sewing mchine, check the following solutions. If the solutions suggested do not correct the prolem, contct your uthorized Brother deler. Press for dvice out minor sewing prolems during sewing. Press t ny time to return to the originl screen. Getting redy Prolem Cuse Solution Pge Cnnot thred the needle. Cnnot lower the presser foot with the presser foot lever. Boin thred does not wind netly on the oin. While winding the oin, the oin thred ws wound elow the oin winder set. The oin thred cnnot e pulled up. Mchine does not operte Nothing ppers in the LCD. The LCD screen does not look very cler. Nothing hppens, even if the LCD disply is pressed The LCD screen is fogged up. Emroidery unit does not operte. Needle is not in the correct position. Press the Needle Position utton to rise the 17 needle. Needle is instlled incorrectly. Reinstll the needle correctly. 75 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. 75 Upper threding is incorrect. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd 62 rethred the mchine. The needle threder hook is ent nd does not Contct your uthorized Brother deler. pss through the eye of the needle. The needle threder lever cnnot e moved or Contct your uthorized Brother deler. returned to its originl position. A size 65/9 needle is eing used. The needle is incomptile with the needle threder. Mnully pss the thred through the eye of the needle. 65 Presser foot ws rised using the Presser Foot Lifter utton. The thred is not pssed through the oin winding thred guide correctly. Boin spins slowly. The thred tht ws pulled out ws not wound onto the oin correctly. The empty oin ws not set on the pin properly. You hve not wound the oin thred properly when you re initilly winding thred on the oin s well s eing sure tht the oin thred is set in the guides. Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot. Correctly pss the thred through the oin winding thred guide. Press in the oin winding window to increse the oin winding speed. Wind the thred tht ws pulled off round the oin 5 or 6 times clockwise. Set the empty oin on the pin nd slowly turn the oin until you her it click in plce. After removing the thred wound elow the oin winder set, wind the oin correctly. Follow the drwn imges on the top of the mchine for guidnce when threding the mchine for oin winding. Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. 75 Boin is set incorrectly. Reset the oin thred correctly. 59 All keys nd uttons hve een locked y. Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. Min power switch is not turned on. Turn the min power to ON. 30 The plug of the power cord is not inserted into n electricl outlet. The rightness of the screen is not djusted. The screen hs een locked. Insert the plug of the power cord into n electricl outlet. Adjust the Screen Disply Brightness in the settings screen. Press either of the following keys to unlock the screen. Condenstion hs formed on the LCD screen. After while, the cloudiness will dispper. Emroidery unit is not ttched correctly. Rettch the emroidery unit correctly. 211 Emroidery frme ws ttched efore the unit ws initilized. Remove the emroidery unit, nd then perform the initiliztion process correctly , Appendix

402 TROUBLESHOOTING Prolem Cuse Solution Pge Pointer of the emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer does not indicte the position correctly Specifying with sensor pen cnnot e done ccurtely. With thick elstic fric, the position will e misligned only t rised prts in the fric. With fric hving very uneven surfce, the position is not correctly ligned. The sensor pen hs not een clirted. The pen is eing held differently thn when it ws clirted. Mnully djust the position ccording to the thickness of the fric. The pointer indiction should e used only s reference. Before using the sensor pen for the first time, e sure to clirte it. When using the sensor pen, e sure to hold it t the sme ngle s when it ws clirted. The specifiction loction my e misligned if the pen is held t slightly different ngle. In this cse, mke fine djustments fter mking the selection While sewing Prolem Cuse Solution Pge Mchine does not Strt/Stop utton ws not pressed. Press the Strt/Stop utton. 17 operte. There is no pttern selected. Select pttern. 113, 170, 214, 313 Presser foot is not lowered. Lower the presser foot. 17 Strt/Stop utton ws pressed with the foot controller ttched. The Strt/Stop utton ws pressed while the mchine is set for the sewing speed controller to control the zigzg stitch width. Remove the foot controller, or use the foot controller to operte the mchine. Use the foot controller insted of the Strt/ Stop utton to operte the mchine, or set the Width Control to OFF in the settings screen. Needle reks. Needle is instlled incorrectly. Reinstll the needle correctly. 75 Needle clmp screw is not tightened. Tighten the needle clmp screw. 76 Needle is turned or ent. Replce the needle. 75 Using improper needle or thred for the selected fric. Check the Fric/thred/needle comintions chrt , 83 Wrong presser foot ws used. Use the recommended presser foot. STITCH SETTING CHART Upper thred tension is too tight. Adjust the thred tension. 92, 301 Fric is pulled during sewing. Do not pull the fric during sewing. Spool cp is set incorrectly. Check the method for ttching the spool cp, then rettch the spool cp. 62 There re scrtches round the opening in the needle plte. There re scrtches round the opening in the presser foot. There re scrtches on the oin cse. Replce the needle plte, or consult your uthorized Brother deler. Replce the presser foot, or consult your uthorized Brother deler. Replce the oin cse, or consult your uthorized Brother deler. Needle is defective. Replce the needle. 75 A oin designed specificlly for this mchine is not used. Incorrect oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed specificlly for this mchine. Upper threding is incorrect. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd 62 rethred the mchine. Boin is set incorrectly. Reset the oin thred correctly. 59 Presser foot is ttched incorrectly. Attch the presser foot correctly. 70 Screw of the presser foot holder is loose. Securely tighten the screw of the presser foot. 71 Fric is too thick. Use fric tht the needle cn pierce when the hndwheel is turned. 87 Fric is fed forcefully when sewing thick fric or thick sems. Allow the fric to e fed without eing forcefully pushed , 87 Stitch length is too short. Adjust the stitch length. 91 Stilizer is not ttched to fric eing Attch stilizer. 175, 256 emroidered. Boin thred is incorrectly wound. Use correctly wound oin

403 TROUBLESHOOTING Prolem Cuse Solution Pge Upper thred reks. The thred is tngled on the wrong side of the fric. The upper thred is too tight. Boin thred reks. Fric puckers. The stitch is not sewn correctly. Mchine is not threded correctly (used the wrong spool cp, spool cp is loose, the thred did not ctch the needle r threder, etc.) Rethred the mchine correctly. 62 Knotted or tngled thred is eing used. Remove ny knots or tngles. The selected needle is not pproprite for the thred eing used. Select needle tht is pproprite for the type of thred eing used. Upper thred tension is too tight. Adjust the thred tension. 92, 301 Thred is twisted. Use scissors, etc., to cut the twisted thred nd remove it from the rce, etc. Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. 75 Needle is instlled incorrectly. Reinstll the needle correctly. 75 There re scrtches round the opening of the needle plte. There re scrtches round the opening in the presser foot. There re scrtches on the oin cse. Using improper needle or thred for the selected fric. While sewing, the thred ecme knotted or tngled. A oin designed specificlly for this mchine is not used. Upper threding is incorrect. Using improper needle or thred for the selected fric. Replce the needle plte, or consult your uthorized Brother deler. Replce the presser foot, or consult your uthorized Brother deler. Replce the oin cse, or consult your uthorized Brother deler. Check the Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions chrt Rethred upper nd lower thred. 59, 62 Incorrect oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed specificlly for this mchine. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd rethred the mchine. Be sure tht the presser foot is in the rised position when threding the mchine so tht the upper thred sets properly in the upper tension. Check the Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions chrt. The oin thred is incorrectly instlled. Correctly instll the oin thred. 59 Boin is set incorrectly. Reset the oin thred correctly. 59 Boin thred is incorrectly wound. Use correctly wound oin. 54 There re scrtches on the oin or it doesn t Replce the oin. 59 rotte properly. Thred is twisted. Use scissors, etc. to cut the twisted thred nd remove it from the rce, etc. A oin designed specificlly for this mchine is not used. There is mistke in the upper or oin threding. Spool cp is set incorrectly. Using improper needle or thred for the selected fric. Incorrect oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed specificlly for this mchine. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd rethred it correctly. Check the method for ttching the spool cp, then rettch the spool cp. Check the Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions chrt , 62 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. 75 Stitches re too long when sewing thin frics. Shorten the stitch length. 91 Thred tension is set incorrectly. Adjust the thred tension. 92, 301 Wrong presser foot. Use the correct presser foot. STITCH SETTING CHART The presser foot tht is used is not pproprite for the type of stitch tht you wish to sew. Attch the presser foot tht is pproprite for the type of stitch tht you wish to sew STITCH SETTING CHART The thred tension is incorrect. Adjust the tension of the upper thred. 92 The thred is tngled, for exmple, in the oin cse. Remove the tngle thred. If the thred is tngled in the oin cse, clen the rce. Skipped stitches Mchine is threded incorrectly. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd rethred it correctly. Using improper needle or thred for the selected fric. Check the Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions chrt Appendix

404 TROUBLESHOOTING Prolem Cuse Solution Pge Skipped stitches Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. 75 Needle is instlled incorrectly. Reinstll the needle correctly. 75 Needle is defective. Replce the needle. 75 Dust or lint hs collected under the needle Remove the dust or lint with the rush. 388 plte. Thin or stretch frics re eing sewn. Sew with one sheet of thin pper under the 89 fric. No stitching Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. 75 Boin is set incorrectly. Reset the oin thred correctly. 59 Upper threding is incorrect. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd 62 rethred the mchine. High-pitched sound Dust or lint is cught in the feed dogs. Remove the dust or lint. 388 while sewing Pieces of thred re cught in the rce. Clen the rce. 388 Upper threding is incorrect. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd rethred the mchine. 62 A oin designed specificlly for this mchine is not used. There re needle holes or friction scrtches in the oin cse. Fric does not feed Feed dogs re set in the down position. through the mchine. The fric feeds in the opposite direction. The needle contcts the needle plte. Fric eing sewn with the mchine cnnot e removed. A roken needle hs fllen into the mchine. The hndwheel feels sluggish when it is turned. Incorrect oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed specificlly for this mchine. Replce the oin cse, or consult your uthorized Brother deler. Press, nd then turn the hndwheel to rise the feed dogs. Stitches re too close together. Lengthen the stitch length setting. 91 Wrong presser foot ws used. Use the correct presser foot. STITCH SETTING CHART Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. 75 Thred is entngled. Cut the entngled thred nd remove it from the rce. Zigzg foot J is slnted on thick sem t the eginning of stitching. Use the presser foot locking pin (lck utton on the left side) on zigzg foot J to keep the presser foot level while sewing. The feed mechnism is dmged. Contct your uthorized Brother deler. The needle clmp screw is loose. Firmly tighten the needle clmp screw. If the needle is ent or lunt, replce it with new one. Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. 75 Thred is tngled elow the needle plte. Lift up the fric nd cut the threds elow it, nd clen the rce. Turn off the mchine, nd then remove the needle plte. If the needle tht fell into the mchine cn e seen, use tweezers to remove it. After removing the needle, return the needle plte to its originl position. Before turning on the mchine, slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you to check tht it turns smoothly. If the hndwheel does not turn smoothly or the needle tht fell into the mchine cnnot e removed, consult your uthorized Brother deler. Thred is tngled in the oin cse. Remove the tngled thred from the oin cse. Re-instll the oin cse so it is correctly positioned

405 TROUBLESHOOTING After sewing Prolem Cuse Solution Pge Thred tension is incorrect. Chrcter or decortive ptterns re misligned. Pttern does not turn out. Emroidery pttern does not sew out correctly. Upper threding is incorrect. Boin is set incorrectly. Using improper needle or thred for the selected fric. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd rethred the mchine. Reset the oin. (If needle plte ws removed, reinstll needle plte nd tighten screws prior to instlling oin cse.) Check the Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions chrt. Presser foot holder is not ttched correctly. Rettch the presser foot holder correctly. 71 Thred tension is set incorrectly. Adjust the thred tension. 92, 301 Boin thred is incorrectly wound. Use correctly wound oin. 54 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. 75 A oin designed specificlly for this mchine is not used. Pttern djustment settings were set incorrectly. Incorrect oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed specificlly for this mchine. Revise the pttern djustment settings. 176 Wrong presser foot ws used. Attch the correct presser foot. STITCH SETTING CHART Did not use stilizer mteril on thin frics Attch stilizer mteril. 175 or stretch frics. Thred tension is set incorrectly. Adjust the thred tension. 92, 301 Fric ws pulled, pushed or fed t n ngle while it ws eing sewn. The thred is tngled, for exmple, in the oin cse. Sew while guiding the fric with your hnds so tht the fric is fed in stright line. Remove the tngle thred. If the thred is tngled in the oin cse, clen the rce. Thred is twisted. Use scissors, etc., to cut the twisted thred nd remove it from the oin cse, etc. Thred tension is set incorrectly. Adjust the thred tension. 92, 301 Fric ws not inserted into the frme correctly (fric ws loose, etc.). Stilizing mteril ws not ttched. There ws n oject plced ner the mchine, nd the crrige or emroidery frme hit the oject during sewing. Fric outside the frme edges interferes with the sewing rm, so the emroidery unit cnnot move. Fric is too hevy, so the emroidery unit cnnot move freely. Fric is hnging off the tle. Fric is sngged or cught on something. Emroidery frme ws removed during sewing (for exmple, to reset the oin). The presser foot ws umped or moved while removing or ttching the emroidery frme, or the emroidery unit ws moved. Stilizer is incorrectly ttched, for exmple, it is smller thn the emroidery frme. If the fric is not stretched tight in the frme, the pttern my turn out poorly or there my e shrinkge of the pttern. Set the fric into the frme correctly. Alwys use stilizing mteril, especilly with stretch frics, lightweight frics, frics with corse weve, or frics tht often cuse pttern shrinkge. See your uthorized Brother deler for the proper stilizer. If the frme umps something during sewing, the pttern will turn out poorly. Do not plce nything in the re where the frme my ump it during sewing. Reinsert the fric in the emroidery frme so tht the excess fric is wy from the sewing rm, nd rotte the pttern 180 degrees. Plce lrge thick ook or similr oject under the rm hed to lightly lift the hevy side nd keep it level. If the fric is hnging off the tle during emroidery, the emroidery unit will not move freely. Plce the fric so tht it does not hng off the tle or hold the fric to keep it from drgging. Stop the mchine nd plce the fric so tht it does not get cught or sngged. If the presser foot is umped or the emroidery unit is moved during sewing, the pttern will not turn out. Be creful when removing or rettching the emroidery frme during sewing Attch the stilizer correctly. 256 Appendix

406 TROUBLESHOOTING Prolem Cuse Solution Pge Loops pper on the surfce of the fric when emroidering The thred tension is incorrectly set. Adjust the thred tension. 301 The tension of the upper thred is incorrectly set for the comintion of the fric, thred nd pttern eing used. Use the emroidery needle plte cover. 274 The comintion of the oin cse nd oin thred is incorrect. Chnge the oin cse or oin thred so tht the correct comintion is used. 273 CAUTION This mchine is equipped with thred detection device. If the Strt/Stop utton is pushed efore the upper threding is done, the mchine will not operte properly. Also, depending on the pttern selected, the mchine my feed the fric even if the needle is rised. This is due to the needle r relese mechnism. At these times, the mchine will mke sound different from wht is mde during norml sewing. This is not the sign of mlfunction. If the power is disconnected during sewing: Turn the min power to OFF nd unplug the mchine. If you restrt the mchine, follow the instructions for operting the mchine correctly. 404

407 ERROR MESSAGES ERROR MESSAGES If the mchine is not properly set nd the Strt/Stop utton or the Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch utton is pressed, or if the opertion procedure is incorrect, the mchine does not strt. An lrm sounds nd n error messge is displyed on the LCD. If n error messge displys, follow the instructions in the messge. Below is n explntion of error messges. Refer to these when necessry (if you press or do the opertion correctly while the error messge is displyed, the messge disppers). CAUTION Be sure to rethred the mchine. If you press the Strt/Stop utton without rethreding the mchine, the thred tension my e wrong or the needle my rek nd cuse injury. This messge is displyed when the motor locks due to tngled thred or for other resons relted to thred delivery. This messge is displyed when you try to comine more thn 71 ptterns. This messge is displyed when the emroidery unit is initilizing. This messge is displyed when the uttonhole lever is up, uttonhole stitch is selected, nd the Strt/ Stop utton or Reverse/ Reinforcement Stitch utton is pushed. This messge is displyed when you try to sew with stitch other thn middle needle position stitch while the single-hole needle plte is instlled. This messge is displyed when the needle plte is removed with the mchine on or when the mchine is turned on nd emroidery or emroidery edit mode is selected (see pge 59). This messge is displyed when the mchine needs to e mintined. (see pge 390) This messge is displyed when the needle plte cover is not ttched. This messge is displyed when the speed control lever is set to control the zigzg stitch width, nd the Strt/ Stop utton is pushed. Use the foot controller to operte the mchine. This messge ppers when there re not enough colors in the custom thred tle, to disply the color scheme you hve selected to disply. In this cse, set more colors in the custom thred tle (See pge 237), or select less colors in the color shuffling function. (See pge 241.) Appendix

408 ERROR MESSAGES This messge ppers when there re not enough colors in the thred tle, to disply the color scheme effect you hve selected. In this cse, select nother effect or the custom thred tle (300 color plette) or less colors in the color shuffling function. (See pge 241.) If there re not enough numer of colors set in the custom thred tle, set more colors in the tle. (See pge 237.) This messge is displyed when the utomtic needle threding utton is pushed while twin needle sewing is set. This messge ppers when you try to sve more thn 100 cmer imge or settings screen imge files in the USB medi. In this cse, delete file from the USB medi or use different USB medi. (See pge 36 nd 98) This messge ppers when or is pressed to delete the settings for utility stitch. To delete the selected settings, press. This messge is displyed when n unusle emroidery crd is inserted. This messge is displyed when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed efore the edge of the fric is detected. To detect the edge of the fric using the uilt-in cmer, press, rise the presser foot, nd then perform the opertion gin. (see pge 162) This messge is displyed when the uilt-in cmer cnnot detect the edge of the fric. If this messge ppered fter sewing hs reched 1 to 2 cm (out 3/8 to 3/4 inch) from the edge of the fric, refer to step m in Edge Sewing on pge 167. If this messge ppered during edge sewing, the edge of the fric cnnot e detected y the uilt-in cmer. Press, rise the presser foot, rise the needle if it is lowered, nd then perform the procedure descried in Edge Sewing on pge 164 strting from step f. If this error messge ppers gin, sew without using edge sewing function. This messge is displyed when the Reverse/ Reinforcement Stitch utton is pushed while the emroidery unit is ttched. This messge is displyed when the foot controller is pressed while the emroidery unit is ttched nd mchine is set up for emroidering. This messge is displyed when the ptterns you re editing tke up too much memory, or if you re editing too mny ptterns for the memory. This messge is displyed when key on the LCD disply is touched while the needle is in the down position. This messge is displyed when there re too mny chrcters nd the curved chrcter configurtion is impossile. 406

409 ERROR MESSAGES This messge is displyed when the mchine is in emroidery mode, nd the chrcter pttern comintion is too lrge to fit in the emroidery frme. This messge is displyed when is pressed when chnging thred colors. This messge is displyed when the mchine is in emroidery mode nd the comined chrcter pttern is too lrge for the emroidery frme. You cn rotte the pttern 90 degrees nd continue comining chrcters. This messge is displyed when the mchine is in emroidery mode nd the emroidery unit tries to initilize while the emroidery frme is ttched. This messge is displyed when the mchine is redy to sew n emroidery pttern, nd the Strt/ Stop utton is pushed while the emroidery frme is not ttched. This messge is displyed when the mchine is in emroidery edit mode, nd you try to use n editing function when the pttern is not completely within the red outline. This messge is displyed when you try to sve copyright protected pttern to USB medi/computer. According to copyright lws, ptterns tht re illegl to reproduce or edit cnnot e sved to USB medi or computer. If this messge displys, sve the pttern in the mchine s memory. This messge ppers if the mchine is turned off while sewing, then turned on gin. Press to return the mchine to the condition (pttern position nd numer of stitches) when it ws turned off. Follow the procedure descried in If the Thred Breks During Sewing on pge 281 to lign the needle position nd sew the reminder of the pttern. This messge is displyed when the Strt/Stop utton is pushed nd the mchine is in emroidery mode, ut the emroidery unit is not ttched. This messge is displyed when replcing the emroidering oin thred. This messge is displyed when rotting sved comined pttern in the Emroidery screen. This messge is displyed when the emroidery frme is ttched. This messge is displyed when the mchine is in emroidery mode nd the smll frme is ttched, nd the selected pttern does not fit in the smll frme. This messge ppers when emroidery frme (smll) is ttched while ligning the emroidery position using the uilt-in cmer. Appendix

410 ERROR MESSAGES This messge is displyed when the mchine filed to recognize the emroidery positioning mrk. - Confirm tht the emroidery positioning mrk is in the selected re. If prolem persists, see pge 268 to reposition mrk. - Mchine filed to recognize printed positioning mrk. Set Pge Scling to None (100%), nd try printing the emroidery positioning mrk gin. (see pge 299) This messge is displyed when the mchine hs recognized the emroidery position mrk. Remove the emroidery positioning sticker nd press to continue. To remove the emroidery positioning sticker more esily, press. (see pge 268) This messge is displyed when the Strt/Stop utton is pushed to sew Utility stitches or Chrcter/Decortive stitches while the foot controller is connected. (This messge does not pper when emroidering). This messge is displyed when the Strt/ Stop utton is pushed while the mchine is in emroidery edit mode nd pttern is eing edited. This messge is displyed when there is no stitch or emroidery pttern selected nd the Strt/ Stop utton or the Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch utton is pressed. This messge is displyed when the oin thred is running out. This messge ppers when the uilt-in cmer is eing used to lign the emroidery position, ut the emroidery positioning sticker is too ner n edge or the pttern extends from the emroidery frme. Chnge the positioning of the emroidery position sticker, nd then try ligning the position gin. See pge 263. This messge is displyed when the upper thred is roken or not threded correctly, nd the Strt/ Stop utton or the Reverse/ Reinforcement Stitch utton is pressed. This messge is displyed when the Presser Foot Lifter utton is pushed while the presser foot lever is rised/the needle is lowered. This messge is displyed when the memory is full nd the stitch or pttern cnnot e sved. This messge is displyed when, fter selecting pttern,,, or is pressed nd the pttern is out to e deleted. This messge is displyed when the oin is eing wound, nd the motor locks ecuse the thred is tngled, etc. This messge is displyed when there is possiility tht the dt for the selected pttern is corrupted. 408

411 ERROR MESSAGES This messge is displyed when the uttonhole lever is down, stitch other thn uttonhole is selected, nd the Strt/ Stop utton or the Reverse/ Reinforcement Stitch utton is pushed. This messge is displyed when you try to use incomptile USB medi. For list of comptile USB medi, visit support.rother.com. This messge is displyed when it seems tht the upper thred hs not een threded correctly. This messge is displyed when the emroidery unit is ttched nd the power is turned on with the needle in the down position. This messge is displyed when the file size exceeds the dt cpcity of the mchine. Confirm the file size nd formt. (see pge 37.) This messge is displyed when you try to use incomptile medi. This messge ppers if the file formt is incomptile with this mchine. Check the list of comptile file formts. (see pge 37.) This messge is displyed when the imge is deleted. This messge is displyed when you ttempt to select pttern fter the USB medi in which the pttern is sved hs een chnged. This messge is displyed when n error occurs with the USB medi. This messge is displyed when the memory is full nd pttern must e deleted. This messge is displyed when utton, such s the Strt/Stop utton, is pushed while the presser foot is rised. This messge is displyed when you press in the screen other thn the Utility Stitch, or press in the screen other thn the Utility Stitch or Chrcter/ Decortive Stitch. This messge ppers when you touch the invlid re of sensor pen. Touch the ctive re. (see pge 100) This messge ppers when you try to recll the pttern stored in the mchine while specifying the sewing end point using the sensor function. (see pge 105) Appendix

412 ERROR MESSAGES This messge ppers when you press down the sensor pen tip efore pressing nd keep pressing for the certin period. Move the sensor pen wy from the current position. This messge ppers when something is wrong with the sensor unit of the mchine. Consult your uthorized Brother deler. This messge ppers when you touch the invlid re of sewing with the sensor pen. Touch the ctive re. (see pge 100) Alrm Sounds This messge ppers when the selected function is not ville with the sensor function. (see pge 100, 268) If the opertion ws performed incorrectly, n lrm sounds to indicte tht n error occurred. If the opertion ws performed correctly, the mchine eeps to confirm the opertion. To cncel the opertion eep or to chnge the volume, press, disply screen 4/9, nd then chnge the setting for Mchine Speker Volume. See pge 34 for more detils. This messge ppers when the time/dte is not set. Set time/dte. (see pge 31) This messge ppers when you try to strt sewing utility/decortive stitch or chrcter pttern with the emroidery foot with the LED pointer ttched to the mchine. Remove the emroidery foot with the LED pointer efore entering the sewing mode. (see pge 221) This messge ppers when you try to strt emroidering with the dul feed foot ttched to the mchine. Remove the dul feed foot efore entering the emroidery mode. (see pge 72) This messge ppers when the function to specify the sewing end point cnnot e used with the current stitch. Select other stitch. (see pge 105) This messge ppers when the dul feed foot cnnot e used with the current stitch. Select other stitch. 410

413 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Sewing Mchine (Box 1 of 2) Emroidery Unit (Box 2 of 2) Item * Plese e wre tht some specifictions my chnge without notice. Specifiction Dimensions of mchine Approx. 662 mm (W) 348 mm (H) 321 mm (D) (pprox. 26-1/16 inches (W) 13-11/16 inches (H) 12-5/8 inches (D)) Dimensions of ox Approx. 740 mm (W) 620 mm (H) 405 mm (D) (pprox. 29-1/8 inches (W) 24-13/32 inches (H) 15-15/16 inches (D)) Weight of mchine Approx. 17 kg (pprox l) Weight of ox (for shipping) Approx. 26 kg (pprox l) Sewing speed 70 to 1050 stitches per minute Needles Home sewing mchine needles (HA 130) Dimensions of emroidery unit Dimensions of mchine with emroidery unit ttched Dimensions of ox Weight of emroidery unit Weight of ox (for shipping) Totl Shipping Weight (Comintion of ll 2 oxes complete) Approx. 595 mm (W) 139 mm (H) 524 mm (D) (pprox. 23-7/16 inches (W) 5-15/32 inches (H) 20-5/8 inches (D)) Approx. 916 mm (W) 348 mm (H) 524 mm (D) (pprox. 36-1/16 inches (W) 13-11/16 inches (H) 20-5/8 inches (D)) Approx. 735 mm (W) 620 mm (H) 190 mm (D) (pprox /16 inches (W) 24-13/32 inches (H) 7-15/32 inches (D)) Approx. 4.6 kg (pprox l) Approx. 7.4 kg (pprox l) Approx. 37 kg (pprox l) Appendix

414 UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE S SOFTWARE UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE S SOFTWARE You cn use USB medi or computer to upgrde softwre for your sewing mchine. When n upgrde progrm is ville on plese downlod the files following the instructions on the wesite nd steps elow. When using USB medi to upgrde the softwre, check tht no dt other thn the upgrde file is sved on the USB medi eing used efore strting to upgrde. Comptile operting systems: Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vist, Windows 7, Windows 8 Upgrde Procedure Using USB Medi While pressing the Automtic Threding utton, turn the min power to ON. The following screen will pper on the LCD. The ccess lmp will egin linking fter inserting USB medi, nd it will tke out 5 to 6 seconds to recognize the medi. (Time will differ depending on the USB medi). d Press. Press. c Insert the USB medi into the primry (top) USB port on the mchine. The medi device should only contin the upgrde file. The upgrde file is loded. If n error occurs, red text error messge will pper. When the instlltion is performed successfully, following messge will pper. Primry (top) USB port for medi USB medi e Remove the USB medi, nd turn the mchine off nd on gin. 412

415 Upgrde Procedure Using Computer e UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE S SOFTWARE When the messge disppers, press. Do not connect ny dditionl USB medi devices to your computer when using the USB cle. While pressing the Automtic Threding utton, turn the min power to ON. The following screen will pper on the LCD. Press. The upgrde file is loded. If n error occurs, red text error messge will pper. When the instlltion is performed successfully, following messge will pper. c Plug the USB cle connector into the corresponding USB ports for the computer nd for the mchine. Removle Disk will pper in Computer (My Computer). d Copy the upgrde file to Removle Disk. f Unplug the USB cle, nd turn the mchine off nd on gin. Appendix The following messge will pper

416 STITCH SETTING CHART STITCH SETTING CHART The following chrt shows informtion for ech utility stitch concerning pplictions, stitch lengths, stitch widths, nd whether or not the twin needle mode cn e used. Quilting foot C is used when the stright stitch needle plte is ttched to the mchine. Refer to Using Free motion Quilting Foot C on pge 134. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Stright stitch (Left) Stright stitch (Left) Stright stitch (Middle) Stright stitch (Middle) Triple stretch stitch Generl sewing, gther, pintuck, etc. Reverse stitch is sewn while pressing Reverse/ Reinforcement Stitch utton. Generl sewing, gther, pintuck, etc. Reinforcement stitch is sewn while pressing Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch utton. Generl sewing, gther, pintuck, etc. Reverse stitch is sewn while pressing Reverse/ Reinforcement Stitch utton. Generl sewing, gther, pintuck, etc. Reinforcement stitch is sewn while pressing Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch utton. Generl sewing for reinforcement nd decortive topstitching 0.0 (0) 0.0 (0) 3.5 (1/8) 3.5 (1/8) 0.0 (0) (0-1/4) (0-1/4) (0-1/4) (0-1/4) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) 2.5 (3/32) 2.5 (3/32) 2.5 (3/32) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) (1/64-3/16) (1/64-3/16) (1/64-3/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) Stem stitch Reinforced stitching, sewing nd decortive pplictions 1.0 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Decortive stitch Decortive stitching, top stitching 0.0 (0) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Bsting stitch Bsting 0.0 (0) (0-1/4) 20 (3/4) 5-30 (3/16-1-3/ 16) NO Zigzg stitch Zigzg stitch Zigzg stitch (Right) For overcsting, mending. Reverse stitch is sewn while pressing Reverse/ Reinforcement Stitch utton. For overcsting, mending. Reinforcement stitch is sewn while pressing Reverse/ Reinforcement Stitch utton. Strt from right needle position, zigzg sew t left. 3.5 (1/8) 3.5 (1/8) 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) (0-1/4) (3/32-3/16) 1.4 (1/16) 1.4 (1/16) 1.4 (1/16) (0-3/16) (0-3/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) Zigzg stitch (Left) Strt from left needle position, zigzg sew t right. 3.5 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) 1.4 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) 2 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting (medium weight nd stretch frics), tpe nd elstic 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) 414

417 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle 2 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting (medium weight nd stretch frics), tpe nd elstic 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) 3 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting (medium, hevyweight nd stretch frics), tpe nd elstic 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Overcsting stitch Reinforcing of light nd medium weight frics 3.5 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Overcsting stitch Reinforcing of hevyweight fric 5.0 (3/16) (3/32-3/16) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Overcsting stitch Reinforcing of medium, hevyweight nd esily frile frics or decortive stitching. 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Overcsting stitch Reinforced seming of stretch fric 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Overcsting stitch Reinforcing of medium stretch fric nd hevyweight fric, decortive stitching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Overcsting stitch Reinforcement of stretch fric or decortive stitching 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Overcsting stitch Stretch knit sem 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Single dimond overcst Reinforcement nd seming stretch fric 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Single dimond overcst Reinforcement of stretch fric 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 1.8 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) With side cutter Stright stitch while cutting frics 0.0 (0) (0-3/32) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO With side cutter Zigzg stitch while cutting frics 3.5 (1/8) (1/8-3/16) 1.4 (1/16) (0-3/16) NO With side cutter Overcsting stitch while cutting frics 3.5 (1/8) (1/8-3/16) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO With side cutter Overcsting stitch while cutting frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO With side cutter Overcsting stitch while cutting frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Piecing stitch (Right) Piecework/ptchwork 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) right sem llownce 5.5 (7/32) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Piecing stitch (Middle) Piecework/ptchwork 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO 415

418 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Piecing stitch (Left) Piecework/ptchwork 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) left sem llownce 1.5 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hnd-look quilting Quilting stitch mde to look like hnd quilting stitch 0.0 (0) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Quilting ppliqué zigzg stitch Zigzg stitch for quilting nd sewing on ppliqué quilt pieces 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 1.4 (1/16) (0-3/16) NO Quilting ppliqué stitch Quilting stitch for invisile ppliqué or ttching inding 1.5 (1/16) (0-1/4) 1.8 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Quilting stippling Bckground quilting 7.0 (1/4) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Blind hem stitch Hemming woven frics 0.0 (0) (+1/8 - -1/8) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Blind hem stitch stretch Hemming stretch fric 0.0 (0) (+1/8 - -1/8) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Blnket stitch Appliqués, decortive lnket stitch 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Shell tuck edge Shell tuck edge finish on frics 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Stin scllop stitch Decorting collr of louse, edge of hndkerchief 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 0.5 (1/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Scllop stitch Decorting collr of louse, edge of hndkerchief 7.0 (1/4) (0-1/4) 1.4 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Ptchwork join stitch Ptchwork stitches, decortive stitching 4.0 (1/16) (0-1/4) 1.2 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Ptchwork doule overlock stitch Ptchwork stitches, decortive stitching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Couching stitch Decortive stitching, ttching cord nd couching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.2 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Smocking stitch Smocking, decortive stitching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Fether stitch Fgoting, decortive stitching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Fgoting cross stitch Fgoting, ridging nd decortive stitching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Tpe ttching Attching tpe to sem in stretch fric 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) 416

419 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Ldder stitch Decortive stitching 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Rick-rck stitch Decortive top stitching 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Decortive stitch Decortive stitching 1.0 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Decortive stitch Decortive stitching 5.5 (7/32) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Serpentine stitch Decortive stitching nd ttching elstic 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Decortive stitch Decortive stitching nd ppliqué 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Decortive stippling stitch Decortive stitching 7.0 (1/4) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems, triple stright t left 1.0 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Decortive hems, triple stright t center 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching zigzg Decortive hems, top stitching 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Decortive hems, lce ttching pin stitch 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems 3.0 (1/8) (0-1/4) 3.5 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems disy stitch 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 3.5 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 3.5 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 3.5 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) 417

420 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Honeycom stitch Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/64) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Honeycom stitch Heirloom, decortive hems 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.5 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Decortive hems nd ridging stitch 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Decortive hems. Fgoting, ttching rion 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Decortive hems, smocking 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems, smocking 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/16-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems, smocking 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Ldder stitch Decortive hems. Fgoting, ttching rion 7.0 (1/4) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/32) NO Nrrow rounded uttonhole Buttonhole on light to medium weight frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Wide round ended uttonhole Buttonholes with extr spce for lrger uttons 5.5 (7/32) (1/8-7/32) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Tpered round ended uttonhole Reinforced wist tpered uttonholes 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Round ended uttonhole Buttonholes with verticl r tck in hevyweight frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO 418

421 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Round ended uttonhole Buttonholes with r tck 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Round doule ended uttonhole Buttonholes for fine, medium to hevyweight frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Nrrow squred uttonhole Buttonholes for light to medium weight frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Wide squred uttonhole Buttonholes with extr spce for lrger decortive uttons 5.5 (7/32) (1/8-7/32) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Squred uttonhole Hevy-duty uttonholes with verticl r tcks 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Stretch uttonhole Buttonholes for stretch or woven frics 6.0 (15/64) (1/8-15/64) 1.0 (1/16) (1/32-1/16) NO Heirloom uttonhole Buttonholes for heirloom nd stretch frics 6.0 (15/64) (1/8-15/64) 1.5 (1/16) (1/16-1/8) NO Bound uttonhole The first step in mking ound uttonholes 5.0 (3/16) (0-15/64) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Keyhole uttonhole Buttonholes in hevyweight or thick frics for lrger flt uttons 7.0 (1/4) (1/8-1/4) 0.5 (1/32) (1/64-1/16) NO Tpered keyhole uttonhole Buttonholes in medium to hevy weight frics for lrger flt uttons 7.0 (1/4) (1/8-1/4) 0.5 (1/32) (1/64-1/16) NO Keyhole uttonhole Buttonholes with verticl r tck for reinforcement in hevyweight or thick frics 7.0 (1/4) (1/8-1/4) 0.5 (1/32) (1/64-1/16) NO 4 steps uttonhole 1 Left side of 4 step uttonhole 5.0 (7/32) (1/16-1/4) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO 4 steps uttonhole 2 Br tck of 4 step uttonhole 5.0 (7/32) (1/16-1/4) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO 4 steps uttonhole 3 Right side of 4 step uttonhole 5.0 (7/32) (1/16-1/4) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO 4 steps uttonhole 4 Br tck of 4 step uttonhole 5.0 (7/32) (1/16-1/4) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Drning Drning of medium weight fric 7.0 (1/4) (3/32-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/32) NO Drning Drning of hevyweight fric 7.0 (1/4) (3/32-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/32) NO Br tck Reinforcement t opening of pocket, etc. 2.0 (1/16) (1/16-1/8) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO 419

422 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Button sewing Attching uttons 3.5 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) NO Eyelet Str eyelet For mking eyelets, holes on elts, etc. 7.0 (1/4) (1/4 15/64 3/16) 7.0 (1/4) (1/4 15/64 3/16) For mking str-shped eyelets on holes. NO NO Digonlly left up (Stright) Reverse (Stright) Digonlly right up (Stright) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners NO NO NO Sidewys to left (Stright) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric NO Sidewys to right (Stright) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric NO Digonlly left down (Stright) Forwrd (Stright) Digonlly right down (Stright) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners NO NO NO Sidewys to left (Zigzg) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric NO Sidewys to right (Zigzg) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric NO Forwrd (Zigzg) Reverse (Zigzg) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners NO NO Piecing stitch (Middle) Piecework/ptchwork 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Piecing stitch (Right) Piecework/ptchwork 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) right sem llownce 5.50 (7/32) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Piecing stitch (Left) Piecework/ptchwork 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) left sem llownce 1.50 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO 420

423 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Hnd-look quilting Quilting stitch mde to look like hnd quilting stitch 3.50 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Bsting stitch Bsting 3.50 (1/8) (0-1/4) 20 (3/4) 5-30 (3/16-1-3/ 16) NO Stem stitch Reinforced stitching, sewing nd decortive pplictions 1.00 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Quilting ppliqué zigzg stitch Zigzg stitch for quilting nd sewing on ppliqué quilt pieces 3.50 (1/8) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (0-3/16) NO Zigzg stitch (Right) Strt from right needle position, zigzg sew t left 3.50 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Zigzg stitch (Left) Strt from left needle position, zigzg sew t right 3.50 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO 2 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting (medium weight nd stretch frics), tpe nd elstic 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO 3 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting (medium, hevyweight nd stretch frics), tpe nd elstic 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Quilting ppliqué stitch Quilting stitch for invisile ppliqué or ttching inding 2.00 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Shell tuck edge Shell tuck edge finish on frics 4.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Blnket stitch Appliqués, decortive lnket stitch 3.50 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Quilting stippling Bckground quilting 7.00 (1/4) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Overcsting stitch Stretch knit sem 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Tpe ttching Attching tpe to sem in stretch fric 5.50 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.4 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Serpentine stitch Decortive stitching nd ttching elstic 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Fether stitch Fgoting, decortive stitching 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Fgoting cross stitch Fgoting, ridging nd decortive stitching 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Couching stitch Decortive stitching, ttching cord nd couching 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.2 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO 421

424 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Ptchwork doule overlock stitch Ptchwork stitches, decortive stitching 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Smocking stitch Smocking, decortive stitching 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Rick-rck stitch Decortive top stitching 4.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Decortive stitch Decortive stitching nd ppliqué 6.00 (15/64) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Decortive stitch Decortive stitching 5.50 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems nd ridging stitch 6.00 (15/64) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Single dimond overcst Reinforcement nd seming stretch fric 6.00 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Overcsting stitch Reinforcement of stretch fric or decortive stitching 4.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Free motion couching stitch Free motion couching stitch 3.50 (1/8) (3/32-1/8) NO 422

425 Index INDEX A Accessories included ccessories options Accessory cse Accessory comprtment Adjustments screen Air vent Alrm sounds Aligning the position , 266, 286 Alphet chrcters chrcter/decortive stitches emroidery Appliqué quilting using zigzg stitch using n emroidery frme pttern Arry key Arrow keys , 226 Automtic fric sensor system Automtic reinforcement stitching Automtic thred cutting key Automtic Threding utton... 17, 62 B Bck to eginning key Bll point needle 75/ , 304 Br tcks Bsting Blind hem stitches Block move key Boin pulling up the oin thred runs out of thred setting winding Boin cse clening Boin clip Boin cover... 16, 59 Boin holder (switch) Boin winder Boin work Border key , 246 Built-in cmer... 99, 162, 266 Button sewing hole uttons shnk Buttonhole lever... 16, 151, 154 Buttonholes four-step odd-shped/uttons tht do not fit the utton holder plte one-step C Clirting the sensor pen Chrcter spcing key Chrcter/Decortive Stitches djustments comining editing key functions retrieving , 193 sving , 191 selecting sewing stitch selection screens Clening LCD screen mchine csing rce Clock Color shuffling function Comining Ptterns chrcter/decortive stitches emroidery edit Connecting ptterns Cord guide oin cover Couching Crzy quilt Custom Thred Tle , 240 Cut/Tension key D Drning Drt sem Density key Dul feed foot E Echo quilting Eco mode Edge sewing edge sewing using the uilt-in cmer Editing chrcter/decortive stitches emroidery edit MY CUSTOM STITCH Elstic zigzg stitches Elongtion key Emroidery djusting the speed utomtic thred cutting function (END COLOR TRIM) edges or corners key functions restrting from the eginning resuming emroidery fter turning off the power rions or tpe selecting ptterns smll frics thred color disply thred trimming function (JUMP STITCH TRIM) Emroidery ppliqué Emroidery edit chnging the thred color comined ptterns , 255 custom thred tle , 240 key functions repeted ptterns Emroidery foot W Emroidery frme disply Emroidery frmes ttching inserting fric removing types using the emroidery sheet Emroidery needle plte cover Emroidery ptterns ligning the position checking the position comining duplicting editing Appendix

426 Index 424 linked chrcters pttern selection screens retrieving , 315 sving , 314 selecting sewing using frme pttern to mke n ppliqué , 318 Emroidery positioning sticker Emroidery sheet Emroidery unit... 17, 211 crrige Enlrger key Error messges Eyelet F Frics fric/thred/needle comintions sewing hevyweight frics sewing lightweight frics sewing stretch frics... 89, 152 Fgoting Feed dogs... 16, 133 Flt ed ttchment... 15, 212 Flt fell Sem Forwrd/Bck key , 282 Free motion quilting free motion echo quilting foot E free motion open toe quilting foot O free motion quilting foot C Free motion sewing mode G Gthering Grid direction key Guideline mrker H Hndle Hndwheel Heirloom Hemstitching disy stitch drwn work Home pge screen I Imge key , 182, 202, 226 Insert key K Key functions chrcter/decortive stitches emroidery emroidery edit MY CUSTOM STITCH utility stitches Knee lifter... 15, 96 L L/R Shift LCD screen... 15, 32 clening light Lower threding pulling up the oin thred setting the oin winding the oin M Mchine opertion mode key Min power switch... 15, 30 Mirror imge key , 180, 229 MPEG-4 (MP4) videos Multi color key Multi-directionl sewing Multi-function foot controller... 15, 26, 83, 84 Multi-purpose screwdriver MY CUSTOM STITCH designing entering dt key functions retrieving sving storing in your list My Design Center N Needle chnging the needle chnging the needle position checking the needle loction fric/thred/needle comintions mode twin needle Needle r thred guides... 16, 66 Needle clirtion Needle clmp screw Needle mode selection key Needle plte Needle position... 98, 118 Needle Position utton O Opertion uttons... 15, 17 Overcsting , 126 P Ptchwork Piecing Pintuck Pivoting Point delete key Power cord Power cord receptcle Presser foot ttching pressure removing types Presser foot code Presser foot holder... 16, 70 Presser foot holder screw Presser foot lever... 15, 88 Presser Foot Lifter utton Presser foot/needle exchnge key... 65, 70, 75 Pre-tension disk... 15, 55, 58 Print nd stitch Q Quilting free motion with stin stitches R Rce Reinforcement stitch Reinforcement Stitch utton... 85

427 Index Repeted ptterns Retrieving chrcter/decortive stitch ptterns computer , 222 emroidery ptterns mchine s memory , 315 MY CUSTOM STITCH designs stitch settings USB medi , 221 utility stitches Reverse Stitch utton Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch utton... 17, 85 Reverse/Reinforcement stitches Rotte key S Stin stitches , 181 Sving chrcter/decortive stitches computer , 314 emroidery ptterns mchine s memory , 313 MY CUSTOM STITCH designs stitch settings USB medi , 313 utility stitches Scllop stitches Scn Screen sver Sensor functions emroidering position guideline mrker L/R Shift needle drop position Sensor pen Sensor pen holder Set key Settings utomtic thred cutting... 93, 304 disply lnguge emroidery settings generl settings mchine setting mode key... 33, 237, 305 sewing settings stitch length stitch width thred tension... 92, 301 thred trimming Sewing key Sewing mchine help key Sewing speed controller (speed control slide)... 15, 17, 82 Sewing type selection key Shelltuck stitches Shutoff support mode Side cutter Single/Repet sewing key Single/Triple stitching key Size key Size selection key Smocking stitches Soft cover cse Speker Specifictions Spool cp Spool net Spool pin Spool stnd... 58, 67 Spool stnd LED Stilizer Strt/Stop utton Strting point key Step stitch ptterns Stitch setting chrt Stright stitch foot Stright stitch needle plte Stright stitches Supplementl spool pin... 15, 54, 66 T Tpe ttching Tpe or elstic ttching Test key , 206 Thred fric/thred/needle comintions thred tension... 92, 301 Thred color disply Thred cutter... 15, 83 Thred Cutter utton Thred density key Thred guide... 15, 55, 57, 66 Thred guide plte... 15, 57, 62 Thred mrks Thred plette key , 240 Top cover Top stitching Touch pen , 237, 391 holder Tril key Trouleshooting Tutoril video Twin needle U Uninterrupted emroidering Upgrding Upper threding twin needle mode using the Automtic Threding utton using the spool net USB cle... 48, 191, 222, 298, 314, 413 USB medi reclling , 221 sving , 313 usle , 311 USB mouse... 37, 49 USB port connector for computer... 15, 191, 314 for medi... 15, 190, 313 Utility stitches key functions pttern explntion key retrieving sving selecting sewing type selection key stitch selection screens stitch setting chrt V Verticl stitch lignment foot V W Wlking foot Z Zigzg stitches Zipper insertion centered side Appendix

428 Plese visit us t where you cn get product support nd nswers to frequently sked questions (FAQs). English 882-W20/W22 Printed in Tiwn XF